summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/18950-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '18950-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--18950-8.txt10648
1 files changed, 10648 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/18950-8.txt b/18950-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f58d7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18950-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10648 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Short Cut, by Jackson Gregory,
+Illustrated by Frank Tenney Johnson
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Short Cut
+
+
+Author: Jackson Gregory
+
+
+
+Release Date: July 31, 2006 [eBook #18950]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SHORT CUT***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Al Haines
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+ file which includes the original illustrations.
+ See 18950-h.htm or 18950-h.zip:
+ (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/9/5/18950/18950-h/18950-h.htm)
+ or
+ (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/9/5/18950/18950-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+THE SHORT CUT
+
+by
+
+JACKSON GREGORY
+
+Author of "Under Handicap," "The Outlaw"
+
+With Illustrations by Frank Tenney Johnson
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Frontispiece: Surely the rider was just what the owner of the voice,
+half laughing, half crooning, tenderly lilting, must be.]
+
+
+
+
+New York
+Dodd, Mead and Company
+1916
+Copyright, 1916
+by Dodd, Mead and Company, Inc.
+
+
+
+
+TO
+
+"MOTHER" McGLASHAN
+
+AND
+
+GENERAL C. F. McGLASHAN
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ I THE TRAGEDY
+ II THE SHADOW
+ III SUSPICION
+ IV THE WHITE HUNTRESS
+ V THE HOME COMING OF RED RECKLESS
+ VI THE PROMISE OF LITTLE SAXON
+ VII THE GLADNESS THAT SINGS
+ VIII "BLUFF, AND THE GAMBLER WINS!"
+ IX THE CONTEMPT OF SLEDGE HUME
+ X SHANDON'S GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY
+ XI WANDA'S DISCOVERY
+ XII THE TALES OF MR. WILLIE DART
+ XIII SLEDGE HUME MAKES A CALL AND LAYS A WAGER
+ XIV IN WANDA'S CAVE
+ XV WILLIE DART PICKS A LOCK
+ XVI AND SOLVES A FASCINATING MYSTERY
+ XVII "WHERE'S THAT TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND?"
+ XVIII THE TRUTH
+ XIX SHANDON TAKES HIS STAND
+ XX HUME PLAYS A TRUMP
+ XXI THE SHORT CUT
+ XXII THE FUGITIVE
+ XXIII HELGA STRAWN PLAYS THE GAME
+ XXIV UNDER THE SURFACE
+ XXV RED RECKLESS ON LITTLE SAXON
+ XXVI THE LAUGHTER OF HELGA STRAWN
+ XXVII HUME RIDES THE ONE OPEN TRAIL
+ XXVIII "IT IS HOME!"
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+Surely the rider was just what the owner of the voice, half laughing,
+half crooning, tenderly lilting, must be.
+
+"I want just to smoke and watch you and listen while you talk."
+
+She made herself as comfortable as she could, drew her camera from its
+case, and waited a patient quarter of an hour.
+
+"I call upon you to give yourself up!" he shouted. "Stop, Red, or I
+shoot this time!"
+
+
+
+
+THE SHORT CUT
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE TRAGEDY
+
+Here was a small stream of water, bright, clear and cool, running its
+merry way among the tall pines, hurrying to the dense shade of the
+lower valley. The grass on its banks stood tall, lush and faintly
+odorous, fresh with the newly come springtime, delicately scented with
+the thickly strewn field flowers. The sunlight lay bright and warm
+over all; the sky was blue with a depth of colour intensified by the
+few great white clouds drifting lazily across it.
+
+No moving thing within all the wide rolling landscape save the
+sun-flecked water, the softly stirring grass and rustling forests, the
+almost motionless white clouds. For two miles the hills billowed away
+gently to the northward, where at last they were swept up into the
+thickly timbered, crag-crested mountains. For twice two miles toward
+the west one might guess the course of the stream before here, too, the
+mountains shut in, leaving only Echo Caņon's narrow gap for the cool
+water to slip through. To the south and to the east ridges and hollows
+and mountains, and beyond a few fast melting patches of last winter's
+snow clinging to the lofty summits, looking like fragments broken away
+from the big white clouds and resting for a moment on the line where
+land and sky met.
+
+The stillness was too perfect to remain long unbroken. From a trail
+leading down into the valley from the east a shepherd dog, running
+eagerly, broke through the waving grass, paused a second looking back
+expectantly, sniffed and ran on. Then a sound from over the ridge
+through the trees, the sound of singing, a young voice lilting
+wordlessly in enraptured gladness that life was so bright this morning.
+And presently a horse, a dark bay saddle pony moving as lazily as the
+clouds above, brought its rider down to the stream.
+
+Surely the rider was just what the owner of the voice, half laughing,
+half crooning, tenderly lilting, must be. It seemed that only since
+the dawn of today had she become a woman having been a child until the
+dusk of yesterday. The wide grey eyes, looking out upon a gentle
+aspect of life, were inclined to be merry and musing at the same time,
+soft with maidenhood's day dreaming, tender with pleasant thoughts. A
+child of the outdoors, her skin sun-tinged to a warm golden brown, her
+hair sunburnt where it slipped out of the shadow of her big hat, her
+lips red with young health, her slender body in its easy, confident
+carriage showing how the muscles under the soft skin were strong and
+capable.
+
+At her saddle horn, in its case, was a camera; snapped to her belt and
+resting against her left hip, a pair of field glasses.
+
+The horse played at drinking, pretending a thirst which it did not
+feel, and began to paw the clear water into muddiness. The dog ran on,
+turned again, barked an invitation to its mistress to join in the
+search for adventures, and plunged into the tall grass.
+
+The girl's song died away, her lips stilled by the hush of the coming
+noonday. For a moment she was very silent, so motionless that she
+seemed scarcely to breathe.
+
+"Life is good here," she mused, her eyes wandering across the valley to
+the wall of the mountains shutting out the world of cities. "It is
+like the air, sweet and clean and wholesome! Life!" she whispered, as
+though in reality she had been born just this dawn to the awe of it,
+the wonder of it, "I love Life!"
+
+She breathed deeply, her breast rising high to the warm, scented air
+drawn slowly through parted lips as though she would drink of the rare
+wine of the springtime.
+
+The dog had found something in the deep grass which sent it scampering
+back across the water and almost under the horse's legs, snarling.
+
+"What is it, Shep?" laughed the girl. "What have you found that is so
+dreadful?"
+
+But Shep was not to be laughed out of his growls and whines. Presently
+he ran back toward the place where he had made his headlong crossing,
+stopped abruptly, broke into a quick series of short, sharp barks, and
+again turning fled to the horse and rider as though for protection,
+whining his fear.
+
+"Is it really something, Shep?" asked the girl, puzzled a little. She
+leaned forward in the saddle, patting her mare's warm neck. "I think
+he's just an old humbug as usual, Gypsy," she smiled indulgently. "But
+shall we go over and see?"
+
+Gypsy splashed noisily across the stream, the dog still growling and
+slinking close to the horse's heels. The girl saw where Shep had
+parted the grass with his inquisitive nose, leaving a plain trail. And
+not ten steps from the edge of the water she came upon the thing that
+Shep had found.
+
+The mare's nostrils suddenly quivered; she trembled a moment, and then
+with a snort of fear whirled and plunged back toward the creek. But
+the girl had seen. The colour ran out of her face, the musing peace
+fled from her eyes and a swift horror leaped out upon her. In one
+flash the soft calm of the morning had become a mockery, its promise a
+lie. Here, into the wonder of Life, Death had come.
+
+She had had but an uncertain glance at the thing lying huddled in the
+tall grass, but her instinct like Shep's and Gypsy's understood. And
+for a blind, terror-stricken moment, she felt that she must yield as
+they yielded to the fear within her, to the primitive urge to flee from
+Death; that she could not draw near the spot where a man had died,
+where even now the body lay cold in the sunshine.
+
+Her hands were shaking pitifully when at last she tied Gypsy to the
+lower limb of an oak beside the creek. As she went slowly back along
+the little trail the dog had made she told herself that the man was not
+dead, that he was sick or hurt . . . and though she had never looked
+upon Death before this morning when it seemed to her that she had
+looked upon Life for the first time, she knew what that grotesque
+horror meant, she knew why the man lay, as he did, face down and still.
+
+At last she stood over the body, her swift eyes informing her reluctant
+consciousness of a host of details. She saw that the grass around was
+beaten down in a rude circle, heard the whining of the dog at her
+heels, noticed that the man lay on his right side, his head twisted so
+that his cheek touched his shoulder, the face hidden, one arm crumpled
+under him, one outflung and grasping a handful of up-rooted grass with
+set rigid fingers.
+
+A sickness, a faintness, and with it an almost uncontrollable desire to
+run madly from this place, this thing, swept over her. But she drew
+closer, kneeling quickly, and put her warm hand upon the hand that
+clutched the wisp of grass so rigidly. It was cold, so cold that she
+drew back suddenly, shuddering.
+
+Not even now did she know who the man was. It had not yet entered her
+mind that she could know him. She rose to her feet, and walking softly
+as though her footfall in the grass might waken some one sleeping, she
+moved about the still figure, to the other side, so that she might see
+the face. Then she cried out softly, piteously, and Shep ceased his
+whining and came to her around the body, rubbing against her skirts.
+
+"Arthur!" She came closer, knelt again and put her hands gently upon
+the short-cropped, curling hair. "Oh, Arthur! Is it you?" Only now
+did she know how this man with the young, frank face had died. Now she
+saw blood smeared on the white forehead, a bullet wound torn in the
+temple. She sprang to her feet, staring with wide eyes at the little
+hole through which the man's soul had fled. She turned hastily toward
+her horse, came back, placed her straw hat tenderly over the short
+curling hair, and ran to Gypsy.
+
+She was vaguely conscious that her brain was acting as it had never
+acted before, that her excited nerves were filling her mind with a mass
+of sensations and fragmentary thoughts strangely clearcut and definite.
+Like some wonderfully constructed camera her faculties, in an instant
+no longer than the time required for the clicking of the shutter,
+photographed a hawk circling high up in the sky, a waving branch, with
+no less truth and vividness than the body sprawling there in the grass.
+Emotions, scents, sounds, objects blended into a strange mental
+snap-shot, no one detail less clear than another.
+
+Jerking the mare's tie rope free from the oak, she flung herself into
+the saddle, and turned back toward the trail that led across the creek
+and over the ridge. But Shep had found something else in the grass
+half a dozen steps beyond the dead man, something that he sniffed at
+and nosed and that excited him. Making a little detour, she rode back
+to the spot where the dog, barking now, was waiting for her.
+
+As she leaned forward looking down upon this second thing the shepherd
+dog had found, she clutched suddenly at the horn of her saddle as
+though all her strength had dribbled out of her, and she were going to
+fall. The keen nostrils of the animal had led him to this object with
+its sinister connection with the tragedy and he had pawed at it,
+dragging it toward him and free of the green tangle into which it had
+fallen or been flung.
+
+It was a revolver, thirty-eight calibre, unlike the weapons one might
+expect to find here in the range country or about the sawmills further
+back . . . and the girl recognised it. The deadly viciousness of the
+firearm was disguised by the pearl grip and silver chasings until it
+had seemed a toy. But here was Arthur Shandon dead, with a bullet in
+his brain, and here almost at his side was a revolver she knew so well.
+. . .
+
+She covered her face with her hands and shook like one of the pine
+needles above her head caught in a quick breath of air. Shep looked up
+at her with his sharp, eager bark and then the gladness of discovery in
+his eyes changed suddenly into wistful wonder. Gypsy, with tossing
+head and jingling bridle, turned toward the crossing, quickening her
+stride, ready to break into a trot.
+
+At last the girl jerked her hands away from a face that was white and
+miserable, and with angry spur and rein brought the mare back to the
+spot where the revolver lay. Slipping down, she hesitated a moment,
+glancing swiftly about as though afraid some one might see her, even
+with a look that was almost suspicious at the quiet body of Arthur
+Shandon, and stooping suddenly swept up the thing that had been a toy
+yesterday and was so hideously tragic to-day. It was with a great
+effort of her will that she compelled her fingers to touch it, forced
+them to close upon it and take it up. Then with a little cry into
+which loathing and dread merged, she cast it from her, flinging it far
+down stream so that it fell into a black pool below a tiny, frothing
+waterfall.
+
+"I can't believe it. I won't believe it!" she murmured in a voice that
+shook even as her hands were shaking. "It is too terrible!"
+
+No longer could she look at the huddled form in the grass, the young,
+frank face that was so still and white and cold in the sunshine.
+Throwing herself into the saddle, she swung Gypsy's head about toward
+the trail, as though she were fleeing from a fearful pursuing menace.
+Shep, who had run, barking, to retrieve his lost discovery from the
+black pool under the waterfall, snapped his disappointment from the
+bank and then splashed through the creek after his mistress.
+
+Two hundred yards the girl raced along the up-trail, her mare running,
+her dog struggling hard to keep up. Then with a new, sudden fear she
+jerked her pony to a standstill.
+
+"I . . . I can't leave it there," her white lips were whispering.
+"They will find it, and then . . . Oh, my God!"
+
+And now her brain had ceased to act like a strangely magical camera;
+now sights and sounds and faint odours about her were all unnoticed.
+Her eyes, wide and staring at the winding trail before her, did not see
+the broad trees or the flower sprinkled grass or the blossoming
+manzanita bushes. They gazed through these things which they did not
+see, and instead saw what might lie in the future, what fate the grim
+gods of destiny might mete out . . . to one man . . . if the revolver
+below the waterfall were found!
+
+Her hesitation was brief; the horror of what might lurk in the future
+was greater than the horror of what lay back there behind her. Again
+she urged her puzzled horse back to the stream, flinging herself down
+just at the edge of the pool. Far down at the bottom upon the white
+sand, wedged between two white stones, the revolver lay plainly
+visible. The noonday sun rested upon the deep water here and its
+secret was no secret at all. She was glad that she had come back.
+
+Snatching up the dead limb of a shrub lying close at hand, with little
+difficulty or waste of time, she dragged the weapon toward her until
+she could thrust her arm, elbow deep into the water, and secure it.
+
+She shuddered as when she had first forced her hand to touch it. But
+with quick, steady fingers she dried it against her skirt and thrust it
+into the only place where she could be sure of safety, where its voice
+would be silenced to all except her own heart, deep into the bosom of
+her waist. And again she was on Gypsy's back, again fleeing along the
+up-trail.
+
+As she rode, as the rush of air whipped in her face and the leaping
+body of the mare under her gave her muscles something to do, the blood
+flamed again into her cheeks; courage rushed back into a heart that was
+naturally unafraid.
+
+"I have not been loyal," she whispered over and over to herself
+accusingly. "I have not been a true friend. I have suspected and I
+know, oh, I know so well, that it can't be! He wouldn't do a thing
+like that, he couldn't!"
+
+She topped the ridge, sped on for half a mile upon its crest, racing
+straight toward the east, dropped down into another valley ten times
+bigger than the one she had just quitted, and still following the trail
+headed southward again. Here there were fewer trees, a sprinkling of
+pine and fir, and wider open spaces. Another stream, even smaller than
+Echo Creek, watered the valley. She rode through a small herd of
+saddle horses that flashed away before her swift approach, their manes
+and tails flying, and scarcely realised that she had disturbed them.
+Off to her left, at the upper end of the valley where were a number of
+grazing cattle, she thought she could distinguish the figures of a
+couple of her father's cowboys riding herd. But she did not turn to
+them.
+
+Gypsy, warming to the race, carried her mistress valiantly the half a
+dozen miles from the ridge she had crossed to the knoll crowned with
+great boled, sky seeking cedars where her father's ranch house stood.
+Half a mile away the girl made out the wide verandahs, the long flight
+of steps, the hammock where she had read and dozed last night, yes, and
+dreamed the tender, half wistful, yet rose tinted dreams of maidenhood.
+She saw, too, the stables at the base of the knoll, to the northward,
+where one of the boys, Charlie or Jim, was harnessing the greys,
+preparatory to hitching them to the big wagon. The thought flashed
+through her mind that he counted upon going out for a load of wood, and
+that he would be called upon first to bring in another burden that he
+would never forget.
+
+Her eyes went back to the house. There was some one sitting in a
+rocker in the shade near the front door. It was her mother. This news
+would be a bitter, bitter shock to the tender-hearted woman who had
+called Arthur Shandon one of her "boys."
+
+The girl drew nearer, with no tightening of reins upon Gypsy's headlong
+speed. Another glimpse through the cedars showed her that there was
+some one with her mother, a man, broad and heavy shouldered. He
+turned, hearing the pound of the flying hoofs through the still air as
+she came on. It was her father. She could see the massive, calm face,
+the white hair and white square beard.
+
+She was barely five hundred yards from the foot of the knoll when she
+saw that her father and mother were not alone. The third figure had
+been concealed from her until now by the great post standing at the top
+of the steps. But now the man sitting there rose to his feet and
+turned to look in the direction her parents were looking. A sudden
+choking came into the girl's throat, a quick rush of tears into her dry
+eyes. She drew her reins tight, bringing her pony down into a trot,
+then to a walk. She could not rush on like this, carrying a message of
+grief and terror; must she hasten so eagerly to speak the word that was
+going to make life so different to this man?
+
+"Oh, how can I tell him?" she was moaning. "The gladdest, gayest,
+happiest boy of a man that ever lived! Will he ever be glad again?"
+
+Her mother had waved to her, her father was smiling, proud of her as he
+always was when he saw how she rode. And the other man who had leaped
+to his feet was running down the steps, coming to meet her, coming to
+meet the news she brought.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE SHADOW
+
+The girl drooped her head a little, while Gypsy walked very slowly.
+Then she looked up again, swiftly, saw that the man was coming on to
+meet her, saw the great, tall, gaunt form, marked the free swinging
+carriage which she had noted so many times before, noticed the way he
+carried his head, well back, saw the sunlight splashing like fire in
+the red, red hair that in some fashion seemed to proclaim red blood and
+recklessness. A young man he was with mighty hands and iron body, with
+life leaping high in his laughing eyes, a man who might have been some
+pagan god of youth and joy and heedlessness.
+
+His big boots brought him on swiftly until he came to her horse and she
+stopped, her eyes dropping before his. He twined his fingers in
+Gypsy's mane and looked up into her face, he laughing softly.
+
+"So you've ridden back to us, at last." His voice was in tune with the
+rest of him, suggesting the wildness and recklessness that were part of
+the man's nature. He ran on, half bantering, half softly wondering at
+the loveliness of her. "Are you pagan nymph or Christian maiden,
+Wanda?" he asked a little seriously, as nearly serious, one might have
+said, as it was this man's nature to be.
+
+She raised her lowered eyes, looking at him searchingly. Then he saw
+the tears that at last were spilling over, the face from which the
+colour was going again, the traces of horror of that thing which lay
+far back there under the pines.
+
+"Wanda!" he cried sharply. "You . . . There's something the matter!
+I've been running on like an inspired idiot and . . . What is it,
+Wanda?"
+
+"Oh," she said desperately, "it is terrible! I can't . . ." She
+choked over her words. But they were burning the soul within her, and
+she ran on hastily. "I found him back there by Echo Creek crossing.
+He . . . he is dead."
+
+"Dead?" repeated the man. "Dead? Who, Wanda?"
+
+"Arthur!" she whispered.
+
+"Arthur, dead?" he muttered, his voice oddly low and quiet. "Arthur,
+dead? I don't understand."
+
+"He is dead," she said again heavily. "Some one shot him."
+
+She broke off and began to sob. He looked first at her, then along the
+trail she had ridden, and finally, taking his hand from her horse's
+mane he turned abruptly and strode off toward the house. He mounted
+the steps swiftly, passed her father and mother without a word in
+answer to the questioning faces they turned toward him, entered the
+door and returned almost immediately, carrying his hat in his hand. As
+he came down the steps, he put on his hat and bent his head a little so
+that she could not see his face. He passed her without a sign and went
+down to the stable. Then she rode up to the house and slipped from her
+saddle at the foot of the steps. Her father and mother hurried to meet
+her.
+
+"It is Arthur. It is Wayne's brother," cried Wanda brokenly from her
+mother's arms. "He is dead!"
+
+She told them briefly, hurriedly. Her father, his eyes strangely hard
+and inscrutable swore softly and turning without a word to either of
+the women went back to the house as Wayne had done, got his hat and
+hurried to the stable. His voice, hard and expressionless like his
+eyes, floated up to them as he gave his brief orders to Jim to drive
+straight back to the spot Wanda had described. The girl saw him enter
+the stable and in a little while come out, riding a saddled horse.
+Already Wayne Shandon had ridden off along the trail, travelling with a
+fury of speed that took no heed of the miles ahead of him.
+
+Mother and daughter turned and went slowly up the steps, their arms
+about each other, their cheeks wet.
+
+"Who killed him, mamma?" whispered the girl, her moist eyes lifted.
+"Who could have killed him?"
+
+The silent tale that a pearl handled revolver had told her was a lie, a
+hideous lie. She did not believe it, she was never going to believe
+it. For an instant there had been a horrible suspicion in her breast,
+then her loyalty had risen and crushed it and killed it and cast it
+out. But now she sought some new explanation to take its place, sought
+it with intense eagerness.
+
+"Who killed him?" Mother's and daughter's eyes met furtively for a
+quick second. And then the mother's answer was no answer at all, but a
+broken, tremulous prayer: "Dear God, may they never know who did this
+thing!"
+
+They did not look at each other again as they crossed the length of the
+veranda, on the north exposure of the great square house and turned
+into the spacious living room.
+
+"I am going to my room, mamma," said the girl faintly. "I want to be
+alone just a little."
+
+She knew that her mother was watching her as she passed through the
+living room and out through the double doors to the veranda at the
+east. But she did not turn. She did not ask what her mother had
+meant, she did not wish to know. She wanted just now more than
+anything in the world, to be alone in her own room, to take from her
+bosom the thing which she felt every one would know she had there, to
+hide it where it would be safe.
+
+To the east of the house in a little sheltered hollow her father,
+twenty years ago, had planted an orchard. She could see the white and
+delicate pink of the blossoms, could catch the hint of perfume that a
+little frolicking breeze brought to her.
+
+She heard voices out there and saw two men coming toward the house.
+There came to her ears, too, the sound of cool, contemptuous laughter.
+She knew who it was insolently jeering at the other, knew before she
+saw them that it was the big, splendidly big fellow, as tall as Red
+Reckless and heavier, who was known to her only as "Sledge" Hume. She
+had heard her father say last night that both Hume and Arthur Shandon
+were coming to-day upon some matter of business in which the three men
+were interested.
+
+"You're a little fool, anyway, Conway," the deep voice said with that
+frank impudence which was a part of Hume.
+
+Garth Conway, not a small man by two inches or fifty pounds, although
+he appeared so beside his companion, made a reply which Wanda did not
+hear in full, but which reached her sufficiently to tell her that the
+two men were talking about some trifling matter of range management and
+that his theory had provoked Sledge Hume's blunt comment. The two men
+came on, Hume striding a couple of paces in front of Conway, until they
+caught sight of her. Conway lifted his hat, his sullen eyes
+brightening. Hume, staring at her with the keen eye of appraisal, did
+not trouble himself to touch his hat and gave her no greeting beyond
+one of his curt nods.
+
+"They have not heard," Wanda thought with a little thrill of pity for
+Garth Conway who was so soon to learn of the death of the man who had
+been more like a brother than cousin to him. "Mamma will tell them."
+
+She hurried down the veranda to her room which was at the far end, at
+the southeast corner of the house. But she paused at the door as she
+heard her mother's voice, shaken and tearful, and the reply that one of
+the men made.
+
+It was Garth Conway. As though the utterance were drawn from him by
+the shock of the surprise, jerked from him involuntarily, he cried:
+
+"Dead? Murdered? My God! And he and Wayne quarrelled. . . ."
+
+"Go on!" It was Sledge Hume's heavy, colourless voice. "Just because
+two men quarrel it doesn't mean that one kills the other, does it?"
+
+"Garth!" cried Mrs. Leland. "You mustn't . . ."
+
+"I didn't say that," cried Conway. "I didn't mean . . ."
+
+Wanda waited to hear no more. She hurried into her room, to stand
+there trembling behind the closed door, her face as white as that other
+face she had looked upon earlier in the day.
+
+"He didn't do it!" she whispered. "He didn't. I know he didn't."
+
+But the thing which she carried in her bosom seemed to be demanding
+rudely: "Must you shut your eyes to believe with your heart?" And if
+other eyes than her own saw it?
+
+There was her closet, the open door showing the party dresses she had
+brought back from school. She shook her head. Her room was so plainly
+furnished with just a little dressing table, her bed, a chair, a stand
+with some wild flowers on it, a smaller table with half a dozen books
+scattered about. Then her eyes rested on the big trunk which had not
+yet been carried down into the basement.
+
+Running to it she flung up the lid and jerked out the tray. The bottom
+was half filled with odds and ends, stockings, slippers, linen. She
+took the revolver from her bosom, dropped it to the bottom of the
+trunk, covered it hastily with loose clothing, replaced the tray and
+closed the lid. But she could not feel that her secret was safe until
+she had found the key on her dressing table. The lock was troublesome,
+it was always troublesome. She was down on her knees, had just heard
+the little click which told her that the lock was fast, and was trying
+to work the key out again when the door opened softly and her mother
+came in.
+
+For a moment the two women, motionless, looked at each other fixedly.
+Then Wanda rose slowly to her feet, a little red flush colouring her
+brow, a fear which she knew absurd and yet which she could not crush
+down, rising into her fluttering breast. Then Mrs. Leland closed the
+door behind her, and stood with her back to it.
+
+"Will you tell me about it, Wanda, dear?"
+
+Her voice was troubled; her frank eyes, so like her daughter's, were at
+once sad and anxious.
+
+"It is too horrible, mamma." Wanda closed her eyes tightly for a
+moment, trying to shut out the picture which burned so in her brain.
+Every little detail stood out in her memory clear cut and vivid, the
+grass trampled into a rude circle, the hand that clung in death to what
+it had last grasped in life, the grotesquely crumpled, huddled body.
+
+"Tell me about it, Wanda." Her mother was looking into the frankly
+distressed face, curiously. Wanda had again the uneasy idea that her
+mother was wondering about the trunk which she had just locked, and
+again a quick fear leaped up within her that she might guess the secret
+it concealed.
+
+"How did you happen to find him?"
+
+"Shep was with me, running ahead. Shep found him."
+
+"And some one had killed him?"
+
+Wanda nodded, her lips tight pressed together, her hands twisting about
+each other in her lap. For a moment there was silence in the little
+room.
+
+"Wanda, look at me, dear."
+
+Her eyes turned, wondering, from the window and the orchard beyond, and
+went swiftly to her mother. The words were very clearly a command now.
+The voice was lowered a little but had grown more insistent. And it
+seemed to her that Mrs. Leland's eyes had in them now something more
+than sadness and anxiety, that they were suspicious. Again Wanda felt
+the hot blood in her temples.
+
+"What is it, mamma?"
+
+"Who killed Arthur? Do you know?"
+
+"Mamma!" she cried, startled. "Why do you ask that? What do you mean?"
+
+"I want to know, dear. Do you know who killed him?"
+
+"No." It was plain that she was troubled, it was equally as plain that
+she spoke truthfully. "What makes you think . . . Why do you ask
+that?"
+
+"I thought," replied Mrs. Leland, a little uneasily, "that you might
+have seen something, found something. . . ."
+
+"No, no!" cried the girl impulsively. "I know what you mean. I have
+no vaguest idea who could have done it!"
+
+The older woman came across the room and sat down at her daughter's
+side, putting her arm about the slender form.
+
+"Wanda, dear," she said softly. "I am going to tell you something
+which you don't know yet. Wayne quarrelled with Arthur last night!"
+
+The girl's body stiffened convulsively. She wanted to spring up and
+run out of the house to some hiding place in the old orchard and be
+alone. But she answered, her eyes clear and truthful.
+
+"I'm sorry. Oh, so sorry! Poor Wayne. That will make it so much
+harder for him."
+
+"Yes. It is going to make it hard for him, Wanda. Harder than you
+have imagined." She paused as if considering the advisability of what
+she had started to say, and then ended simply, hopelessly, "They are
+going to think that Wayne shot him!"
+
+"They mustn't!" cried Wanda hotly. "They haven't the right. It would
+be thinking a lie, a wicked, hideous lie!"
+
+Mrs. Leland shook her head sadly.
+
+"Wanda," she went on quietly, "the first thing Garth said when I told
+him was that Wayne had quarrelled with Arthur last night. I don't mind
+so much what Garth says and does, but . . . I think that Martin is
+going to suspect Wayne of this, if he doesn't already suspect him."
+
+"But, surely father isn't so unjust, just because he doesn't like Wayne
+. . ."
+
+"If it were nothing more than just not liking him! Your father isn't
+capable of a feeling that is merely negative about people, child. He
+hated the boys' father; Wayne I think he hates as bitterly."
+
+"But why, mamma? Surely there is no reason . . ."
+
+"Men, strong men like your father, don't always wait for reasons,
+Wanda," said Mrs. Leland gently. "He has never forgotten that had
+circumstances been a very, very little different I might have married
+the other Wayne Shandon. When we were married and the other Wayne
+Shandon bought land so close to us your father was the angriest man I
+ever saw. That was before your time, dear. He rode across the valley
+the next day; he has never told me what happened but his face was still
+white when he came home. There are only a few things which can stir
+Martin into a passion like that."
+
+"But, surely, mamma . . ."
+
+"When the other Wayne Shandon married and the boys were born it made no
+difference with Martin. When the other Wayne Shandon died and his wife
+died and the boys were left the hatred in your father's breast did not
+die with them. He transferred it to Arthur and the Wayne you know.
+Toward Wayne especially it has grown strong and bitter."
+
+"But why to him more than to Arthur?"
+
+"Because, my dear, Wayne is his father over and over again! Because he
+has the same red hair and the same eyes with the same way of laughing.
+Because his voice is the same, his carriage is the same, his mad,
+reckless heart the same. Because everytime that Martin sees the Wayne
+Shandon that you know he sees the old Wayne Shandon I knew . . . and he
+hated."
+
+"But it can't be that if a man hates another, and he dies, the man will
+go on hating his son just for being his son! Father is not so unjust
+as that, mamma! He will not suspect Wayne of murder, of murdering his
+own brother, just because of his father!"
+
+Mrs. Leland's hands were interlocked tensely. "There are other
+reasons, there will be other things remembered about the boy which will
+make suspicion so easy."
+
+"I know what you mean," the girl cried, breathing deeply. "He is
+reckless, he is wild, I know. He gambles, he has quarrels with many
+men. He does things that we would not do, but then we are women! He
+does things that father would not do, but then father is not young any
+longer! He is wild because his nature is inherited from his father;
+it's in his blood, he's young and he has grown up with the far out
+places. But he is not bad! He is not the kind of man to do a thing
+like this. What do men call him, men who know him and what he is?
+They don't call him Coward, they don't call him Cheat, they don't call
+him mean or dishonest or ungenerous! They call him Reckless, Red
+Reckless, and they love him! Oh, mamma, can't you see that it is
+impossible . . ."
+
+Mrs. Leland rose to her feet, her face grown suddenly pinched and white.
+
+"I don't know," she said with a sigh.
+
+"You believe it too!" cried the girl. "You think that Wayne Shandon
+killed his own brother!"
+
+A delicate flush stained her mother's cheeks.
+
+"Wanda, child, you mustn't say that," she almost whispered. "I don't
+believe it. I won't believe it. And if I did . . . Wanda, I'd
+remember the man his father was, the gentleman, the true-hearted
+gentleman, and I should say that I did not believe."
+
+Then, turning quickly so that her wondering daughter could not see the
+eyes that were blurred with a mist of tears, she left the room.
+
+When she had gone Wanda snatched up the trunk key from her table and
+thrust it quickly into her bosom. Then she sat down again on the edge
+of her bed and stared out toward the orchard where the sunlight lay
+bright and warm upon the apple blossoms . . . and saw only the quiet
+body by Echo Creek, that and the face of the man people called Red
+Reckless.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+SUSPICION
+
+Why had her mother come to her in such a way? Why had she been so
+quick to see what people would say? Did she believe that Wayne Shandon
+had killed Arthur; was she afraid that Wanda might have found something
+that would incriminate him; and did she want to warn her of what the
+inevitable result of such a disclosure would be?
+
+And she had found something! She had known from the first sight of it,
+half hidden by Shep's eager pays, that it was Wayne Shandon's. He had
+shown it to her only last week.
+
+"I am going to teach you to shoot as I shoot," he had laughed, bringing
+the revolver out of his pocket. "Then I am going to give it to you.
+And then you are going to make me a pretty bow and give me a pretty
+smile and say, 'Thank you, Red,' as you did when I chastised your first
+suitor! Remember, Wanda?"
+
+"Only I don't call you 'Red' any more," she had laughed back at him.
+"We're grown up now, you know, and Wayne is much more dignified
+and . . . and respectful."
+
+"And you can handle your own suitors now," he had retorted. "More
+artistically and with equal finality!"
+
+Only a week ago out there in the orchard where now the sunlight lay in
+golden splashes over the fruit trees, she and Red Reckless had bantered
+each other as they strolled toward the house where Arthur was sitting
+on the veranda with her mother, watching them. It was a sparkling
+morning like to-day's, and they had spoken of the old school days
+before Mr. Shandon sent his two sons to the East to school, of the time
+when she was eight and he was fifteen and he had "licked" a boy whom
+she did not like but who was stubborn in vowing that the little girl
+should eat a red cheeked apple he had brought her. A week ago, and now
+Arthur Shandon was dead and men were ready to believe that Wayne
+Shandon had killed him.
+
+She sat very still, while her mind wandered in many directions. The
+old days rose up vividly bringing back the young faces of Arthur and
+Wayne and Garth Conway,--they had all played Prisoner's Base and
+Anti-over at the little white school house down in the valley. She
+remembered the day when a letter came from Mr. Shandon summoning Arthur
+and Wayne and Garth to the East, and how merry the boys had been over
+it. She missed them dreadfully after they went away until vacation
+came and her own father had taken her with him on a tour of inspection
+to his four other ranches, up and down the State. For three years she
+did not see the three boys, their letters had ceased, and she was well
+on the way to forget her playfellows. And then, when she was twelve
+and Wayne Shandon nineteen, he had come back.
+
+He had run away. He had quarrelled with his father, and Arthur had
+tried to show him that he was unreasonable. Then the boy's hot temper
+had flashed out at his brother and finally at Garth Conway who had long
+been accustomed to thinking as Arthur Shandon thought. So the youth,
+in whom love of adventure and hatred of restraint were already marked
+characteristics, had sold his books, the saddle pony which his father's
+generosity had given him, his guns and fishing tackle, in fact
+everything which he might sell even to his spare clothing, had caught a
+night train and come West again.
+
+Wanda's mother had tried to reason with the boy when he came to them,
+laughing at the trick he had played his father, full of mockery of the
+hidebound ways of cities, and had wanted to send him back to Mr.
+Shandon. She had cried a little over him and kissed him and talked
+gently with him as was her motherly way. But Wanda's father berated
+him severely and sternly and Wayne flushed and bit his lip and then
+went away from them as he had gone away from the East.
+
+More years, happy years for Wanda Leland, sped by and she did not see
+the boy. Both Arthur and Garth came in the long summer vacations to
+Mr. Shandon's range and were frequent visitors at the Echo Creek place.
+Word came now and then of Wayne Shandon, sometimes by infrequent and
+unsatisfactory short letters from him, more often in elaborately
+embroidered rumour from men making long trips across the country. He
+had gone to work for a cattle outfit, taking a dollar a day and doing
+an ordinary cowboy's work. Even before he was twenty-one, men called
+him Red Reckless. He had learned to gamble, and to gamble for big
+stakes. He played poker; he took his chance with the "bank"; but he
+loved the dice. They were quicker; a man could "make or break" at one
+throw. It was his way to hazard everything on a throw, to laugh if he
+won, to laugh if he lost.
+
+Rumour said that he had been shot by a notorious gambler, Dash Dulac;
+and had come near dying; that he had shot another man up at Spanish Dry
+Diggings where he had rushed with a frantic flood of men on news of a
+golden strike; that he had been sucked away with another flux of gold
+seekers to the Yukon country where he had lived lawlessly with his
+lawless companions; that he had drifted back to the lumber camps of the
+mountains; that at last he had returned to the cattle country.
+
+Wanda had gone away to school in the East, spending only her summers
+upon the Echo Creek ranch. She had seen very little of Wayne Shandon.
+When Mr. Shandon died, leaving his wide reaching cattle range to his
+elder son, Arthur had come promptly to take charge of the Bar L-M
+Outfit, and Garth Conway had come with him as foreman and general
+manager under him. Arthur, whose affection for his stormy souled
+brother had lasted strong through the years, had at last prevailed upon
+Wayne to "come home" and to go to work for him. That had been a year
+ago.
+
+A light knock at her door brought back her wandering thoughts to
+to-day, to Arthur Shandon, to the suspicion which was so quickly
+lifting its venomous head. She rose from the bed, pushed back the hair
+which had fallen unnoticed into confusion about her cheeks, and said
+softly,
+
+"Come in, mamma."
+
+"We were just going to have lunch when you came, Wanda," her mother
+said quietly. "You must come and have a cup of tea."
+
+"Mamma! I can't."
+
+"But you can!" Her mother smiled a little at her and patted the
+restless hand she took in her own. "You had a very early breakfast and
+you must have a cup of tea."
+
+Together they went back to the dining room.
+
+"Where are Garth and Mr. Hume?" asked Wanda.
+
+"They have gone . . . with the others, dear," Mrs. Leland told her.
+
+The two women sat down in silence. Wanda forced herself to drink half
+of her tea and pushed the cup away from her. She got swiftly to her
+feet and leaving the room, went out upon the north veranda, where she
+saw Julia, the cook, standing at the window, her red hands upon her
+broad hips, her eyes even redder than her hands. On the window sill
+were half a dozen fresh, hot pies which Julia had made for "the
+boys" . . .
+
+Wanda bit her lips and her eyes went whither her mother's had gone,
+down the trail along which the men had ridden to the creek.
+
+It seemed a very long time before she saw them. The wagon, with Jim
+driving slowly and carefully, climbed over a ridge and wound its way
+down into the valley. Her father, Garth, and Sledge Hume, were riding
+behind it, abreast and close together. Wayne Shandon farther back was
+riding alone, his head down, his hat drawn low over his brows.
+
+At last she could see the faces shaded by the wide brimmed hats. They
+were strangely alike in their hard, set expression, the gravity which
+told little. These were not, any of them, men given to wearing their
+deeper emotions on their sleeves. Her eyes ran to Wayne Shandon's face
+first. It was white, the mouth was sterner than she had ever thought
+Red Reckless' laughing mouth could be, the eyes were hard and
+inscrutable.
+
+From him she looked anxiously at her father, then at Sledge Hume, then
+at Garth Conway. And these faces, stern like Wayne's, sent a little
+shiver of fear through her.
+
+Her mother went out to meet the wagon, crying quietly. Wanda felt the
+tears rush with a hotness like fire into her own eyes, and then she
+turned and hurrying out of sight of the slow procession ran down to the
+orchard. She was lying there, face down, sobbing like a child, when
+she felt a shadow over her, heard a man's spurs jingle, and knew who it
+was that had come out to her.
+
+She looked up at him, wondering.
+
+"Wanda," he said very quietly, his voice strangely steady, "it was good
+of you to give him your hat. If I were dead and you did a thing like
+that for me I think I should come back to life to kiss your dear hands."
+
+This was so like him! Oh, just the thing Red Reckless would do! The
+little thoughtful act of hers had stirred him more deeply than most men
+are moved even by big things; and the impulse had come to him to go
+straight to her and thank her. And he was a man who obeyed impulses.
+
+The other men had entered the house for their lunch. It seemed
+horrible to her that people should be able to eat at a time like this.
+Wayne Shandon spoke to her again.
+
+"Your father is going to let Jim go with me," he said. "We are going
+to El Toyon. Then I am going to take him back East."
+
+"East!" she exclaimed,
+
+"Yes. I have a fancy he'd like to be buried close to dad."
+
+"You are coming back soon?"
+
+"Immediately. Within ten days, I think. Good-bye, Wanda."
+
+"Wait a minute," she hesitated. "I want to think."
+
+She had not meant to tell him so soon, in the first shock of the death,
+about what she had found. But he was going away, and he ought to know,
+it was his right to know.
+
+"Will you wait here for me a moment, Wayne?" she asked looking
+pitifully up into the face of the man whose grave eyes were fixed upon
+her. "Until I run to the house and get something?"
+
+She was glad then that the other men were able to eat, and that her
+mother and Julia were waiting on them. Hastening back to her room, she
+took the revolver from its hiding place in her trunk, slipped it into
+her blouse and ran back to the orchard.
+
+"Wayne," she whispered coming close to him, suspicious of every little
+sound in the orchard, fearful of an approaching footstep. "I found
+something near Arthur. I did not tell any one. As you are going away
+I had better tell you."
+
+She held out the revolver. The sunlight fell on it, glinting brightly
+from the polished silver. Wayne Shandon stared at it frowning, as
+though he could not or would not believe his eyes. Slowly a deeper
+pallor crept into his white face. Then a terrible look which the girl
+could not read came into his eyes.
+
+"Good God!" he whispered hoarsely. "You found that near him?"
+
+Suddenly he put his hand out and took it. His fingers touched hers.
+They were as cold as ice.
+
+"Wanda," he said, his voice frightening her, it was so hard and
+unfamiliar, "you were good to give it to me."
+
+That was all. She felt vaguely that his mind was groping for other
+words which it could not find. He slipped the revolver into his
+pocket, turned and left her.
+
+From the orchard she watched him ride away. Jim was driving the two
+big greys, while Shandon followed close behind the wagon, sitting very
+straight in the saddle, his face telling her nothing. . . . She sank
+back upon the grass under the apple tree and lay still, staring up at
+the patches of blue seen through the green and white of the branches
+and blossoms.
+
+When at last she went back to the house she heard her father's voice
+lifted angrily. He was talking to her mother and the name flung
+furiously from his lips was the name of Wayne Shandon.
+
+"Hush, Martin," protested Mrs. Leland. "You mustn't . . ."
+
+Martin Leland, his face red, his mouth working wordlessly, swept up his
+hat and went away to the corrals by the stable. Wanda saw his eyes as
+he brushed by her and she shivered, drawing away from him.
+
+Garth Conway had already gone, riding the half dozen miles to the Bar
+L-M to carry word of the death of its owner, and to assume entire
+charge there until Wayne should return. Sledge Hume was loitering down
+by the stable.
+
+The day passed, strangely silent. No reference was made in the Leland
+household to the tragedy which had stirred each member of it so deeply,
+so differently. Throughout the long afternoon Martin Leland remained
+among his cattle and horses, often flaring into anger at trifles. Mrs.
+Leland was in her room, alone, suffering as she might have suffered had
+Arthur and Wayne been the sons nature had denied to her. Wanda
+wandered restlessly back and forth, from the house to the stable, about
+the yard, where the pigeons whirled and circled and cooed.
+
+The days which followed were like this one, silent, tense, expectant.
+It was as though each one of these people was waiting for something,
+all but breathless. MacKelvey, a heavy set, quick eyed man, the county
+sheriff, came one day and talked long with Martin Leland. The two sat
+for an hour on the corral fence below the stable. After that MacKelvey
+went away and the waiting, the tense expectancy was more marked than
+before.
+
+The tenth day came and went its laughing, blue way. Wayne Shandon did
+not come with it, but Garth Conway rode over that evening. He had had
+no word from Wayne, although he was expecting him hourly. Two weeks
+passed, and still no word from Wayne. One by one, slowly, heavily the
+days went by.
+
+Then at last Garth Conway rode again to the Leland ranch house and
+brought tidings of Wayne. He had tired of New York, but he was not yet
+coming West. Instead he was sailing for Europe, and would probably go
+down into Africa for some hunting.
+
+"Where does he get the money?" demanded Martin Leland sharply.
+
+Garth's short laugh was rather full answer. But he elaborated it into
+words:
+
+"I am to rush a forced sale of cattle," he said, lifting his shoulders.
+"He wants two thousand dollars in a hurry. God knows what for. He is
+going to fritter his property away just as he fritters away everything!"
+
+Leland sprang up from his chair, his two fists clenched and lifted high
+above his head, his eyes blazing.
+
+"Martin! Martin!" cried Mrs. Leland.
+
+He dropped his hands to his sides and turned away, the words on his
+tongue checked.
+
+"Dear God," Wanda prayed within her soul. "Let him be a man. Let him
+come back soon. Before every one believes he did that thing,
+before . . . they send for him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE WHITE HUNTRESS
+
+Two months, filled with the clean breath of outdoors, had softened the
+memory of that stark tragedy upon which Wanda had come at the edge of
+Echo Creek. Not forgotten, never to be wiped clean from the memory,
+still the keen horror was dulled, the harsh details blurred, the whole
+dreadful picture softened under the web which the spider of time weaves
+over an old canvas.
+
+Again life was glad and good and golden. Again youth was eager and
+hopeful and merry. The death which had come and changed the world had
+gone, leaving the world as it has always been.
+
+Wanda and Gypsy and Shep saw much of one another. They were all very
+happy, perhaps because they were very busy. Full of enthusiasm that
+was at once gay and serious Wanda had thrown herself into her "Work"
+immediately upon returning home in the early springtime. Before the
+tragic event which for the time had driven her life out of its groove
+she had already won for herself the title, bestowed merrily by Wayne
+Shandon, of the "White Huntress." Her "work," to which she gave up so
+many hours of each day, was purposeful, steadily pursued, and brought
+her a vast pleasure. The game she hunted was the squirrel tossing his
+grey body through the branches of pine and cedar, the quail calling
+from the hillsides, the cottontail scampering through the underbrush,
+the yellowhammer, the woodpecker, the wide winged butterflies sailing
+through the orchard and across the meadow lands. The weapon with which
+she hunted was a camera which she carried in its black case slung over
+her shoulder or hanging from the horn of Gypsy's saddle.
+
+Reared since babyhood in a land where men and women were few and where
+the wild things of the forests were many and unafraid, she had long ago
+come to look upon the little, bright eyed woodland folk as her
+playmates. Many of her childhood sorrows and joys were linked with
+their fates. Her first great grief had occurred when she was ten years
+old and Jule, her brown bear cub,--named after the cook to whom he bore
+in the child's eyes a marked resemblance, a slight and necessary
+variation in the termination of the name taking care of the matter of a
+difference in sex,--came to an untimely end through the instinctive and
+merciless conduct of Shep's grandparents. The house was filled with
+chipmunks who frightened Julia, to whom they were "jest rats, drat
+'em," and who raided the kitchen systematically. A trained grey
+squirrel barked from the trees above the house, and pet rabbits were
+numerous and unprofitable about the vegetable garden. At the age when
+little girls in the cities were dressing and undressing their dolls,
+Wanda was taming a palpitating heart in some little fury [Transcriber's
+note: furry?] breast or leaning breathlessly, like a small mother bird
+herself, over a nest in the grass watching eagerly for the tender bills
+to peck and chip their way out into the wonderful world.
+
+It was but natural therefore that after her childhood had gone and she
+had outgrown her passion for numberless pets overrunning the house just
+as her sisters in the cities had outgrown their pleasure in dressing
+and undressing dolls, she should become the "White Huntress." She
+loved more than ever the wildness of the forest lands, and the ways of
+the woodland things were wonderful and mysterious to her. And now,
+from a new angle, they were her study.
+
+There were days when she rode far out from the ranch house, her lunch
+at her saddle strings, to be gone until dusk or after the stars came
+out. She would leave Gypsy tethered where the grass was deep and rich,
+command Shep to lie down and see that nobody ran away with her outfit,
+and then tramp off alone, carrying her camera. She knew how to climb
+up into the tree and to screen herself behind the foliage, so that she
+might watch the mother bird and her ways, and find out when she should
+expect the joyous miracle of new life.
+
+When the eggs were hatched Wanda was ready. Days before she had chosen
+the exact spot on the particular limb where she would place her camera.
+She had clothed herself as the springtime clothed the forests. A soft
+blouse of green, short skirt and stockings of green, little cap of
+green and green moccasins. She crouched upon the broad limb of a cedar
+or clung more hazardously to the branch of a pine, the tone colour of
+her costume making no discord with the dusky sheen of the waving
+branches, and watched and waited. So, when "hunting" was good she had
+a picture of the mother bird perched upon the edge of the nest in which
+the eggs lay, a picture of the nest with the little, new birds obeying
+the first command of nature, a picture of the parents feeding them the
+first worm or berry or rebellious bug, a picture of the trial flight
+when soft young bodies essayed independence on unskilful wings.
+
+At first the girl had been merely an amateur in the early, sweet sense
+of the word. Then one day she saw a couple of pages in an illustrated
+magazine devoted to such photographs as these she was playing with.
+They were better than hers, since the man who had taken them was a
+trained artist as well as a lover of the wild; and they had been at
+once a disappointment and an inspiration to her. Then, upon another
+day, her father who made little comment upon her pastime, handed her a
+box from the express office in which she found a camera with a lens
+that would do its part if she learned to do hers. And that was when
+she threw herself so enthusiastically into her "work."
+
+"I am going to have a page of pictures in that same magazine," was her
+way of thanking him. "And mine are going to be better!"
+
+She flushed a little at his smile, but when she had gone away and was
+alone with her new possession and a world of possibilities, her chin
+was very firm.
+
+She had her own studio in the attice above the dining room, developed
+plates and films there, and descended the ladder into the hallway
+flushed with triumph or vexed with disappointment as her efforts proved
+to be good or bad. The mistakes had been many at first; they were few
+now.
+
+She became a student of the "Home Life of the Wild Things." They all
+interested her, they all posed for her, squirrel and bird and
+butterfly. Inevitably she began to specialise, but her specialisation
+was not in one species but rather in one process, in the dawning and
+budding life of the young in the real "home life" before the new
+fledgling or tiny furred body left the nest for an independent life and
+a future nest of its own. The wild mates at work upon the house which
+instinct prompted was to be of use soon, the construction of a swinging
+pocket hung high up by an oriole, this was a part of the home life,
+just as essential a part of it as the covering of the eggs, the feeding
+of the young.
+
+Before the year had swelled and blossomed into full mid-summer she had
+a pupil. It was her mother. Mother and daughter had always been more
+to each other than the terms commonly imply, very nearly all that they
+should connote. They had been friends. Here where the solitudes were
+mighty and vast, where long miles and hard trails lay between homes and
+where women were few, they had had but themselves to turn to when need
+or desire came for the company of their own sex. Mrs. Leland had
+remained young, in part because hers was a happy, sunny nature, in part
+because she had had the fires of youth replenished from the
+superabundant glow of girlhood in her daughter.
+
+But now that the summer came with monotony and silence, now that Arthur
+Shandon came no more, that Wayne seemed to have forgotten the range
+country, that Garth Conway was busy every day with the entire
+management of a heavily stocked cattle outfit, there were long, quiet
+days at the Echo Creek.
+
+"Wanda," Mrs. Leland said one day, a little wistfully. "Can't I come
+with you and take a peep first hand into the homes of your wild
+friends? I'll be very still, I'll stay with Shep and Gypsy if you want
+me to."
+
+Wanda, at once contrite and happy, was filled with apologies and
+explanations. She had had no thought that her mother would find an
+interest in her "play." But if she would come, if she would like to
+come, oh, she would show her the most wonderful discovery. . . .
+
+So mother and daughter rode out together that day with lunch and
+camera, and that night worked together in Wanda's attic studio over a
+highly satisfactory film. The older woman's interest became as steady,
+as enthusiastic in a deeply thoughtful way, as Wanda's. She learned to
+love each day's adventure as warmly as did her daughter, she came to
+have the same tender joy in the unexpected discovery of some new phase
+of the home life of the wild.
+
+"In all of your hunting you are missing something, my White Huntress,"
+she said one day. "Something which I have discovered!"
+
+Wanda smiled brightly at her over the top of a new picture, pleased
+with her mother's interest no less than with the print in her hands.
+
+"What is it, mamma?"
+
+"I am not going to tell you yet. But to-morrow when we go out for the
+oriole's nest, I am going to take your old kodak!"
+
+As they rode the five or six miles to the spot where they were to do
+the morning's "hunting" Wanda wondered what it was she had missed that
+her mother had noticed. But she promptly forgot about it when she
+climbed the great pine which, for her mother's purpose, was so happily
+situated close to a cliff. She noted with a bright nod of approval as
+she edged far out upon a horizontal limb that her mother had made her
+own way up to the cliff top. Long she waited that morning, patient and
+happy and still, her camera set in front of her, before she got the
+exposure she wanted. And she did not hear the other click of the other
+machine, did not know that her mother had been as patient and as
+contented waiting to get the picture she wanted of Wanda as Wanda had
+been in snapping the bird and the nest and the young, hungry mouths at
+the threshold.
+
+That afternoon they developed and printed, each her own pictures. And
+when Mrs. Leland had finished she showed Wanda what she had done.
+There was the picture of Wanda, far out upon the great limb, eager and
+watchful, her camera ready, the oriole's nest swinging before her, the
+mother bird just dropping down to it. And below and beyond were the
+ground, looking immeasurably distant, the fir and pine branches, the
+forest of trees.
+
+"You see, Wanda, what you have overlooked?" Mrs. Leland's eyes were
+unusually bright. "You have dozens of pictures that are wonderful,
+pictures that you strove for for weeks, months at a time! One looks at
+your picture and sees that it is wonderful, but does not understand how
+wonderful. You cling to a branch or a tree trunk or the side of a
+cliff, fifty or a hundred and fifty feet of space below you, and take
+your picture. People look at the picture and do not see that the
+wonderful thing, the interesting thing, is how you got it!"
+
+"But . . ." began Wanda.
+
+"But," Mrs. Leland laughed happily, "just listen to me a moment, miss.
+You are going on with your pictures and I am going to follow you very
+humbly and take other pictures to show how you get them. We'll send
+both sets to your magazines and you'll see if mine aren't snapped up
+just as quick as yours!"
+
+So the relationship of mother and daughter which had grown into that of
+a warm, intimate friendship now developed into closer, more intimate
+companionship. Together they found bright, brimming days that
+otherwise might have been dull and empty.
+
+Wanda came to realise that a woman who is forty may be, in all
+essentials, as young as a girl of twenty, and that the added score of
+years while it brings truer insight and perhaps a steadier heart does
+not quench ardour or deaden the emotions.
+
+"Mamma," she said one day, looking up brightly from the development of
+a film from her mother's kodak, "you are just a girl yourself!"
+
+And Mrs. Leland was just girl enough to flush, and youthful enough to
+laugh as musically as her daughter.
+
+Thus, as the days went by and they were frequently alone together,
+Martin Leland being often away on the business upon which he and Arthur
+Shandon had entered with Sledge Hume, the two women were not lonely.
+Mrs. Leland accompanied Wanda everywhere to take pictures showing the
+girl climbing for a lofty bird nest, clinging to the cliffs at the
+upper end of the valley, crouching hidden among the bushes waiting for
+a rabbit to hop into the picture, even on the deer "hunt" they had
+already begun.
+
+So the late summer slipped by more swiftly in its smooth channel than
+ever, the leaves in the orchard yellowed with the fall, the light green
+tips upon the fir branches turned dark green, the cattle were driven
+down to the lower valleys along the creeks, and the first snows of
+winter dimmed the shortening days.
+
+With the passing of the summer, Garth Conway came again to be a
+frequent visitor at the Echo Creek ranch house. Since the letter from
+Wayne Shandon in New York he had had but one communication from the man
+who now owned the Bar L-M. It had been characteristically short,
+written in London.
+
+"I am leaving the destiny of the cows In your competent hands," Wayne
+wrote. "I am legally giving you a power of attorney. This authorises
+you to run the outfit as you judge best. Make what sales you want to
+to pay the boys and yourself. Bank the money or re-invest for
+improvements and more cattle. The Lord knows when I'll come back . . .
+provided the Devil has told Him."
+
+And then, in a postscript, hastily scribbled he had added,
+
+"I have made my will . . . Imagine me making a will! . . . and if I
+don't come back at all the outfit is yours. Love to the Lelands."
+
+And then, as a second afterthought, he had scrawled at the top of the
+note.
+
+"A joke on you in case I shouldn't come back, Garth! I want you to
+sell some cows and send me another two thousand. But I promise not to
+do it again."
+
+Garth told his news in the living room where the family had been
+listening to the music of Wanda's lilting young voice with her mother's
+piano accompaniment when he came in. Mrs. Leland's smiling face grew
+clouded and distressed and her eyes turned involuntarily to her
+husband. Martin Leland sprang to his feet in sudden wrath.
+
+"Hell's bells!" he shouted angrily. "Two sacrifice sales in less than
+a year! Four thousand dollars! And what has he done with it? Got
+drunk, chucked it away across race courses and card tables . . . Would
+to God I had done what it was my duty to do, that . . ."
+
+"Martin!" cried Mrs. Leland. "Martin, dear!"
+
+He stopped abruptly and sank back into his chair. For a little while
+there was silence, heavy and painful. Wanda's eyes grew misty. Not
+once since that day in the spring had she been disloyal to Red
+Reckless, whom she had known in his boyhood, who had fought her early
+battles for her, who had been the plumed knight of her early girlhood.
+She told herself now that he had not come back because he could not
+bear to return yet to the place where he and his brother had spent so
+many happy days together, that if he was living wildly now, scurrying
+up and down the world and flinging away his inheritance, it was because
+he had felt his brother's loss far more than he had let them know, that
+he was going his pace swiftly to forget what lay behind. And again
+there rose in her heart the mute prayer that he might come back and be
+a man and show them all that they had not judged him fairly.
+
+Garth glanced swiftly at the faces of these three people who had heard
+his news with such varied emotions, and went on to break the silence
+none of them had noticed.
+
+"Matters are going rather well on the range," he said quietly. "I sold
+a hundred head at an average of ninety-seven dollars last week and was
+able to bank the entire nine thousand, seven hundred. Maybe," with a
+quick smile, "it will be just as well if he doesn't come back in a
+hurry."
+
+"Oh," cried Wanda impulsively. "That is ungenerous of you! After
+Wayne says that he is leaving everything to you in his will, too!"
+
+"I don't mean to be ungenerous or yet ungrateful," replied Garth a bit
+stiffly, flushing under the girl's reproachful eyes. "I only
+meant . . ."
+
+"Wanda," said her father sharply, "you should be ashamed of yourself!
+Garth has not been ungenerous and you have. And he is right. It would
+be the best thing for Wayne himself as well as for the range if he
+doesn't come back for a long time. Garth is working hard for the
+interests of both. And if any one should be grateful to the man who is
+running his range for him it is that young spendthrift. You are not
+thinking, Wanda."
+
+The girl bit her lip and turned away. And she did not make the apology
+her father expected. Dimly it seemed to her that they were all over
+ready, over eager to condemn the man whose one crime had been mere
+heedlessness, who was surely hurting no one but himself, but who
+offended their ideas in refusing to take life seriously and bear the
+common burden of responsibility.
+
+"After all," said Mrs. Leland a little hurriedly, "Wayne is only a boy.
+Oh, he's a man in years, of course, but then some people are fortunate
+enough to carry their youth with them a long time before it drops off.
+And," with a smile, "he says he won't do it again!"
+
+Martin Leland smoked his two pipefuls of strong tobacco and then
+departed to attend to some correspondence. Mrs. Leland soon slipped
+away to her book and easy chair and cushions in a corner. Until ten
+o'clock Wanda and Garth bent together over a big scrap book containing
+the latest additions to the home life of the wild.
+
+Soon afterward even Garth Conway's visits to the Leland home stopped.
+November came with many dark days and an occasional flurry of snow.
+The ground might at any time now be covered, the passes choked with the
+soft drifts, the valleys hidden. The cattle must be moved down the
+mountains to the foothills where each year they wintered. The Bar L-M
+buildings were closed, the heavy wooden shutters put up, the corrals
+deserted until thaw time. Conway with his men and cattle would not
+come again until springtime came with them.
+
+And over the Echo Creek ranch the silence of the summer passed into the
+deeper silence of winter. Leland's cattle and men had gone already to
+his winter range; there was no one at home excepting Mrs. Leland,
+Wanda, Julia, and Jim who remained to do what little work there was to
+be done during the term of "hibernating." Martin's interests were too
+big for him to stay here had he desired to do so; his family would not
+see him again for the two months or so during which he remained outside.
+
+It was not the first year that the Echo Creek house was not shuttered
+and closed for the winter. Mrs. Leland had sometimes gone with her
+husband to spend the storm swept months of the year either at one of
+his other ranches or in the city, and sometimes she had stayed here.
+This winter she had no particular desire to leave her comfortable home
+for the makeshift of a San Francisco hotel and Wanda was eager to stay.
+
+"You'll be cooped up within ten days like shipwrecks on a raft," Martin
+Leland said when he managed to make a trip back to the ranch in
+December. "We're in for a hard winter. I wouldn't be surprised if I
+couldn't get in again or you get out before well on into February or
+March."
+
+He had made a flying trip between storms, hastening from El Toyon to
+White Rock over the mail route, coming in from White Rock through the
+still open pass through the mountains. His one object in coming had
+been to try to induce his women folk to leave Echo Creek. And the same
+day, seeing the threat of bad weather, he went out again, on skis and
+alone.
+
+There were busy days for all four who remained at the ranch house in
+making preparations for idle, comfortable days to follow. Jim brought
+vast quantities of wood from the basement, piling it high in the corner
+of the living room where it would be convenient for feeding the deep
+throated fireplace whose rocks would stay warm all night, hot all day,
+for many weeks. From the yard he brought more wood, piling it in the
+basement until there were only narrow passageways between the slabs and
+logs and the finer split stove wood. Julia superintended the placing
+of her kitchen supplies, secreted those little delicacies which she
+would require at Christmas time, arranged her canned goods and
+perpetually fussed and rearranged in her storeroom. Meanwhile Mrs.
+Leland and Wanda were everywhere at once, overseeing the moving of
+beds, the shifting of furniture, the making cosy of the home against
+the siege. And then, howling and shrieking, with deep voice shouting
+across the pine forests, the winter came in earnest.
+
+Martin Leland had read the signs aright; it was to be a hard winter.
+There came a wind storm that lasted without cessation for three days;
+the branches of the cedars about the house tossed like long arms
+grappling with an unseen foe; here and there a dead limb was wrenched
+from a tree trunk and hurled far out to be buried in the snow which
+began to fall in small, hard flakes almost congealed to hail. Then,
+the three days gone, the wind died down suddenly, the flakes grew
+larger, softer, the snow clung tenaciously to the trees and fences and
+eaves of house and stable. Jim in arctic shoes and mittens, his ears
+lost under the flaps of his cap, having sighed and bestirred himself
+from his snug comfort by Julia's stove, got his shovel and went up on
+the housetop.
+
+While the bleak, chill days rushed by Wanda prepared happily for the
+fine weather which would come, when the sun reflected back from many
+feet of fluffy snow would warm the air, when in the high, dry altitudes
+the sparkling, Christmassy world would become a rarely beautiful thing,
+when she could leave the house and penetrate deep into a solitude which
+was as different from the solitude of the summer forestland as day is
+from night. She brought down from the attic her own favourite pair of
+skis and saw that they were fit. The long slender bits of pine, light
+and graceful with their running grooves glistening, their turned up
+ends like Turks' slippers, she stood on end in the living room while
+she gave them a new coat of white shellac. Her snowshoe pole she
+tested, making sure that it had sustained no injury during its long
+banishment to the dark places of the attic, and that it could be
+trusted in the work she would call upon it to do. She gathered the
+winter out-door things which she had not used for two years, the white
+sweater that clung close to her slim, pliant body; the white tasseled
+hat, mitts, leggins, white bloomers. And then, when a blue and white,
+laughing day came, and the air was clear and warm, the branches of the
+trees sagging under their diamond pricked festoons of snow, she left
+the house, now in truth the White Huntress.
+
+Camera and field glasses went with her; for lunch a bit of jerked beef
+and a piece of hard chocolate. For to-day she began her winter work.
+Again she was hunting. The forests as she slipped through them were
+very still and seemed void of all the life that had swarmed here until
+the snows came. But she would see snow birds, she might find a coyote
+or a big snow-shoe rabbit. She would take pictures, too, such wintry
+pictures as she had never seen, the world locked in the embrace of
+winter, glistening icicles as big as her body, cliffs thrown into
+strange, grotesque shapes, fields of untracked white with perhaps the
+sweep of a stream seeming ink black against the dazzling white
+background.
+
+And she thrilled to the crunch of thin crust underfoot which
+yesterday's thaw and last night's freeze had formed, the whip of the
+dry air in her face, the exhilaration of the long, swift dash as she
+glided from the crest of some ridge, a silent, graceful creature, into
+the hollow beyond. Her body bent a little forward, her snow-shoe pole
+horizontal as a tight rope walker holds his balancing rod, the white
+world slid away beneath her, little sinks or humps in the apparent
+smoothness of the snow demanding the sudden leap which shot the blood
+tingling through the eager body. For the light skis with their three
+coats of shellac carried her down the steeper slopes with the wild
+speed of a bird skimming the winter whitened earth.
+
+This first day she took an old favourite way which led her up a gradual
+slope straight southward until at last she paused, breathing deeply,
+upon the crest. Far behind her she could see the smoke of the ranch
+house rising from a clump of cedars; straight ahead the black line of
+the river. And now, balancing a moment, gripping her pole firmly,
+settling her feet securely in the ski-straps, she shot downward, taking
+the steep dip which would lead after a little into a long curve and so
+bring her flashing through the trees down to the river three miles away.
+
+Her eyes were sparkling, her cheeks glowing, her body warm with the
+sun's heat and the leaping blood within her, when she straightened up
+and touching the end of her pole lightly against the snow came to a
+stop near the river. It was swollen and black, a mighty, shouting
+thing, the only thing about her whose voice had not been stilled by the
+snow.
+
+Her eyes turning found close at hand the first tracks she had seen this
+morning, fresh tracks of a big rabbit.
+
+"I must have frightened him," she thought. "He's gone on upstream."
+
+She turned upstream as the rabbit had done, noiselessly following his
+trail. And, turned eastward by a rabbit's track, she followed
+unconsciously, unsuspectingly, the imperious bidding of her fate. Her
+own life, the lives of two men would have been widely different had
+Wanda Leland turned westward instead of eastward this morning.
+
+Already she was a mile above the bridge across which the road ran to
+the Bar L-M. From where she was a stranger might not suppose that man
+or horse could find a place to cross in many times that distance; for
+here the river banks were steep cliffs, never lower than ten feet,
+rising often abruptly to thirty. Between them the water raged,
+thundering over falls, leaping into deep pools where the sucking eddies
+were never still.
+
+And as she moved on upstream, further yet from the bridge, the rocky
+banks grew steeper, drew nearer to each other, until suddenly the
+plunging river was lost to her, its thunder muffled. Wanda could see a
+thick mat of snow from a great, flat topped rock on the far side
+curving downward, inward, as if from the eaves of a house, the long
+icicles like sharp teeth set in a monster's gaping jaw.
+
+Close along the edge of the cliffs the course of the fleeing rabbit
+led, while Wanda's skis left their parallel smooth tracks in a straight
+line a score of feet back from the steep bank. She slipped silently
+through a clump of firs, peered around the branches bent down by the
+heavy snow, and saw the snow-shoe rabbit where he had stopped for a
+moment. He was a big fellow, the biggest she had ever seen, crouching
+low, his round eyes bright and suspicious, as he trusted to his colour
+to protect him. She brought her camera swiftly out of its case.
+
+"There's a chance to get him, after all," she thought eagerly. "It
+won't be much of a picture perhaps . . . just a white blur against a
+white background . . ."
+
+The camera clicked just as the rabbit leaped forward; she thought she
+had caught him against the dark background of a fir from which much of
+the snow had fallen. Then, just in front of the frightened animal a
+little branch of a small pine, suddenly released of its weight of snow,
+whipped up; a new terror came into the creature's panic stricken
+breast; he stopped sharply, swerved, lost his head as one of his rattle
+brained species is likely to do, ran directly toward the girl, swerved
+again and running straight toward the river, essayed the impossible and
+met destruction. He leaped far out across the water, attempting a jump
+that none of his kind could have made safely, and fell short. The
+furry body described a great valiant arc, shot upward for one flashing
+second, dropped out of sight.
+
+"Oh, I am so sorry," cried the girl contritely. "You poor little
+thing."
+
+The woodland tragedy moved her strangely, for she felt that, innocently
+enough, she had caused it. She moved closer to see if by a happy
+chance the rabbit had landed upon a rocky shelf far down, hoping that
+after all she might in some way set him free.
+
+Moving slowly, her camera again in its case, her pole touching the
+snow, she approached until she could look down. Only the steep wall on
+the far side, sinking straight and black into the swollen torrent, only
+a little speck of white far down which might have been a struggling
+body or a fleck of foam.
+
+"The poor little thing," she said again. "He saw that the far bank is
+lower than this one, and he was too frightened to guess the distance."
+
+Musing, she thought that her skis were merely settling a little deeper
+through the crust when she felt a slight sinking underneath. Then,
+suddenly, she was aware that her skis were dipping downward, that she
+was slipping. She tried hastily to draw back, she felt that she was
+still slipping, that the polished surfaces of the skis were answering
+the call of gravity, that she was being drawn closer, closer in spite
+of her efforts . . .
+
+She made a wild, frantic attempt to draw back, a quick terror gripping
+her. The shouting river was calling to her, something was pulling at
+her body steadily as a magnet pulls at a steel, the world was slipping
+away under her, she was going the way the rabbit had gone . . .
+
+Then she threw her body backward, twisting as best she could with the
+skis clinging to her feet, clutching with her hands at anything her
+fingers might touch. She heard a splash, knew that the overhang of
+snow had dropped into the river, knew that one ski was hanging over the
+brink. And then the hand that had gripped at the smooth snow sank down
+and clutched the top of a small, hidden pine, she drew herself up and
+back and in a moment, white, shaking she lay still, not daring to look
+down.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE HOME COMING OF RED RECKLESS
+
+Winter went its white way, the spring brought a thawing sun,
+innumerable muddy torrents and an occasional visitor, the robins and
+blue birds began to troop back to the mountains. Martin Leland was at
+home, his sturdier steers were in the valleys, Conway came back to the
+Bar L-M and often visited the Lelands. Sledge Hume rode up from the
+Dry Lands, fifty miles down the slope of the mountains and was often in
+consultation with Martin and with Garth Conway.
+
+Warm weather battled against the rear guard of winter, only patches of
+soiled snow remained upon the north side of the ridges, in the narrow
+caņons and upon the lofty summits of the peaks standing up about the
+valleys. The early flowers dotted the valleys, more cattle were moved
+in, and the season developed rapidly. Conway came frequently to talk
+with Martin, to remain for supper, to chat with Wanda and her mother.
+And then one day, unheralded, unlooked for, Red Reckless came home.
+
+It was the supper hour, just after dark. Father, mother and daughter
+were at the table, when there came a quick step upon the veranda, and
+the joy which the gay springtime had put into Wanda's heart brimmed up
+and spilled over.
+
+"It's Garth," said Martin Leland lightly. "I expected he'd ride over
+to-night."
+
+"_It's Wayne_!" cried Wanda, already upon her feet.
+
+"Wayne!" snapped her father, his face suddenly stern. "What are you
+talking about?"
+
+"I know his step. It is Wayne!"
+
+Wanda had already run to the door, and flung it wide open. It was very
+dark outside. The tall form of a man loomed strangely large, dimly
+outlined against the black curtain of the night.
+
+"Welcome home, Wanderer!" Wanda cried gaily.
+
+Wayne Shandon came in, his big boots dusty with his ride, his red hair
+catching fire from the light in the room, his eyes laughing, his lips
+laughing, his voice laughing when he greeted Wanda with two eager
+hands. He was the same Wayne Shandon who had ridden away a year ago,
+the same Red Reckless he had ever been.
+
+Mrs. Leland's startled surprise vanished swiftly before her joy in
+seeing him. But Martin Leland's face went black, his eyes burned
+ominously, it was as though he had been gripped with a choking,
+speechless wrath.
+
+"Wayne!" cried Mrs. Leland. "Where in the world have you come from?"
+
+"From a place they call Hell's Annex, seven hundred miles inland from
+the South African Coast," he laughed lightly. "My arrival timed just
+to the minute for supper!"
+
+He dropped Wanda's hands with a parting squeeze which was frankly
+unhidden, strode over to Mrs. Leland whom he kissed resoundingly, and
+put out a big, strong hand to Martin Leland.
+
+For just a fraction of a second the two women knew that Leland was
+hesitating, for an instant they waited fearfully, for what he might do.
+Then he took the hand proffered him, his lips twitched into a hard,
+forced smile and he said rather colourlessly,
+
+"Well, Wayne, you've come home at last, have you?"
+
+Wayne's answer was a laugh. He seemed filled with laughter to-night.
+Evidently he had noticed nothing strange in Leland's greeting; he was
+in the gayest of his gay moods. He had no opportunity to answer
+Leland's words, for Julia, who had forgotten her usual slow, ponderous
+method of travel bounced into the room like a wonderfully animated ball
+at the sound of his voice, and he actually swept the two hundred pounds
+of her off of her feet as he gathered the big woman up into his arms
+and kissed her. Then Julia dabbed at her eyes and fled to her kitchen,
+her emotions finding outlet in an instantaneous desire to make him a
+pie, Wanda laid a plate for him and supper went on.
+
+Chiefly because of Wanda's eager questions and Wayne Shandon's laughing
+willingness to tell about his adventures, the abstraction on the part
+of Martin Leland and the growing anxiety in Mrs. Leland's eyes went
+unnoticed. Wayne was immoderately hungry as he first frankly confided
+and then demonstrated, but he found opportunity between mouthfuls to
+draw, in his sketchy way, the series of pictures which made up the year
+of his wanderings. He had travelled from New York to London, he had
+whizzed through Paris and dipped into Baden, he had been seasick on a
+Mediterranean which wasn't blue, he had barked his shins on a pyramid,
+he had been swindled out of a ridiculously large sum of money by a
+little scientist in green spectacles who was out on a mummy digging
+expedition, and he had gone into the interior after big game. He had
+managed to take in a Derby and to pick a winner, he had made Monte
+Carlo recognise that he had come,--although he did not go into detail
+as to the manner of his departure,--and he had brought home a present
+for everybody. The skin he had taken from a lion somewhere in some
+remote jungle to sprawl, rug fashion in Wanda's room, where it created
+no little havoc in the furniture arrangement and finally caused the
+dressing table to be shifted to a corner to make place for the
+enormous, gaping head with the fierce eyes; an Indian shawl for Mrs.
+Leland, selected evidently for size and brilliance of pattern, very
+nearly large enough to carpet the dining room and of an astonishing
+combination of dark greens and riotous reds and royal purples; an
+ornate scarf pin for Martin Leland who had as much use for a scarf pin
+as a Mohammedan for a Bible; an exquisite set of chessmen for Garth
+purchased with a quick eye to the subtle art which had gone into their
+carving and with a fine disregard for the fact that Garth had existed
+for thirty odd years without learning that the curveting progress of a
+knight is in any way different from the ecclesiastical slant of a
+bishop, completed the assortment of presents.
+
+Garth himself came in as they were pushing back their chairs from the
+table, throwing open the door with a merry, "Hello, folks," on his
+lips. Then as he caught sight of Wayne who had leaped up and swung
+about he stared, suddenly speechless, his mouth dropping open.
+
+"Well, Garth, old boy," cried Wayne heartily. "Aren't you glad to see
+me?"
+
+Garth came forward then swiftly, his hand out-stretched. But his eyes
+were still startled rather than glad, and they passed his cousin
+turning, full of question, to Martin Leland.
+
+"Of course I'm glad," he said, his voice a little uncertain. And then,
+laughing, "You just surprised me out of my senses. Why didn't you
+write that you were coming?"
+
+"Because I'd rather travel three thousand miles to tell you about it
+than write a letter. I'm amazingly glad to see you. How's everything?
+How is the range making out?"
+
+"Fine," Garth answered quickly. "You have come to stay? You will be
+running the outfit yourself now?"
+
+"Business to-morrow," retorted Wayne lightly. "It is after sundown and
+business should be asleep."
+
+"And does it wake at sunup?" Garth returned with an attempt at Wayne's
+bantering mood, although a little suspicion of venom lay under the
+words.
+
+"I had a Mexican friend once," grinned Wayne by way of answer, "who was
+the wisest man I ever saw. He used to say, 'The day is made to rest,
+the night to sleep!' We will give our attention to Maņana when Maņana
+comes. Wanda!" he cried suddenly in the old impulsive way, "will you
+play something for me?"
+
+Wayne and Wanda went to the piano. Mrs. Leland watched them, her face
+a little troubled, a little wistful. Garth and Martin Leland, after
+one swift exchange of glances, rose and went to the rancher's room
+where they remained for a long time. When at last they returned to the
+living room Leland glanced curiously at Wayne. He was sitting with
+Wanda upon the sofa under the big wall lamp, examining her pictures.
+Garth approached the sofa abruptly.
+
+"We'd better be hitting the trail, Wayne, hadn't we?" he asked. "It's
+nearly ten o'clock and you remember it's six miles to bed."
+
+Reluctantly Wayne Shandon said his good nights, calling in to Julia
+that he was going to expect a pie the next time he came, which would be
+to-morrow if Garth would let him, and the two men went out to their
+horses. Wanda, bright and happy, waved to the departing horsemen from
+the door and came back into the room to drop naturally into the silence
+which had fallen over her mother and father.
+
+Long that night Wanda stared out through the darkness which lay about
+the orchard with no thought of sleep. She had the feeling that no one
+in the house was asleep yet, not even Julia whom she could hear now and
+then moving as softly as physical conditions permitted in her room.
+That her father and mother were awake, she knew from the drone of their
+voices coming to her indistinctly.
+
+The spirit of restless anxiety falling upon a household is a thing to
+be felt through stick and stone and mortar. There had been no such
+spirit here to-night until Red Reckless had come home. He had not
+brought it with him, he had brought only his sheer madness of exuberant
+life, and yet he had left this other thing behind him. Wanda wondered
+what thoughts, what fears or evil premonitions troubled those other
+unsleeping brains.
+
+Her own thoughts fled back a year and clung fearfully about the
+revolver with the pearl grip. She knew that the murder of his brother
+still remained a mystery and that people do not like mysteries to go
+long without solution. MacKelvey was sheriff, it was his duty, and it
+was his habit, to bring some man to book for every crime committed in
+the county. It was quite possible that the sheriff had been playing a
+waiting game throughout the year, and that he was waiting for this man
+to come back as he must do soon or late.
+
+Meanwhile the man who was so vividly in Wanda's thoughts rode through
+the silent night with his cousin, drinking deep of the peace of the
+starlit night, finding an old familiar music in the hammering of his
+horse's hoofs on the grassy hills. Silent himself while thinking of
+other days and other rides, he did not notice how silent Garth was.
+They topped the rocky ridge which stood as boundary line between the
+two ranges, and swerved westward taking the long curve to the Crossing,
+welcomed back to the home outfit by the great booming voice of the
+distant river. Another mile and the river itself, flashing, turbulent
+molten silver, swollen with the wet winter in the mountains, swept
+shouting past them.
+
+They turned upward along the river and raced wordlessly the greater
+part of the remaining half mile to the Bar L-M corrals. When they drew
+rein in the wide clearing in which stood range house, bunk house,
+stables and corrals, there was no spark of light about. They unsaddled
+swiftly, turned their horses loose with a resounding slap to send them
+out toward the little enclosed pasture, and went up to the range house.
+At the door of the men's quarters Wayne stopped.
+
+"I think I'll drop in and say hello to the boys," he remarked, already
+at the door.
+
+"Are you crazy?" cried Garth. "They've been asleep two hours, man.
+And they've got a big day's work ahead of them to-morrow."
+
+"Oh, shut up, Garth," laughed Wayne good naturedly. "Don't you ever
+think of anything but work? Come ahead, and watch me bring 'em to
+life!"
+
+He flung open the door and entered, Garth following in stony silence.
+It was dark within the long, narrow room, although the starlight
+gleamed feebly through the dirty window panes. Wayne found the lantern
+upon the nail where it had hung when he was a boy, lighted it, and
+turned the wick low so that there was only a wan light in the bunk
+house.
+
+"Where's Big Bill's bunk?" he whispered to Garth.
+
+Chuckling softly he drew near the bunk which Garth indicated against
+the wall at the far end of the room. He leaned forward, stooping low,
+peering into the shadows. Big Bill was fast asleep, his great, deep
+lungs expelling his breath regularly and mightily, his head with its
+touseled ink black hair half hidden by the hairy arm flung up over it.
+Wayne tiptoed away from the bunk, moved two chairs further back against
+the other wall, and still chuckling with vastly amused anticipation,
+again approached Big Bill's bedside.
+
+He put out his hands slowly, gently, until they slipped into Big Bill's
+arm pits. Then, his laughter suddenly booming out he bunched his
+muscles and a black haired giant of a man in shirt and underdrawers was
+jerked floundering out of his bunk to the middle of the room.
+
+Big Bill's mighty roar of mingled astonishment and anger brought a
+dozen cowboys leaping out of their bunks. In the dimly lighted room
+their blinking eyes made out the forms of two men struggling, one in
+his night dress, the other in hat and boots. One was Big Bill, for his
+roar was an unmistakable as the roar of summer thunder. But the other?
+
+"I've been hungering to get my hands on you for a year!" came the
+laughing voice of the man in hat and boots. "You said that you could
+roll me, Bill. Now go to it!"
+
+He lifted the mighty body of the struggling, half wakened cowboy clean
+off the floor, carried him across the room and slammed him down in a
+chair.
+
+"It's Red Reckless!" cried a voice from the group of stupefied men.
+"He's come home!"
+
+"You ol' son-of-a-gun!" bellowed Big Bill, half in the surly anger
+which is the natural right of a man rudely awakened, half in tremulous
+joy. "Wait ontil I git my eyes open good an' I'll roll you like you
+was dough an' I'm makin' biscuits out'n you!"
+
+Evidently he had his eyes "open good" before he had done talking. He
+was upon his feet, the big, swaying body oddly like a clumsy black
+bear's, his big hands lifted in front of him. And then he threw
+himself forward, close to two hundred and fifty pounds of brawn and
+bone hurled like a boulder from a catapult. Some one had turned up the
+lantern wick. The black head and the red head from which the hat had
+dropped came together, there was the thud of two strong bodies meeting
+with an impact that brought a little coughing grunt from each, and Red
+Reckless had done what any man must do before such a thunderbolt. He
+was flung backward, went down, and the two big bodies struck hard upon
+the bare floor. And above the crash of the falling bodies there were
+two other sounds, Big Bill's grunt, and the laughter of Red Reckless.
+
+They were down, and Big Bill was topmost. But by the laws of the game
+a man must be forced back until his two shoulders touch the floor
+before he is beaten. Wayne Shandon's left shoulder was still two
+inches from the floor.
+
+"You would wake a man up," grumbled Big Bill with that fierceness of
+tone which spoke a moment of rare delight.
+
+"I'm going to show you something, Bill," gasped Wayne, half choked with
+the breath driven out of his lungs by the great bulk on top of him and
+by the laughter within his soul which had not been driven out.
+"Something I learned from a Jap about three feet high. It cost me a
+hundred dollars and a broken collar bone. I'll let you off easier,
+Bill."
+
+The light was none too good, perhaps the boys were not yet wide awake.
+They didn't know how the trick was done, and it wasn't at all clear to
+Big Bill.
+
+Wayne seemed to grow very limp beneath his hard hands and watchful
+eyes. Ready for trickery Big Bill, while he bore down hard on the left
+shoulder, and wrenched and twisted at the corded neck, expected
+anything. He had considerably less respect for a Jap than for a horse,
+looking upon the race as mimicking apes and not men at all, and he had
+no wish to be bested by a Jap trick. Yet Big Bill didn't understand.
+
+Somehow Wayne Shandon slipping out of Bill's grasp like an eel through
+its native mud, had run an arm under his left arm pit, around his neck,
+over his right shoulder. Wayne's left hand leaped to Big Bill's right
+wrist. Bill felt that his neck was breaking, that his right arm was
+broken. And then he knew that Wayne was upon his knees, that his own
+two hundred and fifty pounds of big battling body were lifted high from
+the floor, that he was jerked sideways and slammed down. And then the
+boys were laughing and Wayne stood over him, laughing too, and he knew
+that his two big shoulder blades had struck the floor together.
+
+"It's a damn' Jap trick," he muttered, more than half angry now,
+flinging himself to his feet. "White man's fightin' I c'n lick every
+inch of you from red hair to toe nails."
+
+But Red Reckless was laughing and shaking hands all round and Big Bill
+found no one to listen to the explanations he made. One after another
+the owner of the outfit greeted warmly the men who were working for
+him. Then he swung about, and went back to Big Bill.
+
+"Shake, Bill," he cried. "It was rather a mean trick to do you up
+to-night but I couldn't wait until morning. I'll give you another
+chance when you like."
+
+Big Bill grinned and his hard brown hand shut tight about Wayne's.
+
+"There'll be lots of chances," he said shortly, his voice fierce, his
+black eyes very gentle. "You've come to stay, ain't you, Red?"
+
+A look of vast disgust stole over Garth Conway's face.
+
+"It's Bill and Red as if they're all dogs in one kennel," he muttered.
+"It isn't hard to forecast what's going to happen to a range with a
+boss like that!"
+
+He waited a little restlessly for Wayne to finish the conversation into
+which he had entered with the crowd of cowboys who seemed to have
+forgotten that they had a day's work before them. But Wayne Shandon,
+too, seemed to have forgotten. He was half sitting on the table, one
+leg swinging, his quick hands rolling a cigarette from the "makings"
+proffered by Tony Harris, his laughing eyes filled with the joy of home
+coming, his tongue already busied with the answering of many rapid fire
+questions. No, he hadn't seen all of the world; it was bigger than
+they'd think. But he had played "gentleman's poker" with club dudes in
+London, he had hunted with niggers and potted many strange things from
+an alligator to a cow elephant, he had seen the pyramids--
+
+While Garth lingered at the door, the other men, crowding closer to the
+man at the table, grew into a charmed circle about him, a picturesque
+congregation in their underclothes of grey and white and washed out
+pinks and blues. Within five minutes after the defeat of Big Bill
+every man of them was either making or smoking a cigarette with all
+thought of their tumbled bunks forgotten. There were many demands for
+first hand information concerning wild niggers and pyramids and the
+ways of the jungle; there were many exclamations testifying in mild
+profanity to startled wonderment. At last Garth, turning away, called
+out,
+
+"I say, Wayne, you mustn't forget it's getting late. There's a big
+day's work for the boys to-morrow."
+
+"This is my home coming celebration, Garth," Wayne laughed back at him.
+"Hang the work, man. We'll have a half holiday to-morrow if the whole
+outfit goes to pot."
+
+Anything further Garth had to remark he said angrily to himself as he
+strode away to the range house. And Wayne, with no further
+interruption, explained how the games ran at Monte Carlo. Finally,
+since there was nothing in the world he had learned to love as he loved
+horses, he came to speak of the Derby.
+
+"The greatest race in the world," he cried, slapping his thigh
+enthusiastically. "Just because it's the straightest and the stakes
+are right and the horses are as beautiful as women and as swift as
+lightning!"
+
+One o'clock came and they were talking horses and racing, the men now
+upon common ground, their eyes bright with the tale retold of the
+Kings' race. And before it was two Red Reckless was standing erect
+upon his two feet, his eyes brighter than the rest, his voice leaping
+out eagerly as he cried:
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE PROMISE OF LITTLE SAXON
+
+Rose-bud, the unlovely Chinese cook, made the dawn hideous in the range
+house with his pots and pans and rattling stove lids. To him appeared
+Red Reckless, touseled and sleepy eyed looking to the astonished
+oriental's vision like an avenging demon, threatening to choke him to
+death with his own pigtail and to roast him crisp and brown him in his
+own oven if he didn't conduct himself with less noise in his pastime of
+breakfast getting.
+
+"Gollee!" Rose-bud found his tongue as Wayne disappeared into his
+bedroom. "Led, him come back some more. Led, him boss now!" He stood
+grinning in slant eyed cunning at the closed door. "Garth him all same
+go bye-bye now, maybeso?" He pondered the question, with his evil
+featured head cocked to one side. Then his grin became more profoundly
+Chinese, more radiantly joyful. "All same hell pop all time now."
+
+And he went about his preparations for breakfast in strange, complacent
+silence, making his coffee twice as strong as he had made it for a
+year, the way Red Reckless liked it.
+
+Garth Conway breakfasted alone. A glance out toward the bunk house
+against the fringe of trees at the far side of the clearing showed him
+that there was no smoke there, that the men were not about. A little
+angry spot glowing on each cheek he stepped out upon the porch as
+though to bring these slumbering men to a swift awakening. But he
+turned instead and came back into the dining room.
+
+"You Chink fool," he flung at Rose-bud when his cup of coffee was set
+in front of him. "I don't drink ink for breakfast. What's the matter
+with you?"
+
+Rose-bud wrapped his body in his long arms and his face in its childish
+smile, lifted his vague hints of eyebrows archly and nodded toward
+Wayne's room.
+
+"Led, him come back," he said with unutterable sweetness. "Him like
+coffee all same black as hell. Him boss now? Too bad. You damn fine
+boss, Mis' Garth."
+
+And he shuffled back to the stove leaving Garth scowling angrily after
+him.
+
+Garth breakfasted in morose silence, disregarding the many joyful
+glances which Rose-bud directed upon him. Afterward he took out his
+pipe and stuffed it full with an impatient finger. The hesitation
+which had marked him last night seemed to grow with the slow hours of
+the idle morning. He had long been absolute, unquestioned dictator of
+the destiny of the Bar L-M, and he had grown naturally into the way of
+regarding it half with the eye of its permanent master. It had not
+only been his entirely so far as management was concerned for more than
+twelve months, but there had been always the possibility that it would
+be his to have and to hold, to do with as he thought best, if Wayne
+should not come back. But Wayne had come back. The coffee was
+eloquent of the fact; the slothfulness of the bunk house shouted it in
+his ears. He felt a sense of irritation, of injustice.
+
+"The men will sleep until noon," he growled savagely. "Good heavens,
+is he crazy? Must he come back and chuck the whole thing to the dogs?"
+
+There was nothing to do but smoke and wait for the next absurdity of a
+man who had played ducks and drakes with everything he had ever had,
+who was too big a fool to see--or care, which was it?--what was going
+to happen when he had run to the end of his rope.
+
+Wayne, rosy from head to foot from his rough bath towel, tingling with
+the leaping life within him, showing no signs of the all but sleepless
+night, came out to breakfast before Garth had finished his pipe. He
+caught Rose-bud by the two shoulders, drove him back against the wall
+and held him there while he spoke to him.
+
+"I've a notion to jam you through into the other room, you yellow
+heathen," he informed the cook whose smile was just a trifle uncertain.
+"If the coffee is good I'll let you off."
+
+Rose-bud's smile became radiant immediately. He poured out the black
+beverage with the air of a magician conjuring a stream of gold from the
+old coffee pot, and evinced as great a pleasure in watching Wayne
+dispose of his breakfast as Wayne himself manifested in the act. Garth
+came back into the room while his cousin was eating.
+
+"Well, Wayne," he said. "What's the bill of fare for the day?"
+
+Shandon nodded, swallowed and bade Garth a cheery "Good morning."
+
+"To-day?" he repeated after his cousin. "I'm just going to get a live
+horse between my legs and ride! Big Bill tells me that no man has
+thrown a leg over Lightfoot's back since I left, and that she's just
+full of hell and mustard and aching for a scamper. Bill knows where
+she is; he's going with me to help round her up and then . . ."
+
+"Well?" questioned Garth drily. "You're going to work on her to-day?"
+
+Shandon laughed.
+
+"Who said anything about work? You're growing to be an awful
+sobersides, old fellow. Here I haven't been back twenty-four hours and
+you're already suggesting that I shove my neck into the yoke. Now, you
+ought to know better than that."
+
+Garth drew deeply at his pipe, his lips tight about the stem.
+
+"You haven't changed much, Wayne," he said presently.
+
+"Who wants to change?" Shandon retorted lightly. "One would think I'd
+been away ten years and it was time for grey hairs and long hours of
+sitting still in the sun." He favoured his cousin with a merry,
+searching glance and added, "You haven't changed much yourself that I
+can see."
+
+For no apparent reason Conway flushed slightly and then frowned.
+
+"I had a good hard day's work cut out for the boys," he said casually.
+
+"You're finding plenty to keep them busy, I'll bet," grinned Shandon.
+
+"Yes," carelessly. "We're a bit short handed just now and there is
+always a lot to do. I've let a man go here and there when he was just
+eating his head off for us. A half day lost means that much more hard
+work to be made up."
+
+"Get them busy then, will you, Garth? It's decent of you to save all
+you could for me, but hang it, don't mind putting on a new man when we
+need him. The boys have had enough sleep by now and I've sort of
+slipped out of the routine of the work. Will you go ahead and run the
+outfit for me until I get back into it? It would be a big favour to
+me."
+
+Conway swung about toward the door eagerly, and so swiftly that Shandon
+did not see the light that sprang up in his eyes.
+
+"Glad to," he called back as he went out. "Take your time about
+getting back into the traces, Wayne."
+
+"Good old Garth," Shandon muttered with deep satisfaction. And then he
+turned his attention again to the biscuits and bacon.
+
+Garth went immediately to the bunk house. He found the men all asleep;
+he left them all wide awake.
+
+"Tony," he cried sharply, "come alive there and get the boys some
+breakfast. You men know that Mr. Shandon is back, don't you? Do you
+want him to think that this is the way we've been attending to his
+business for him while he was gone? Bill, get a couple of horses
+saddled while Harris is getting breakfast for you, and as soon as you
+eat report at the house with them. You are to help find Lightfoot."
+
+The boys scrambled out of their bunks, and Tony Harris in picturesque
+night raiment was thrusting paper and kindling into his stove before
+Garth had gone ten steps from the door he had slammed behind him. Did
+they want Wayne Shandon to think that they had neglected his interests
+in his absence? Not by a jug full, growled Big Bill. And he wasn't
+the kind to think it in the first place or to care in the second, he
+grunted as he jerked on his overalls and shoved his big feet into his
+shoes. Mister Shandon! Huh!
+
+But they took their cue from Conway's sharp words and did not wait for
+breakfast to get ready for the day's work. Big Bill was the first in
+the corral but the others came trooping after him, roping their horses,
+saddling and bringing them to the bunk house door to be mounted swiftly
+as soon as the morning meal could be finished. And, as usual little
+Andy Jennings saddled an extra horse, a graceful, cat-footed mare,
+cream coloured, with white mane and tail, for Garth Conway.
+
+There were few words spoken in the bunk house as the men made their
+hurried meal. Steve Dunham demanded to be told if Red was going to let
+Conway "run things" for him, or if he was going to be his own foreman
+as his brother had been before him. More than one man lifted his
+shoulders at the question. And since there was no answer to be given
+yet, since that was the one thing they were all thinking about, it was
+almost a wordless meal.
+
+In a little while Garth Conway was back at the bunk house and swung up
+into the saddle, his perfect animal, his own graceful form, his
+somewhat picturesque costume, riding breeches, puttees, wide soft hat
+and gauntlets making a bit of pleasant colour against the
+commonplaceness of the ranch yard. He waited impatiently a few minutes
+until the men came out and then rode away toward the lower end of the
+valley ordering them curtly to follow him. It was Garth's way; they
+didn't know what the day's work was to be, although they might come
+close to guessing, until he chose to tell them. Big Bill alone
+remained behind, making his way with two horses to the house, where
+Wayne came down the steps to meet him.
+
+"Hello, Bill," Wayne greeted him lightly. "Feeling sore this morning?"
+
+"Hello, Red," Big Bill retorted with what was meant to be a scowl but
+which twisted itself in spite of him into a widening grin. "Not sore
+outside, seein' as I fell easy. Jus' kinda sore inside thinkin' you'd
+go an' play a low down Jap trick on a man. But nex' time . . ."
+
+He shook his head in mock sorrow thinking of the thing that was going
+to happen to the merry eyed man from whom he took his pay.
+
+Red laughed, strapped on the spurs clinking at the saddle horn, vaulted
+from the steps to his horse's back and bending suddenly forward shot
+ahead of Big Bill, and sped toward the upper end of the valley where
+the unused horses were grazing. The cowboy, racing behind him, watched
+him with shrewd eyes and a grunted comment that he hadn't forgotten how
+to ride.
+
+When the horses had "run off" their early morning restlessness the two
+men drew them down to a swinging walk and riding side by side found
+much to talk about. Shandon asked about this, that and the other
+horse, giving each its name as if they were men he spoke of, and Big
+Bill reported promptly and in full detail. Brown Babe had been sick
+during the winter; a cold running on until it was touch and go if she'd
+go down with the pneumonia. Doc Trip had taken a hand though, Bill
+himself having ridden thirty miles to fetch the cowboy who had a rude
+skill as a veterinary and no little reputation with it, and Brown Babe
+had pulled through as good as a two year old. Her colt out of Saxon?
+Say there was a bit of horse flesh for you! Close to three year old
+now and never a rope on him. Little Saxon they called him. Little?
+Big Bill laughed softly. The name had stuck since he had been a colt.
+He was bigger than his dad already, although not so heavy, of course,
+and he had more speed right now than his mother ever thought of having.
+If they ever did put on a race--Endymion, Little Saxon's full brother?
+Big Bill shook his head and spat thoughtfully. Sold six months ago.
+
+"Sold?" cried Shandon sharply. "Who sold him?"
+
+"Conway, of course. He's the only man as has sold any Bar L-M stock."
+
+Shandon started to speak, then closed his lips tightly. Big Bill
+looked at him quickly, then drew his eyes away and let them rest upon
+his horse's bobbing ears.
+
+"Of course Garth couldn't know that I didn't want any of the horses,
+the best horses, sold," Shandon said quietly after a moment. "I wrote
+to him to use his own judgment in all things, to sell and buy as he
+thought best. It isn't his fault but-- Hang it, I'm just a little
+sorry I didn't think to tell him. Who bought Endymion, Bill?"
+
+"Sledge Hume," answered Big Bill. "He was crazy stuck on the colt the
+firs' time he ever laid eyes on him. I guess Conway held him up for a
+pretty stiff price too. He sure had the chance."
+
+"So Hume bought Endymion," said Shandon thoughtfully. And he seemed
+less pleased than before. "Oh, well, we'll see what we can do with
+Little Saxon."
+
+"Little Saxon's a better horse any day in the week," cried Big Bill
+loyally. "He ain't got the stren'th yet, of course, an' he ain't got
+the savvy as comes with trainin'. But he's got the speed an' he's got
+the spirit. Lord, Red, you've got a horse there! Wait ontil you see
+him runnin' with the herd. He don't eat dust off nobody's heels."
+
+Shandon's eyes brightened. He had seen possibilities in the two year
+old before he went away, when the colt belonged to Arthur, and it was
+good to know that Little Saxon had fulfilled the promise of youth. And
+he saw too, a morning's work ahead of him, such work as the leaping
+spirit of Red Reckless loved. A wild scamper across the upper end of
+the narrow valley, skirting the lake perhaps; a headlong race after a
+horse born of Brown Babe and the high spirited stallion Saxon; the
+swinging of a rope in a hand that had not known the feel of one for a
+year; and the final conquest that would come when at last that rope
+settled about the defiant neck.
+
+"For we'll get Lightfoot first, Bill," he said eagerly. "Little
+Saxon'll have to go some when I've got Lady Lightfoot under me. And
+then we'll take the three year old in and begin breaking him."
+
+Big Bill chuckled joyously. And as Garth had said before him he
+muttered that Wayne Shandon hadn't changed much.
+
+As they rode the valley widened for a little before them, the steep
+wall of cliffs and crags drawing back upon the right, lifting their
+crests ever higher, topped by few scattering pines, firs and tamaracks.
+Here and there a giant cedar flourished in isolated majesty, lifting
+its delicately formed cones a hundred and fifty feet above its ancient,
+gnarled roots. The valley itself was for the most part clear of timber
+and scrub. The herds had not yet come up here this year, and would not
+come until the lower end had been thoroughly fed off. For here there
+would be grazing land in abundance until the winter came and all herds
+must be moved to the pastures far down the mountains where the snow
+fall was never more than a few thawing inches.
+
+Conversation between the two men died down as they pushed deeper into
+the solitudes. When they had ridden a couple of miles, the valley
+narrowed again, the timber line crept in closer at every yard, the
+mountains drew in abruptly and rose more precipitously in sheer,
+frowning, dominant majesty, the river shot hissing down its rocky
+course, a wild thing plunging madly toward freedom and an open world.
+
+So with few words, each man's thoughts wandering as chance and the
+river and mountains directed them, Shandon and Big Bill rode slowly.
+That trail brought them at last down close to the edge of the stream as
+the banks on either hand drew closer together until finally the water
+choked and fumed and thundered through a narrow pass. Here they must
+turn away from its course, climbing a steep shoulder of the mountain,
+making a difficult way along a seldom used trail, until they came to
+the crest of the ridge which shot down from the right. Another fifty
+yards, almost level going, a steep descent and suddenly the fury of the
+river was but a faint rumbling in their ears, the stillness of the
+mountains crept down on them and they were at the margin of Laughter
+Lake.
+
+With a sigh long, deep, lung filling, Wayne Shandon curbed his horse to
+a standstill. Big Bill turned his head away and a little hurriedly
+sought for his "makings." For Big Bill had a memory, as so many sons
+of the frontier places have, a memory that filed and kept record of
+little things as well as of what the world calls big things. He
+remembered the day when Wayne Shandon had last ridden here, just the
+day before Arthur was killed. Wayne and Arthur had come here together;
+Arthur with some business reason, of course; equally of course Wayne in
+a mere spirit of idling. The younger brother had ridden along to try
+out a new rifle he had bought--
+
+"Come on, Bill. Let's find the horses."
+
+Wayne leaned forward suddenly in the saddle, loosened his reins and
+touched his horse's sides with his spurred heels. And so they raced
+along the side of the lake as they had raced from the range house, Red
+Reckless sitting straight in the saddle, his head lifted, his broad hat
+pushed far back, his tall, powerful body swaying gracefully, easily
+with his horse's stride.
+
+They found Lady Lightfoot with a herd of half wild animals in a little
+hollow beyond the head of the lake. A great snorting and stamping, a
+flinging aloft of proud heads upon arching necks, the flurry of manes
+and tails, black, red, white, all confused in a rush of colour, the
+hammering thud of unshod hoofs on soft grassy soil and the herd had
+followed Lady Lightfoot's lead in wild flight toward the far end of the
+tiny valley. A wonderful creature was Lady Lightfoot, trim and slender
+and graceful as a maiden, her coat a little rough from her year in the
+woods, her silken mane snarled, but her spirit showing in the toss of
+her head, the cock of her ears, the flare of her nostrils, the fire of
+her eyes.
+
+"Watch!" yelled Big Bill as he and Shandon thundered along after them,
+their ropes already in their hands, nooses widening. "See who takes
+her lead away from her!"
+
+It was half a mile to the far end of the little valley where the almost
+sheer pitch of the mountains would bring the fleeing animals to a stop.
+And before they had gone a hundred yards Wayne Shandon's eyes had
+discovered Little Saxon.
+
+The colt had been almost the last of the two score horses when their
+startled flight began; already he was seeking the place that was
+rightfully his, already he had passed half of the herd and running like
+some great greyhound, was eating up the distance which lay between his
+outstretched nose and Lady Lightfoot's flickering hoofs. A horse to be
+seen in a flash by a knowing eye even in a herd many times bigger than
+this one. A king of a horse, standing a hand taller than the tallest
+of his companions, with great flowing muscles moving liquidly, with
+iron lungs under a vast iron chest, with a neck every fine line of
+which revealed the racing thoroughbred, with tireless strength in the
+tensing shoulders and hips, with speed in the delicately formed,
+slender legs; running easily, every leaping stride hurling his great
+body in advance of some one of the other horses, his floating mane and
+tail spun silk that flashed in the sun like shimmering gold, his
+flashing hoofs like a deer's for dainty grace, his coat a deep, rich,
+red bay.
+
+"Watch him run!" shouted Big Bill. "Watch him run!"
+
+Two lengths behind Lady Lightfoot, a length . . . and then Little Saxon
+had slipped by, flashed by, passed like a gleam of summer sunlight, and
+the mare snapped viciously at the lean, clean body that brushed against
+her own, robbing her of her place. Big Bill laughed joyously.
+
+"Jealous as a cat, huh, Red? See that?"
+
+"And no man has ever ridden him," muttered Shandon. "Only one man is
+ever going to ride you, Little Saxon."
+
+But that day they did not take Little Saxon with them back to the home
+corrals; it would be many a day yet before Little Saxon's training
+began, before his proud spirit compromised with steel and leather and a
+master's hand.
+
+With half the distance to the far end of the little valley passed,
+Little Saxon was a length ahead of Lady Lightfoot, his quivering
+nostrils scenting danger behind, free range and freedom ahead. Thus
+Little Saxon first, Lady Lightfoot jealously guarding and keeping her
+place as second in the headlong flight, a slim barrelled sorrel close
+at the Lady's heels, the rest of the horses following in a close packed
+body, the fleeing animals came to the natural bulwark which the
+mountains lifted before them. Their ropes swinging in ever widening
+loops, hissing swifter and swifter until in broadening circles they
+sang shrilly, Wayne Shandon and Big Bill swept on after them.
+
+"Lightfoot first!" cried Shandon sharply. "It's too rocky, Bill--"
+
+The ground was too broken to chance putting a rope over the defiant
+neck of the three year old who had never known what it was to have hemp
+touch his lithe body. With Lady Lightfoot it was different. She would
+leap aside, she would throw her head one way or the other as she saw
+the lasso leave the hand of her would-be captor; but once it touched
+her she would stop stone still, too wise, too experienced to struggle
+against the inevitable.
+
+At last the fleeing horses stopped, whirled and with up-pricked ears
+and flashing eyes waited and watched. Lady Lightfoot's angry snort
+trumpeted her fear and defiance; she moved not so much as a muscle
+except of her eyes which swept swiftly back and forth from Big Bill to
+Shandon, from Shandon to Big Bill. Then, as almost at the same instant
+two ropes sped their hissing way toward her she leaped forward, swerved
+aside, dropped her head a little--and then, instead of breaking into a
+wild flight, she bunched her four feet and slid to a trembling
+standstill before either rope had tightened about a steel saddle horn.
+
+"Wise ol' lady," chuckled Big Bill as he and Shandon rode closer to the
+mare coiling their ropes. "Ain't forgot who's who, have you, Lady?"
+
+The other horses saw their chance and took it. Little Saxon in the
+lead from the first terrified leap, they shot by Lady Lightfoot,
+swerved widely about Shandon, and were off and away down the valley.
+
+"Let 'em go," cried Shandon. "We'll follow in a minute and drive them
+on down to the corrals."
+
+He swung down from his saddle and went up to Lady Lightfoot's high
+lifted head, a head that rose higher in the air as he drew near.
+Laying a gentle hand on the quivering nose, he rubbed it softly,
+speaking to the animal in a tone that coaxed and soothed and assured.
+He talked to her as a man talks who loves a horse, understands it--as
+he might talk to a human being. And Big Bill, watching, nodded and
+grunted approval as he saw Shandon slip the hard bit between the strong
+teeth, and at last swing up into the saddle and turn a high spirited
+but well trained and obedient mare down the valley after the runaways.
+
+Fifteen minutes later they caught up with the stragglers of Little
+Saxon's followers. And it was then that Little Saxon snorted his last
+defiance at pursuit and achieved his freedom.
+
+The animals had been driven again into a woodland _cul de sac_. Here
+there was a wide reaching plot of grassy, unbroken soil, and here the
+two men counted upon teaching the three year old his first lesson of
+the supremacy of man. As they drew nearer their ropes were again
+ready, trailing at their sides. Again the horses drew close together,
+bunched in a mass of watchful distrust. Little Saxon alone held
+slightly apart, his great head lifted high, scenting mischief. He saw
+the ropes before they were lifted, and at the first whirl of hemp into
+the hated loop he knew instinctively that it was he whom they
+threatened.
+
+"We've got him," grunted Big Bill, confident too soon of easy victory.
+
+Behind the herd rose the cliffs, in front the men came on and at the
+side was a deep gorge, so steep sided that a horse would not think of
+going down into it, washed wide by the spring torrents. It never
+entered Big Bill's head nor Wayne Shandon's nor the heads of the
+terrified companions of Little Saxon that there was a way in that
+direction open for flight. But Little Saxon saw his enemies coming
+threateningly nearer and he took his chance. He drew back until his
+golden tail swept the granite cliffs; he paused there a brief second,
+with flashing eyes, measuring chance and distance; he gathered his
+great muscles as he had never gathered them before; his vast chest
+swelled to a mighty sigh; and then, before Wayne Shandon or Big Bill
+had guessed the plan that had risen in his brain he had wagered his
+life against his liberty.
+
+"Back, Bill!" shouted Shandon warningly, throwing Lady Lightfoot back
+on her haunches, swinging her away from the plunging three year old.
+"He's going to jump!"
+
+"God!" yelled Big Bill, as he too jerked his horse back. "He'll break
+his neck!"
+
+They saw the big horse running, already as a blur of speed before he
+had done the thirty yards to the rock walled gorge, saw the glinting
+light from floating mane and tail, heard the thunder of his pounding
+hoofs, and then--
+
+Then Little Saxon put into his gliding muscles all of the thoroughbred
+spirit that was in his blood, and taking recklessly his one chance he
+hurled his great body forward, leaping splendidly. For an instant as
+that rebellious, beautiful body was suspended in mid air, high above
+certain death, neither man breathed. Then, with the sharp sound of
+hard hoofs striking hard rock, Little Saxon landed easily and safely
+upon the far side, and his silken mane, flowing tail and red bay hide
+shining with a metallic gleam in the sunlight, he had passed on,
+through the trees, into an open trail, around a bend and out of sight.
+
+Big Bill rode close up to the gorge.
+
+"I wouldn't jump a horse acrost that for a million dollars!" he said,
+wondering at what he had seen.
+
+And Wayne Shandon, his eyes very bright, his face a little flushed,
+cried eagerly,
+
+"A mere horse, no. But Little Saxon isn't that! He's more clean
+spirit than horse flesh!"
+
+Big Bill did not answer. Perhaps he had not heard. He was thinking:
+
+"When he does break Little Saxon--that wild devil of a man on that wild
+devil of a horse-- What a pair of them!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE GLADNESS THAT SINGS
+
+"Well?" laughingly. "Don't you know me?"
+
+Wayne Shandon, riding idly down a lane through the pines, had come
+close before he saw her sitting with her back to a tree, her camera and
+empty lunch basket lying beside her. He had left Big Bill and had come
+on alone, passing around the head of the lake and following the trail
+which Little Saxon's flying hoofs had made in the fresh sod. Now, as
+with a quick hand upon Lady Lightfoot's reins he came to a stop, he
+very promptly forgot all about Little Saxon.
+
+The girl, leaving Gypsy tethered beyond a grove of firs, had found upon
+the skirt of a densely wooded slope a spot that was like a corner of a
+woodland fairyland, dim and dusky and sweet scented. The noontide was
+warm with the rippling sunlight above, a down-filtering ray touched her
+bare head and dropped flecks of gold in her braided hair.
+
+Shandon, motionless for a little, did not speak nor did his expression
+change except that it grew more frankly filled with admiration, with
+sheer wonder at her loveliness.
+
+"Really," she bantered, still laughingly, not to be confused by her old
+playfellow's look. "I'm neither ghost, goblin nor evil spirit, nor
+anything worse than just a girl, you know!"
+
+"Are you . . . just a girl?" He raised his hand slowly, lifting his
+hat. But not yet did he smile back into her smiling eyes. She had
+never seen him so grave. "I don't know. You are not the same girl I
+used to know."
+
+"Why, Wayne," she retorted merrily. "It's only a year. You weren't
+expecting wrinkles already, were you?"
+
+The steadiness of his gaze made her wonder. His eyes clung to hers for
+a long moment, left them to travel swiftly up and down the sweet young
+body that was no longer the body of "just a girl," noted how
+wonderfully the promise of girlhood had been fulfilled in budding
+womanhood, came back to her hair and throat and smiling mouth, rested
+again upon her eyes.
+
+"You are not the same Wanda I used to know," he insisted soberly,
+shaking his head at her. "Not the Wanda I used to play with at school,
+to hunt birds' nests with, to steal apples for, to fight other boys
+for. Who are you, you wonderful thing?"
+
+"The same Wanda," she told him merrily. "And, if you please, not a
+_thing_ at all."
+
+"Do you remember," he went on quietly, still gently serious, "the day
+when I whipped little Willie Thorp for you?"
+
+"Yes," she answered lightly, yet not remembering all that he
+remembered. "Of course. You--"
+
+"You came and put both little fat, warm, sun-burned arms round me and
+kissed me then, Wanda. Would you kiss me now?"
+
+"You should have said that last night," she dimpled up at him. She
+thought she knew him too well to take him seriously when he dropped
+into one of his bantering moods, just trying perhaps to see if he could
+drive a little flush of confusion into her cheeks. "I was so glad to
+see you, I might have forgotten I had grown up. That we have grown
+up," she said.
+
+"I wish I had," he said abruptly, flinging his head up with the old
+gesture she remembered so well. "Wanda, you are the most wonderful
+girl-woman in the world! What has happened to you? What have you done
+to yourself? What have you done to your eyes? Do you know, Miss Wanda
+Leland--are you a little witch and do you do it on purpose?--that those
+two eyes of yours can make madness in a man's soul?"
+
+"Flatterer!" she countered brightly. "Have you been a whole year
+making pretty speeches, and must you keep it up now because you've got
+into the habit and since the pretty ladles of your travels are not here
+and I am? Aren't you a little bit ashamed of yourself? Aren't you
+afraid that you will create havoc by putting a lot of foolish ideas
+into a country girl's head?"
+
+He laughed at last, becoming suddenly the same old Red Reckless that he
+had always been, and swung down lightly from the saddle. Dropping Lady
+Lightfoot's reins to the ground he came to where Wanda sat and having
+stood over her a moment looking down into the clear eyes which were
+turned frankly up to him he made himself comfortable at her feet,
+stretching luxuriously in the warm grass.
+
+"It's great to be back, Wanda," he said musingly, with a deep sigh of
+content. "You are going to squander a little of your precious time on
+me, aren't you? I've been deucedly energetic all morning; now I'm just
+brimful of sunshine and laziness. So lazy that I want just to smoke
+and watch you and listen while you talk. You will have a whole lot to
+tell me about all the things you've been doing while I was away."
+
+[Illustration: "I want just to smoke and watch you and listen while you
+talk."]
+
+She gathered her knees into her clasped hands and smiled down upon the
+flaming red hair. Before he made his cigarette she found herself
+answering his questions, telling about her life during his absence.
+
+As she talked she saw his face only now and then when he turned a
+little to laugh up at her over some trifle that amused him. The story
+of this year of her life as she told it was a simple, homely little
+tale, a quiet pastoral of happy content. It had to do largely with
+herself and her work, with her failures and successes. But she
+mentioned both Garth and Sledge Hume.
+
+"Hume?" said Shandon, looking up quickly, this time with no laughter in
+his eyes. "Have you seen much of that man, Wanda?"
+
+"A good deal. He and father and Garth seem to have some kind of
+business together. Why?"
+
+"Because I don't like him," he told her emphatically. "I don't like to
+have you know a man like that."
+
+She did not mention Hume again. She admitted frankly that she herself
+disliked the man although she had tried to think well of him because he
+was a friend of her father. Running on with the account of her winter
+adventures, and laughing at the memory of an incident that had been
+serious enough at the time, she told him how she had imperilled her
+life in heedless pursuit of the snow-shoe rabbit. Her mood, gay for
+the moment, was the sort to make light of things which had merely cast
+a shadow and gone; it was as though from the very presence of Wayne she
+had accepted his theory of life, the ability to live keenly, richly in
+the present, to be oblivious with sealed eyes to the future, careless
+with deaf ears to the mutterings of the past. She was talking freely,
+spontaneously, laughing from the very joy of life and the morning and
+another joy which she did not analyse, looking down at the sunlight
+caught flaring in his hair. And he, vastly contented, listened and
+laughed with her.
+
+Then, in the midst of the recital of her last winter's mishap which she
+strove to make as unimportant as she now considered it, she looked down
+at Wayne Shandon and suddenly broke off in the middle of a word. He
+had dropped his cigarette, the hand that she could see had shut tight
+into a whitened fist, the colour of a second ago had seeped out of his
+bronzed cheek. As she stopped, wondering, he sprang to his feet and
+towered over her.
+
+"Wanda!" he cried, and his voice was as unfamiliar in her ears as the
+view of his drawn face in her eyes.
+
+"Wayne!" she said curiously, staring at him, startled and a little
+afraid of she knew not what. "Wayne! What is it?"
+
+"What is it?" Shandon's voice had dropped lower, was so hoarse that it
+did not seem Wayne Shandon's voice at all. "It is just this--"
+
+He broke off as sharply as she had done and moving swiftly as though
+driven by some great compelling force which dominated him he stooped
+and swept her up into his arms. She felt the tightening muscles as he
+drew her close, closer to him; felt a little tremor running through his
+whole body; heard the beating of his heart; was drawn nearer to him
+than she had ever been drawn to a man in her life; realised for the
+first time in a flutter of many sweeping emotions how superbly big and
+powerful the man was, how almost god-like in the beauty of his muscular
+manhood . . . and then she knew nothing but the wonderful fact that he
+had kissed her full upon her quivering red mouth.
+
+"My God, Wanda, how I love you!" he exclaimed with sudden wild,
+unleashed vehemence. "Do you hear me?" He was holding her a little
+away from him, his arms still shaking about her shoulders, his voice
+frightening her with the vibrant fierceness that had leaped into it,
+the love in his eyes glowing like fire. "I love you so that I'd go
+through Hell to have you, to have you for mine, all mine! So that I
+might fight a man for daring to look at you, that I might kill a man
+for harming you! Wanda, girl, I tell you that I love you! Do you
+understand? Do you know what that means? What love means? When a man
+loves a woman as I do?"
+
+Always a man of impulse, a man who through years of habit had grown to
+act swiftly in little things and big things alike, Wayne Shandon flung
+into impassioned words the emotions which swept through his soul and
+brain. The sight of Wanda Leland, grown into the sweet, pure beauty of
+early womanhood, had stirred him to the depths. Her casual mention of
+other men, Garth, and Sledge Hume, had displeased him so vaguely that
+he had not fully understood or cared why. And then the light allusion
+to the danger of death in which she had stood had been the spark in the
+powder train of his love, his words exploded from the seething
+consciousness newly awakened, fires long smouldering unsuspected in his
+heart burst forth in a mighty conflagration of emotion.
+
+Throughout his whole being there was a strange, new, throbbing
+buoyancy, the gladness that sings, the joy that sparkles. The elixir
+of life had been set suddenly before him. He did not taste and put it
+away as some men do; he did not sip sparingly and temperately; but he
+drank deeply and swiftly so that the wine of love tingled through his
+blood, made his brain reel and his heart grow hot. It intoxicated his
+soul and his senses with a rare, glorious intoxication.
+
+He tossed his head back, holding her still a little further from him,
+and looked into her eyes. His own had changed now, changed utterly in
+their eloquent speech. They had been fierce, now they grew wonderfully
+tender. They had been clear and bright and eager; and now they were
+misty. The first flame of love had leaped through his blood; now an
+infinite yearning, as gentle as tears, rose from his heart. Love had
+clamoured, now love was whispering. Love had been insistent; now it
+pleaded. It had been masterful; now it knelt.
+
+"You love me--_like that_?"
+
+The tumult in the man's soul had awakened conflicting emotions under
+the troubled, tremulous breasts. She looked at him with wide, clear
+eyes, wondering. A miracle, the old, eternal, primal miracle, had
+entered her life. She had looked down, laughingly, on a careless boy;
+she had been gripped mightily in the arms of a being new to her, a man
+who loved. From the clear blue of her life's sky there had leaped out
+a flash of lightning that filled the universe with its light and heat.
+They had been two gay loitering children; now she saw the man shaken in
+the gust of his passion.
+
+"You love me--_like that_?"
+
+"God forgive me, yes!"
+
+His voice was steady now but low, scarcely louder than her awed
+whisper. He dropped his arms, letting them fall lingeringly, and
+stooping a little, touched her forehead with his lips.
+
+"And," he said with a reverence which stirred her more than his rude
+embrace had done, "I love you like this, dear."
+
+More often than not the story of one's life is a smooth running tale,
+the day's page turning gently, going on with the unfinished sentence of
+yesterday, the end of each little chapter guessed before it has been
+read. But there are times when the leaves no longer turn slowly but
+are caught in a sudden gust that sends them fluttering like dead leaves
+in a September gale; when life no longer loiters, but leaps when the
+unseen end of the chapter is a mystery, when the letters on the page
+are shining gold or fiery red.
+
+Such a time had come into Wanda Leland's life. In one swift moment she
+had risen to a pinnacle, she had looked down upon the level lowlands
+from the heights. The monotony of the commonplace receded and was
+lost; the aspect of life upon which she looked was wonderful and new.
+There had been a change within her. She was no longer the Wanda Leland
+she had been a moment ago, the Wanda Leland she had been throughout the
+years of her life. Nor would she ever be exactly that same Wanda
+Leland again.
+
+Revelation had been lightning, two-tongued. It showed her herself; it
+explained, it touched with light, it made distinct the shadowy things
+that had long lain in her breast. And it showed her Wayne Shandon as
+she had never seen him.
+
+For years they had been playfellows, frank, almost boyish, both of
+them. Now her heart was beating wildly from the very touch of him.
+Had she always loved him? Had he always loved her? Was this
+wonderful, new thing, love, without beginning as it surely was without
+end?
+
+She looked wonderingly into his eyes. Her own, like his, were clear,
+bright one moment, starry with a dimness as of unshed tears the next.
+Tenderness, like a mist, filled them.
+
+"I love you, Wayne," she said, her voice low, trembling just a little,
+but clear. "I want you all mine as you want me. So that if you went
+up to Heaven or down to Hell I could go with you."
+
+"Wanda!" he said. "_Wanda_."
+
+She smiled a little at him and put out her two hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+"A GAME OF BLUFF AND THE GAMBLER WINS!"
+
+The spirit of unrest which Wanda had felt vaguely the night before did
+not depart with the passing of the darkness. Something was wrong,
+radically wrong at the Echo Creek ranch house. Since the unexpected
+home coming of Red Reckless there had been a subtle difference, a
+ruffling of the waters which usually ran so placidly at the country
+home, a darkening and disturbation of the surface which hinted at
+hidden whirlpools and cross currents.
+
+It was from the master of the household that the day took its colour.
+In his own room last night he had been restless, sleepless until very
+late. Mrs. Leland had heard him walking up and down, had heard the
+noise of his pipe against his tobacco jar many times after the hour
+when Martin was in the habit of having his last smoke. In the morning
+he was up and dressed before Julia had built her fire. All day he was
+strangely pre-occupied and silent. He seemed scarcely to notice Wanda
+when she came into the dining room to give him his good morning kiss.
+That was unlike him. Both women noticed it.
+
+After breakfast he did not go out. Instead he went immediately to his
+study, telling Julia sharply that she need not come in to sweep this
+morning as he was going to be busy. It was one of the few times he had
+spoken at all that morning, but not the first time he had spoken
+irritably. Mrs. Leland's eyes, following him were troubled.
+
+In his private room he sat long at his big oaken table, his brows drawn
+thoughtfully, his eyes narrowed in deep speculation. The tenseness of
+the man's still figure, the gleam of the darkening eyes, the obvious
+moody abstraction told that some vital question had come to him for its
+answer, that he was fighting it out sternly, that the issue was one of
+those great issues of life which come soon or late and which must be
+decided, yes or no, upon the battle ground of a man's soul.
+
+Three months ago he had done a thing from which, at first, his finer
+manhood had drawn back rebelliously. But--he had done it. There had
+been a struggle then between the two nicely balanced qualities which go
+to make up a human personality. The nice balance had been disturbed by
+clever generalship rather than by open battle. Specious reasoning,
+aided and abetted by the temptation of a rare opportunity, further
+reinforced by an emotion which was more or less selfish even while it
+masked itself as a public and private duty, had routed the sterner
+sense of justice of which the man was, not without reason, proud. He
+had in the end taken the step; being done it had since then been
+dismissed to a shadowy corner of his mind by his own strength of
+character; when he had thought of it had only grown stronger in his
+belief that he had done rightly. And now a man whom he had never
+expected to see again had come home; the question closed three months
+ago was still an open question.
+
+A grave, strong minded man, calm by nature, after sixty years of the
+life of the mountains and forests, he thought to decide each action
+upon its own merit or demerit and to see that quality clearly, keeping
+his vision free of emotional mists. With such a man right and wrong
+are two distinct entities, sharply separate, with no debateable land.
+An action may not partake of each; it must stand forth black or white.
+A motive may not be enshrouded in uncertainty; it must be right or it
+must be wrong.
+
+He questioned himself sternly to-day, frowningly concentrating his mind
+upon each point as he struggled with it. The time had come now when
+the decision he made must be one of absolute finality.
+
+"What I am doing is a grave thing," he told himself over and over. "An
+unscrupulous man would do it in a flash; a weak man might be afraid of
+it. I must be neither unscrupulous nor cowardly; I must be just. And
+is not justice with me? Would I not be punishing the guilty, would I
+not be in a position to reward Garth Conway for a life of faithful
+service, would I not be justified in protecting my own interests, the
+interests of my wife and daughter?"
+
+Already, unconsciously, he was seeking to discover for his groping mind
+the arguments which would acquit him in his own judgment and justify
+him.
+
+"I hate him," he muttered, "God knows I hate him. But is that the
+reason I am striking at him? I should be wrong if for purely personal
+motives I sought to wreck vengeance upon him. But he is guilty, as
+guilty as hell! It would not be vengeance, it would be retribution. I
+should but be taking into my hands the work which God had set at my
+fingers' ends."
+
+His problem instead of clarifying became complicated with involved
+motives. He told himself grimly that the thing which he had begun was
+just, merely just. If the courts of law did what he was doing and
+stopped with it men's voices would cry out against a retribution gone
+blind and decrepit, maudlin with mercy.
+
+He went once to his safe in the corner, took out a document and stood
+looking at it thoughtfully for a long time. Finally he replaced it.
+
+"I can ruin him, I can break him utterly," he said slowly. "I can
+wrest from him the thing which he took brutally with bloody hands.
+Because I am to profit where he loses must I hold back? The law may
+never reach him. Is it right then that he should go unpunished? The
+fortune which one day I shall leave to Wanda will be either swelled or
+diminished as I decide. Have I the right to draw back now?"
+
+The day dragged on, the conflict within the man's soul continued.
+Until noon he was in his study. At the dinner table he was silent,
+morose, and ate little. He made no comment upon Wanda's absence;
+perhaps he did not notice it. Mrs. Leland, understanding readily that
+Wayne Shandon's return had its bearing upon her husband's heavy mood,
+found little to say. She could only hope wistfully that for a little
+Wayne would come to the house seldom, that Martin would grow used to
+having him in the neighbourhood, and that in the end he would content
+himself with ignoring the man whom she knew he disliked, distrusted and
+suspected. She thought that she understood fully what she grasped only
+in part.
+
+In the afternoon again, Leland withdrew to his private room, again the
+battle between motives and desires raged hotly. It so happened that
+Wayne Shandon, appearing at a critical moment, brought about a decision.
+
+Leland was standing before his window, his smouldering eyes frowning at
+the meadow down which Spring had come, scattering buttercups to mark
+her passing. He had not noticed the glossy chalices brimming with
+sunlight; the springtime had had no softening effect upon his absorbed
+and troubled mood. But presently the sight of two figures riding side
+by side down through the pasture whipped a new look into his eyes.
+
+He watched them sharply as they rode toward the house. Their gay
+voices came to him lifted into soft laughter; their light merriment, so
+in tune with the springtime, fell jarringly on Leland's ears.
+
+"The fellow has the insolence of Satan," he muttered angrily.
+
+For a moment he lost sight of them as they passed behind the stable.
+Then, walking, Wanda's face lifted in rosy happiness, Wayne's like a
+boy's, eager and glad, they came on to the house. Leland stood stone
+still at the window; Wanda, catching sight of him, threw him a kiss.
+Wayne, with a brief word to Wanda left her under the cedars in the yard
+and came swiftly to the study, the light buoyancy of his step
+bespeaking the exhilaration that danced through his blood. He swept
+off his hat, put out his hand eagerly as he came into the room, his
+eyes filled with the brightness of a supreme happiness.
+
+"I am glad that I found you in," he began impetuously. "I don't know
+how I could have waited . . . What's the matter, Mr. Leland?"
+
+For Martin Leland, directing at him a piercing glance whose meaning was
+unmistakable, did not unclasp the hands behind his back.
+
+"You had something to say to me," Leland reminded him briefly. "What
+is it?"
+
+Shandon met his stare with silent surprise. Then, forcing himself to
+speak quietly, as though the insult of Leland's attitude had been
+unnoticed, he said:
+
+"I wanted to tell you that I love Wanda, that some day I hope to make
+her my wife."
+
+"What!" shouted Leland incredulously. "You--_you_ want to marry my
+daughter! _You_!"
+
+"Yes," said Wayne steadily. "I."
+
+Martin's scornful laugh, forced and hard, drove the happiness from
+Shandon's eyes and a quick hot flush into his cheeks.
+
+"I knew that you didn't like me," he said sharply. "But I didn't
+know--"
+
+"That I have no feeling but utter loathing for you," Leland cut in
+coldly. "That I'd kill you like a dog before I'd allow you to disgrace
+my name, to wreck my daughter's life. Are you crazy or drunk?"
+
+"I don't understand you," replied Shandon bluntly.
+
+"Then I'll explain so that you will have no difficulty in
+understanding." Leland's voice, lifted a little, was hard and bitter.
+"I don't desire the continuance of your acquaintance. I don't want
+ever to see you again if it can be helped. I don't want you to come to
+my home, to speak to my wife or my daughter. I don't want your
+presence sullying the air they breathe. I don't want to have any
+dealings whatever with you. Have I explained?" he concluded with
+cutting sharpness.
+
+"Everything and nothing!" Shandon returned, the flush seeping out of
+his face, leaving it grey. "What has happened? Why do you say such
+things to me? Good God, man, what have I done?"
+
+For a moment Martin Leland made no reply; nor did his steady gaze waver
+from the eyes now as stern as his own which looked straight back at him.
+
+"I don't care to discuss the thing with you, Shandon. You know as well
+as I do why I say them. When you pretend not to know you are at once a
+liar and a hypocrite."
+
+"I am not a trouble seeker, Mr. Leland." Shandon's voice had grown
+husky as he strove with the anger within him. "But I think you know
+that you are the first man who has talked to me like that and got away
+with it. If I did not know that you are a fair minded man, and that
+there has been some hideous mistake somewhere, I'd not listen to those
+words even from you. Tell me what you mean."
+
+A contemptuous smile broke the rigid line of Leland's set lips.
+
+"Your theatrical ranting won't get you anywhere with me, Shandon. It
+is the thing to be expected. I am the master of my own house and it is
+quite enough when I say that your presence is not wanted here. If you
+want more you can supply it yourself. Idler, spendthrift, gambler,
+brawler, I have until now tolerated you. But there are some things
+that no man can tolerate. You have said that I am fair minded; the
+more reason I should wish to be rid of you."
+
+"But," cried Shandon hotly, "the man accused has a right to know--"
+
+"I am not accusing you," interrupted Martin coldly. "I do nothing but
+tell you that you are not the kind of man I want my womenfolk to
+associate with, not the kind I want to associate with, and that I want
+this to be the last time you set foot on my property. If you are not
+absolutely without pride of any sort you will not make it necessary for
+me to have you put off the ranch!"
+
+"And you won't tell me--"
+
+"So far as I am concerned the conversation is closed. And," drily,
+"the door is open."
+
+The anger in Wayne Shandon's heart, unchecked at last, blazed in his
+eyes.
+
+"I'll go now," he said shortly. "I have no wish to enter a man's house
+where I am not welcome. But what I have said I have meant. I shall
+see Wanda when I can, and when she will come to me as she will some
+day, I shall marry her."
+
+"You are a fool as well as a scoundrel," shouted Leland as he saw the
+other turn toward the door. "Wanda, when she marries, will marry a
+gentleman, and not a cur and a coward!"
+
+"Those are hard names, Mr. Leland!"
+
+"Not so hard as another which belongs to you," came the vibrant
+rejoinder. "If you dare speak to her again--"
+
+"As I most certainly shall," coolly.
+
+"By God!" cried the old man, his clenched fist raised. "You leave my
+girl alone or--"
+
+Caught in a sudden gust of rage such as had not half a dozen times in
+his lifetime touched his blood, he strode to his table, snatched open
+the drawer and whipped out a revolver.
+
+"Go!" he shouted, his face a fiery red. "Go now, without another word,
+or I'll shoot you."
+
+Wayne Shandon's head was flung up with the old gesture, his eyes grew
+steely and steady, and his answer was a cool contemptuous laugh.
+
+"You have called me a coward," he said. "You called me a liar." He
+came back into the room and sat down upon the edge of the table, not
+three feet from Martin Leland. "Now, prove me the coward--or yourself
+the liar!"
+
+It was a challenge of sheer reckless impudence, the tempting of a man
+whose reason was blind drunk with rage. He looked coolly into Leland's
+eyes ignoring the deadly weapon in Leland's hand.
+
+"I am going to roll a cigarette," he said quietly. "I'll stay just
+that long."
+
+The fingers which brought out tobacco and papers were unhurried. He
+opened the muslin bag, poured the tobacco into the trough of his paper,
+and his hands were steady. His eyes left Leland's a moment to make
+sure that he was not spilling any of the brown particles; he lifted
+them again as he sealed his finished cigarette with the tip of his
+tongue. He swept a match along his thigh; then he went out, closing
+the door softly, leaving a thin wisp of smoke trailing behind him.
+
+Leland, alone in the study, put his hand to his forehead. It came away
+wet with sweat.
+
+"A game of bluff and the gambler wins!" he muttered fiercely. "And
+now--God curse me if I spare him!"
+
+
+His buoyant stride carried Red Reckless swiftly down into the yard
+where he had left Wanda. She looked up eagerly as he came swinging on.
+Then suddenly her heart stood still, chilled with the quick fear of her
+premonition. The smile which Shandon summoned was at once a brave
+attempt and a pitiful failure.
+
+"What is it, Wayne?" asked Wanda quickly.
+
+"Your father has forbidden me the ranch," he told her bitterly. "I
+don't know exactly why. It came out of a clear sky so far as I am
+concerned. He does not want me to come here again; he does not want
+you to see me at all, anywhere."
+
+"Wayne!"
+
+"He called me an idler, a spendthrift, a gambler and a brawler," he
+went on swiftly. "As I suppose I have been.--There has never been
+anything to make me care--until to-day! You won't let what he says
+make any difference, Wanda?"
+
+She came closer to him, her eyes brilliant.
+
+"I don't have to answer that question, Wayne," she whispered.
+
+He took her into his arms and kissed the mouth turned up to him, and so
+left her. She watched him go down to the stable, watched the tall,
+upright form until Lady Lightfoot carried him out of sight through the
+pines. Then, her head as erect as her lover's had been, she went
+slowly to the house.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE CONTEMPT OF SLEDGE HUME
+
+The window shades in the study were half drawn so that in the late
+afternoon the room was shadowy. From the fireplace crackling flames
+cast wavering gleams across the polished oaken table top and the heavy
+mission furniture. Leland had not stirred from the chair into which he
+had sunk after Wayne Shandon's going. Shandon had been gone an hour;
+he had met Garth Conway at the bridge and now Garth was with Leland.
+
+There was no longer in the old man's eye or bearing a hint of the
+battle which he had fought all day. He had gone through the hours of
+his inner struggle and as it had ended three months ago so had it ended
+to-day. He knew that he would not open his mind to consider the
+question again. His full piercing eyes were stern and determined.
+Purposefully he had set his feet into the path he meant to follow
+without swerving. In a moment of hesitation and uncertainty the
+supreme argument had come to him; if for no other reason, he must ruin
+Shandon to save his own daughter from her folly.
+
+"Garth," he said quietly, his deep voice retaining no trace of the
+emotion which had wracked him only an hour ago, "I am very glad that
+you have come. I have been expecting you all day."
+
+"I met Wayne," Garth said hastily, watching Leland anxiously. "He was
+riding like the very devil. I never saw his face look as it did as he
+shot by me. He had been over here?"
+
+"Yes. I had a plain talk with him. I made it clear to him that he was
+not again to set foot on my land."
+
+"You didn't tell him--"
+
+"I told him nothing! The man deserves no consideration at my hands.
+It is not my affair to tell him." He paused a moment, bending his gaze
+thoughtfully upon Conway's troubled face. "You have had time to think.
+What are you going to do?"
+
+Garth opened his lips to speak, hesitated and closed them without a
+word. The air of uneasiness which he had brought with him into the
+room grew more marked. He shifted a little in his chair. Leland,
+watching him steadily, waited for him to speak.
+
+"I don't know what to do," Conway blurted out finally. "You were so
+sure all the time he'd never come back.--Now if I don't tell him all
+about the mortgage and foreclosure there's chance on top of chance
+he'll find it out himself before the nine months drag by. And then--"
+He flashed a startled glance up at Leland's calm face. "He'd kill me!
+What can I do?"
+
+"You can keep your mouth shut," answered Martin tersely. "You still
+have his power of attorney, haven't you?"
+
+Garth nodded, his head down again, his fingers nervously busy with his
+lip.
+
+"Conway," Leland continued with quiet emphasis, his keen glance
+watching for the effect of his words, "in sheer justice you have ten
+times more right to be owner of the Bar L-M than that mad fool has.
+You have slaved for over a year to make it what it is while he has been
+squandering money you had to scrape to send him. Even while Arthur was
+alive you were the actual manager. And now all that you have to do is
+keep still and you can have the place for a very small fragment of what
+it is worth. God knows I wouldn't put foot on it. There is nothing
+that the law can touch you for; we have seen to that. Nor will you be
+doing a dishonourable thing. It is sheer justice, Garth, that you and
+I will be meting out to him."
+
+Conway's cheeks flushed a little, his eyes brightened at the thought of
+being some day the owner of the Bar L-M.
+
+"But there's the chance--" he began.
+
+"You are playing for big stakes," Leland reminded him crisply. "Of
+course there is a chance. But you exaggerate it. Play the game
+through and you will be a rich man before the year is out."
+
+Before Conway could speak there came the clamorous barking of dogs in
+the yard and the noise of a horse's shod hoofs. In a moment there was
+a heavy booted stride up the steps and along the porch, followed by a
+loud rap at the study door. At Leland's nod Garth sprang to his feet
+and went quickly to the door, flinging it open.
+
+For a second Sledge Hume's great frame filled the doorway as he paused,
+looking in sharply, drawing at his gauntlets. Then, brushing by
+Conway, he entered and stood with his back to the fireplace, still
+drawing off his gauntlets, his hat still low over his brows.
+
+"Well?" he asked bluntly.
+
+Just the short word, uttered as a command. There would be no wasting
+of words before they came straight to business. There was about the
+man, emanating apparently from his physical body something oddly like a
+materialised aura, bespeaking an aggressive character, a strong,
+dominant personality. Conway, alone with Leland, was a school boy in
+the presence of his master. Hume, ignoring Garth, challenged that
+superiority which Conway's weaker nature acknowledged unconsciously.
+The look of his eye, the very carriage of his handsome head, invited
+opposition, questioned an authority other than his own. A big, strong
+man physically his manner gave the impression that he was a big, strong
+man intellectually.
+
+Old Martin did not at once speak but sat very still save for the
+restless fingers upon the table top. It was Conway who, after a brief
+hesitation, answered.
+
+"We're going to stand pat--"
+
+"I wasn't talking to you, Conway," said Hume coolly. "As far as I am
+concerned you aren't even a fifth wheel in this thing and you ought to
+know it. I want to know what Leland has got to say."
+
+Garth coloured angrily but made no reply as he turned questioning eyes
+to the older man.
+
+"Very well, Mr. Hume," said Leland quietly. "Do you care to sit down
+while we thresh things out?"
+
+"No, I'll stand. Go ahead."
+
+"To begin with, Wayne Shandon is back."
+
+"I know he is back," spat out Hume. "That's why I'm here. What are
+you going to do now?"
+
+"We are going ahead just as though he weren't here."
+
+"You think that you can put the thing across?"
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"Just because," Hume shot back at him, "it doesn't seem likely that
+with the whole country knowing about the foreclosure of the mortgage
+somebody isn't going to do some talking."
+
+Leland shook his head.
+
+"Let me sum up the case for you," he said. "Arthur Shandon, the day
+before his death, mortgaged the Bar L-M to me for twenty-five thousand.
+When time for foreclosure came three months ago Wayne Shandon would
+have been notified if he had been here. As it was the notice went to
+his legal representative, Garth Conway. Conway allowed the Bar L-M to
+go under the hammer and at the sheriff's sale Conway himself bought it
+in--"
+
+"For you," interjected Hume.
+
+"Yes, for me. But who knows that? People who paid any attention to
+the transaction came to understand that it had been because of Wayne
+Shandon's known shiftlessness that the property was allowed to be sold,
+they knew that Conway was his agent, and that Conway bought it in.
+There is not a man living who knows anything about the matter who does
+not believe that Conway bought at Shandon's orders and with Shandon's
+money; and that the Bar L-M is Shandon's now and was never in any real
+danger from me. Is it likely then, that any man who believes this is,
+after this length of time, even going to think to mention the matter to
+Shandon?"
+
+"You've got the chance to get by with it," said Hume slowly. "And it's
+a damned good chance."
+
+"We all know the sort Shandon is," continued Leland. "I shall be
+surprised if he doesn't tire of the life here in six weeks, put through
+a sale of cattle, take the money and go again. With him away our
+chance becomes a certainty. In any case, I am going ahead with our
+work. I have had Garth look into the title of the Dry Lands and he
+finds that it is perfect."
+
+"Yes. The land is mine and is clear."
+
+"All we need now is the water and we are going to have that in another
+nine months when I shall have a clear deed to the Bar L-M. Garth and
+myself have gone ahead as I told you that we would, taking options on
+every acre we could get in Dry Valley. Before many days we shall
+virtually control the whole of the valley, just the three of us.
+Between us Garth and I have expended upwards of fifty thousand dollars
+in the last five weeks in options and out-right purchases."
+
+"Let me see the papers," said Hume shortly.
+
+Leland went to the safe and taking out a number of papers, handed them
+to Hume.
+
+"All right as far as it goes," Hume said when at length he had finished
+his careful examination of the documents and had tossed them to the
+table. "You haven't got the Norfolk place nor the Ettinger place.
+What's the matter? They are more important to us than all the rest put
+together. Did they smell a rat?"
+
+"I don't know. I am confident of closing with Norfolk in a few days,
+although I may have to pay him five dollars an acre more than I offered
+any one else. Ettinger is holding out for seventy-five thousand
+dollars, cash."
+
+"Then he does smell a rat!" Hume's fist came crashing down upon the
+mantelpiece. "By God, somebody's been talking too much!"
+
+"Mr. Hume," Leland reminded him sternly, "may I call to your attention
+the fact that nobody knows a thing about this matter excepting
+yourself, Garth and me? I haven't so much as told my wife--"
+
+"You?" cried Hume hotly. "Who said that you had? You've got brains
+enough to hold your tongue. That's why I came to you in the first
+place. But Conway here--"
+
+He swung suddenly upon Garth, his eyes flaming, his face distorted with
+wrath. Before either of the two men had guessed his purpose he strode
+swiftly across the room, and gripping Conway's shoulders with his two
+big hands jerked him to his feet.
+
+"Conway," he snarled, his face close to the others, his eyes burning,
+his breath hot in Garth's blanched face, "you queer this deal with your
+infernal gab and I'll--"
+
+He broke off sharply, flinging Conway backward from him so that the
+smaller man's body crashed against the wall.
+
+"Hume!" cried Leland angrily. "I'll have no quarrelling in my house.
+If you can't act--"
+
+"I haven't come here to-day for a love feast," sneered Hume, already
+forgetting Conway as he whirled upon Martin. "What I've got to say
+I'll say my way whether you and your cursed white rat like it or not.
+I say that somebody has been talking too damned much! That place of
+Ettinger's as it is, without the water, isn't worth twenty-five
+thousand. He'd have sold it for that a month ago and glad of the
+chance to unload. Now he holds out for seventy-five thousand! What's
+the answer? You've dragged Conway into this thing; I haven't. I
+wanted no man in it but you and Arthur Shandon and myself. You because
+you had the money, Arthur Shandon because he had the lake and the
+river. I didn't want Conway. He's your pet, not mine. Now, muzzle
+him if you can."
+
+Garth's angry retort, the first word he had said since Hume sprang
+unexpectedly upon him, was lost in the low rumble of Martin Leland's
+heavy voice.
+
+"You've said what you wanted to say, Mr. Hume. We've heard it. We
+understand each other. I can vouch for Conway's discretion. If you
+are as careful yourself we are all right. I'll attend to both Ettinger
+and Norfolk. I shall also see that at the end of the nine months the
+Bar L-M is mine and that we have the water for Dry Valley."
+
+Hume laughed. Without again looking toward Conway he stooped, picked
+up the gauntlets he had let fall, and turned to the door.
+
+"You are nobody's fool, Leland," he said patronisingly. "You are
+taking a chance in freezing Red Shandon out but the law can't go after
+you. And you stand to win a wad of money."
+
+"Mr. Hume," interposed Leland sternly. "I am not taking over the Bar
+L-M because there happens to be money in it. I am simply using the
+weapon of retribution which God has seen fit to put into my hands--"
+
+"Oh, rot!" grunted Hume sneeringly. "Don't come trying to square your
+conscience with me. I say, go to it, if you can get across with it."
+
+He jerked the door open and then stopped suddenly his hand still on the
+knob.
+
+"If you do slip up," he said bluntly, "if Red Shandon does hear about
+it and gets busy, let me know. If he starts making trouble I can put
+him where he'll be out of the way!"
+
+The door closed loudly behind him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+SHANDON'S GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY
+
+Wayne Shandon had grown more silent, more thoughtful than men had ever
+known him. The two things which had come to him, one as unheralded as
+the other, the gladness of a deep love, the bitterness which grew out
+of Martin Leland's words, he kept to himself. He rode far and alone,
+seeing very little of the men of the Bar L-M or of Garth, to whom he
+still left the routine of the range, and who made the most of small
+pretexts to keep up of Wayne's way. Shandon wanted time to think
+coolly and deliberately for the first time in his life; he wanted time
+to look inward as well as at what lay without, to cast up the balance
+of what sums of good and bad were in his soul.
+
+Until now he had been quite content with life as he found it. It had
+afforded him infinite pleasure, it bubbled up sparklingly from the
+fountain of contented youth, there had been no need for him to seek to
+change its flashing current. Moreover, he had never had an incentive
+to bestir himself. But that incentive had come now, a two-pronged
+goad; he was compelled to look to himself, to his own positive effort,
+for what came next.
+
+Vaguely, at first, he realised that a man if he be a man, has certain
+responsibilities. He saw clearly, now that he considered life
+seriously, that a man might err in dalliance and idleness just as he
+had erred; and he saw too that a man might, like Sledge Hume, go to the
+other extreme. A man might grow soft muscled literally and
+figuratively in slothful carelessness, or he might grow hard until he
+became a machine. He felt dimly that he ought to be doing something
+like other men. He wanted his life to live freely as he knew how,
+largely as he sought to learn how. And he wanted Wanda.
+
+At first he was like a sea-worthy ship, in a calm with no definite port
+in sight. But, in due course, from the one vital fact of his love for
+Wanda other facts materialised. To begin with he thought with
+diminishing bitterness of old Martin Leland. The man was old, and he
+loved his daughter. Rumours of a wild life fly incredibly high and far
+and fast. Such rumours of Red Reckless's doings had come to Leland's
+ears, and perhaps it was natural enough that Leland believed them.
+Shandon had always known his neighbour as a hard man but a just. He
+made up his mind not to quarrel with him, but instead to so change the
+tenor of his life that Martin Leland would notice and would approve.
+If in taking Wanda to her new home he closed her old one to her he
+would be hurting her.
+
+He saw clearly, there being little foolish conceit in the man's makeup,
+that he was not worthy. And he understood, though vaguely at first,
+that it must be his one object now to become as worthy as any man could
+be of her. And when the fifth day came and Ruf Ettinger rode to the
+Bar L-M with excitement dancing in his eyes and his tongue clacking,
+Shandon thought that he saw a beginning.
+
+Ruf Ettinger, a little dried up man of forty-five, was crabbed, cranky,
+sour and mean. He had the eyes, nose and brain of a fox, while perhaps
+the rest of him, heart and soul, came close to being just plain hog.
+He was stingy and suspicious, and people were no more in the habit of
+speaking well of him than they were of riding out of their way to stop
+at his place. He was the kind of man that makes his wife and children
+live in a miserable, two roomed shanty, while he builds a big, warm,
+expensive barn for his hay and horses. The only time he was ever
+credited with a human emotion was when his favourite dog died; he cried
+over it and then got drunk, careless of cost.
+
+Shandon was surprised when he saw Ettinger ride up. He was more
+surprised at Ettinger's manner when he insisted on Shandon saddling and
+riding with him where there "wouldn't be no chance of bein' overheard."
+
+Once clear of the house and outbuildings and in the valley where his
+shrewd little eyes made sure that no other ears than Shandon's would
+overhear, Ettinger plunged eagerly into his errand.
+
+In brief it was this: Ettinger owned five hundred acres of valley land,
+down in Dry Valley, some thirty miles from the Bar L-M bunk house.
+Shandon knew the place well. Ettinger had, also, some money in the
+bank. How much it was not his cautious way to say until he was obliged
+to. How much would Shandon say his ranch was worth? Shandon did not
+know, but hazarded the guess that it might bring twenty-five dollars an
+acre. He did not consider it worth more because it was good grazing
+land only for part of the year, and like the rest of the valley there
+was scant water on it through the summer. Twelve thousand five hundred
+dollars?
+
+Ettinger cackled; he could sell it to-morrow for seventy-five thousand!
+
+Shandon began to feel the first dim stirrings of interest. Ettinger's
+excitement was too genuine not to awaken certain glimmerings of
+interest. Water, that was the thing! Now, if there were water, plenty
+of water, in Dry Valley; if a man could flood his land from brimming
+ditches then what would happen? The soil was deep and rich; it had
+been slipping down from the mountains for centuries; it had never been
+worn out by farming. Twenty-five dollars an acre? What were the other
+California valley lands worth where there was the same soil, no better
+climate and water galore? Napa Valley, Santa Clara Valley, Sacramento
+Valley? A hundred dollars an acre was dirt cheap; a man thought
+nothing of paying for a small ranch five hundred dollars an acre!
+
+That was true enough, and Shandon knew it. But there was that
+tremendous IF.
+
+"It's all right, Ettinger. All but the water! And since the water is
+the whole thing, and I don't see where you're going to get it--"
+
+"Wait a minute!" cried Ettinger, his eager hand clutching at Shandon's
+arm. "I tell you I'd a sold that ranch for twenty-five dollars an acre
+six months ago an' been damn' glad to git out at that. An' right now I
+could sell for a hundred an' fifty the acre! An' I'm damned if I do
+it! My nose smells somethin' when a man wants that place that bad, an'
+I git busy follerin' the smell. If I ever sell at less than two
+hundred dollars I'm gone crazy."
+
+His excitement growing as the vision of much gold became clearer, he
+ran on with hasty explanations. He had five hundred acres; Norfolk had
+close to a thousand and he had made Norfolk begin to think for the
+first time in his life. He himself had a little money in the bank and
+Norfolk had some. There were other men, little ranchers, whom they
+could whip into line. _And Wayne Shandon had the water!_
+
+Shandon looked at him in amazement, thinking at first that the man was
+a little mad. But Ettinger's shrewd eyes were sane enough.
+
+"We go right up to your lake," he cried shrilly. "We git busy with
+some engineers an' pick an' shovel men. We blow the side of a hill all
+to hell an' what happens? The water just comes a bulgin' down into Dry
+Creek, an' all we got to do down in the valley, twenty, thirty miles
+away, is dig ditches an' watch our land turn into a gold mine!"
+
+In a flash Shandon saw the utter simplicity of the whole scheme.
+Whereas now the river from Laughter Lake shot down the mountains
+through its rocky gorge, watering his own land and running through
+little narrow, rocky valleys to the lower slopes, it might here near
+the head be deflected so that it sped at first through the caņon of the
+upper Dry Creek, and following a natural course be brought with little
+expense to Dry Valley. Ettinger's proposition was no fanciful dream;
+it was hard, unvarnished fact. And, as so often happens when a man
+sees a radiant possibility, he wondered that he had not seen it for
+himself long ago.
+
+Here was the golden opportunity his soul, in a mist, had yearned for!
+He shot out his hand gripping Ruf Ettinger's until the little man
+squirmed. But even the pain of nearly crushed fingers did not drive
+the grin from Ettinger's face.
+
+"You're on," he cried exultantly. "Shandon, we'll frame a deal that'll
+make millionaires out of us."
+
+"And man's work!" was the thought stirring Shandon's heart and
+brightening his eyes.
+
+They rode on, as Ettinger had planned from the beginning, and covered
+the two miles to Laughter Lake in a few minutes. They rode up the
+shoulder of the ridge to the level of the lake; and there Ruf
+Ettinger's eager finger pointed out where the work was to be done.
+
+It was work which Nature might have planned when the mountains were
+carved, the lake set in its deep bowl. Fifteen feet from this end of
+the lake the water swept into a narrow channel, a ridge running down
+from each side. Here was the spot to deflect the waters before they
+sped on down over the steep fall. Upon the south side there was a
+jagged cut in the saw-toothed cliff line. Even now the lowest part of
+that cut, when once the free soil was scooped out, was not ten feet
+above the level of the water.
+
+"I rode up here purt' near a week ago," said Ettinger. "I looked this
+over an' rode back all the way down Dry Creek. It's dead easy,
+Shandon."
+
+Already Ettinger visualised the cut deepened and widened here with
+flood gates to control the current. He spurred his horse up the bank
+as far as he could force the animal, then got down and scrambled on,
+gesticulating and talking swiftly. Shandon followed him. In a little
+they came to a point from which they could look back upon the lake, and
+forward to the windings of the caņon through which Dry Creek ran in
+winter and spring.
+
+"It can be done," muttered Shandon slowly. "It can be done, Ettinger.
+I don't know what it will cost, five thousand or ten or twenty; but I
+do know that those lands down in Dry Valley are going to jump over the
+moon."
+
+Ettinger made little clucking sounds with his mouth, his way of
+expressing joy unbounded.
+
+"An' you don't see it all yet," he chuckled. "Lord, I've been layin'
+awake nights figgerin' on it. We'll bond everything that's loose in
+the valley. I've got Norfolk settin' tight and we'll round up a lot of
+the little fellers. It's sort of late, maybe, but them other fellers
+ain't got everything sewed up by a jugful."
+
+"What other fellows?" asked Shandon, mystified.
+
+Then Ettinger, in his rare good humour loosened his tongue until it
+poured out everything there was in his seething brain. He told of the
+scheme of Martin Leland and Sledge Hume, for Garth Conway had dropped
+an incautious word and the shrewd brain of Ettinger had worked out the
+puzzle. He told how the three men were trying to do this very thing,
+how they had planned on getting the water themselves, how Martin Leland
+had tied up thousands in options and purchases, how Ettinger had been
+one too many for them and had beat them to Shandon. He chuckled over
+everything, but most of all over the fact that Martin Leland had tried
+to buy him out. Old Leland was the keenest business man in the county,
+was he? Well, Ettinger had fooled him! Ettinger had blinded him with
+a promise to sell next week for seventy-five thousand. By that time,
+when Leland came to him--
+
+"What's all this?" frowned Shandon. "You say that Leland, Conway and
+Hume are already at work, planning to put water from the Bar L-M into
+Dry Valley?"
+
+"Already?" cried Ettinger. "They been clawin' at the job over a year
+now. The Lord knows what makes 'em so slow; think nobody else in the
+world can see straight, or shy on the money end, maybe. Anyhow they've
+gone to it tooth and toe nail; they've sunk thousands into it,
+thousands I tell you! An' now, you an' me, Shandon, can make the bunch
+of 'em eat out of our hands! They can't do nothin' without your water;
+that's where we got 'em."
+
+Wayne Shandon's eyes grew bright with a vision, the muscles of his jaw
+hardened. In sober truth his opportunity had come to him. Hume, a man
+he hated, Leland, a man who had called him laggard, spendthrift,
+scoundrel, had put many thousands of dollars into a project which he
+could smash into pieces. Ettinger had said it: the two of them could
+make Leland and Hume eat out of their hands! They could get Norfolk
+and the little fellows; they could tear out the side of the ridge,
+release what waters they chose, make their ditches, and by improving
+only their own property make Leland's and Hume's holdings worth
+nothing. Leland had started it; Leland's unreasonable censure had been
+a challenge. Here was his answer!
+
+It was business, straight business. Had Leland and Hume been his
+friends it would have been different. But they deserved no
+consideration from him. It was his water; he had the right to dispose
+of it as he saw fit. He would be treating Leland as fairly as he had
+been treated. Why had they not come to him in the first place? Why
+had they not offered him the opportunity to get in on the ground floor
+with them? He would have given them the water then, glad to see
+Wanda's father prospering. But they were holding out, they were
+waiting for something, they had made sure of his consent to let them
+have what they wanted. Why? When they had everything cornered they
+would offer him a small sum, they would believe him fool enough to leap
+at it, mouth open, like a fish. Even Garth Conway, his own cousin, had
+not told him! What consideration did Conway deserve?
+
+"By Heaven!" cried Shandon.
+
+And then he fell suddenly silent.
+
+"We got to git busy in a hurry, Shandon," Ettinger ran on swiftly.
+"When old Sure-Thing Leland comes to me to close the deal I want to
+laugh at him."
+
+Slowly the light died out of Shandon's eyes. Was this, after all, the
+opportunity for which he had yearned? He grew uncertain, a little
+troubled. An opportunity for what? For becoming worthy of Wanda, for
+being a man, square and just, a man who must make a new name for
+himself, a name which would never bring discredit to her when she
+became Wanda Shandon? In trying to ruin Sledge Hume for the sordid
+motives of hatred and gain, in trying to strike back at Wanda's father
+in vengeful bitterness, would he be doing a thing of which later he
+would be proud to have her know? Was he proving his manhood by
+accepting for his first business partner a man like Ettinger, who
+laughed over his feat of tricking another man by a lie? Was he not
+seeking to blind himself to the right and the wrong of it? This was
+the sort of thing that Sledge Hume would do; should Wayne Shandon do
+it? Was his first venture after the priceless gift of Wanda's love to
+him, to be a thing like this? Had this been the opportunity he had
+yearned for, to grasp gold full handed, to wreak vengeance, to
+retaliate against unfair treatment by striking back treacherously?
+Martin Leland had been unjust, yes. But had there not been strong
+human reasons for that injustice? Had not his own wild living been
+cause enough? Was he, from the sharp words of an old man who was
+jealous in his love for his daughter, to draw an excuse to strike at
+his own cousin and Wanda's father?
+
+"Ettinger," he said quietly. "I can't do it. You had better keep your
+promise to Leland."
+
+Ettinger's jaw dropped, his brows puckered in astonishment.
+
+"What's the matter with you?" he demanded sharply. "Can't you see the
+play? We got the chance to git the water on the land and make them
+fellers pay for it or sell to us at our own figger, ain't we? Why,
+it's as good as gold, man! If you don't see enough in it as it stands
+you are in a place where you can hold 'em up for a bonus to boot."
+
+Shandon turned away, Ettinger's point of view suddenly disgusting him.
+His golden opportunity had crumbled into dust and ashes. And although
+the little man by his side waxed voluble in alternating rage and
+supplication, Wayne Shandon's final word was a positive,
+
+"No!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+WANDA'S DISCOVERY
+
+A supreme happiness had filled Wanda Leland's heart for a few golden
+hours, so thoroughly permeating every fibre of her emotional being that
+when sorrow came afterward it could not entirely drive out the
+whispering gladness.
+
+Never had the forest land seemed so big, so vast and still as during
+the slow days which followed. She went to it for the comfort she could
+not bring herself to ask of her mother just yet, and it mothered her,
+crooned and whispered and sang to her. Through the dew filled mornings
+she wandered silently; rarely did she return to the house until the sun
+was low in the west. Never had this world she loved seemed so vitally
+close to her, so big in a new sense, so eloquently an expression of the
+divine eternal. Her heart swelled and the talk of the pine tops
+entered it.
+
+They were sad, glad days. Gladness sang in her heart when in the
+sun-flooded mornings she rode out alone, and perhaps her devious way
+brought her to the spot where Red Reckless had swept her up into his
+arms for the first time, when his kiss had brought love into full
+blossom in her breast. Sadness brought its shadow and listlessness
+when day after day passed and she did not see him again, when the eager
+hope of the morning that he too would ride to that spot to meet her
+died down in the afternoon's invariable disappointment. Gladness when
+she thought of him, just of him; sadness when she thought of her
+father's stern face.
+
+Red Reckless had made no attempt to see her, or to communicate with
+her. Even while she sought to find excuses for him, that hurt her more
+than her loyalty would let her whisper to herself. He would come soon.
+He would know where to find her, know that her woman's heart was taking
+her to the spot where that heart had really become a woman's. He was
+thinking of her now as she thought of him. Her heart heard his heart
+talking to it across the forests and streams.
+
+A woman's heart trusted him, but a maiden's pride permitted no question
+when Garth rode over as he did twice during the following week. When
+Garth remarked casually that his cousin was the same old chap he'd
+always been, and that he seemed to have nothing in his rollicking brain
+more serious than the breaking of a wild devil of a colt and a horse
+race which he had set his heart upon, Wanda bent her head a little over
+her book and gave no other sign of having heard the statement elicited
+by her mother's question. But the news hurt, too, just a little.
+There was a quick sting that came and was gone as her love for him
+surged up again, and it was the same sort of sting, only stronger, that
+she had felt as a little girl when she thought of him as happy in his
+boyish pursuits with any one but her. It did not matter now whether it
+was Little Saxon or Big Bill. She told herself in her own little room
+that she was a jealous cat. But--
+
+"Oh, dear God, how I love you, Wayne!"
+
+Then, when the days passed and she did not hear from him, there came
+for the first time a quick fear which was the first ally of that twinge
+of jealousy. The fifth day came, the day on which he was riding to
+Laughter Lake with Ruf Ettinger, and she could not know that his every
+thought was of her. She only felt that, had she been the man, she
+would not have stayed away. And there came the question and the fear,
+
+"Does he love me as I love him?"
+
+The old, lovers' question ever since Aucassin and Nicolette; the matter
+for long debate and reiterated argument: "It may not be that thou
+shouldst love me even as I love thee!" She found herself blushing
+hotly as she rode alone through the forest at the thought that she was
+again going to meet him, and that he did not come to meet her. She
+felt suddenly ashamed and angry both with him and with herself. Was
+she, to him, like a ripe apple that had dropped into his hand at the
+touch? Did he think other--?
+
+Her face crimson she reined the startled Gypsy around with a savage
+jerk, turned her back squarely upon the Bar L-M, and without a look
+behind her rode swiftly in the opposite direction. She rode for an
+hour, not turning once, although many a time her heart fluttered wildly
+and then grew painfully still at some slight noise which to her
+yearning ears sounded like the thud of a horse's hoofs behind her.
+
+To-day she crossed the narrow valley toward the cliffs rising like a
+wall upon the far side of Echo Creek. Stubbornly she shut her mind
+from its daily wanderings; her camera, that she had not used for a
+week, was going to work for her to-day. The birds that had come
+trooping back from wintering in the south--robins and blue birds, blue
+jays and woodpeckers, larks and yellow hammers--made merry din in the
+morning air. Shep, running on ahead as usual, disturbed half a dozen
+grouse from the underbrush in a little caņon, and the muffled roll of
+their whirring wings threw Shep into brief consternation and prolonged
+subsequent joy. She saw the bob and flash of a rabbit's tail, noticed
+again and again the lean, muscular body of a tree squirrel, heard upon
+a wooded slope the snapping and crashing of brush that told of the
+leaping flight of a deer. The woods were alive with animal folk, her
+"friends" called to her from every tree and tiny valley, they peeped
+out at her from burrows and hollow trees.
+
+"We are going to quit being a little fool," she told Gypsy with
+tremulous emphasis. "And we are going to get a real picture to-day."
+
+A day or so before she had heard with scant attention and no subsequent
+interest something which in the old careless, love free days sooner
+would have sent her riding this way in haste. One of her father's men,
+Charley or Jim, had found a dead cow under the cliffs and had seen
+signs of bear. He had returned to the spot later and had killed the
+animal, a she bear, and had seen one of her cubs making its swift,
+awkward way into the brush. Recollecting the story, and because to-day
+she yearned feverishly for something to do, Wanda turned Gypsy toward
+the cliffs, thinking how she should like, if her fortune were very
+great, to be able to show Wayne Shandon when he did come to her, the
+picture of a bear cub playing in the woods.
+
+"I've had so much fun hunting for him!" she would say then. And Wayne
+would never know how unmaidenly she had been.
+
+Before she had come within a thousand yards of the place where the
+carcass of the cow was lying she slipped from the saddle and picketed
+Gypsy. Her lunch she left tied to the saddle strings; camera and field
+glasses went with her.
+
+Already, in the fast advancing summertime, she had donned her hunting
+costume. The soft green of blouse and short skirt, of cap and
+stockings, blended with the many tints of green of the copses and
+groves and meadows through which she went swiftly and silently. She
+slipped from tree to tree, making no more sound than the chipmunk
+scampering almost from under her feet. Her eyes brightened, the colour
+warmed in her cheek, her heart grew eager. For, sure enough, fortune
+was good to her; there were two little bear cubs, round and fat and
+playful, rumpling each other where they rolled in the sunlight in a
+small grassy open space.
+
+They were a hundred yards away when she saw them, too far for a
+picture; but as soon as her eyes fell upon them she vowed that she must
+have a picture. There was little breeze this morning in the quiet
+woods, but that little blew from where she stood straight toward the
+spot where the cubs were frollicking. She must circle, come out down
+yonder behind a pile of rocks, slip behind the great cedar right at the
+base of the cliffs, and edge on from there on her hands and knees.
+
+But she paused a moment, fascinated, watching them. They were sitting
+up, their small brown heads shaking from side to side, their sharp eyes
+watching each other, their little red tongues lolling. They were such
+baby things, their awkward bodies so like the little bodies of babies
+just taking the first faltering step, that she wanted to rush at them
+and pick them up and hug them.
+
+There was the angry snarl of a rifle, sudden and sharp and evil, and
+one of the little brown bears made an inarticulate whining moan and its
+playful spirit ran out in red to dye the grass. Its brother fell over
+backwards in its fright; there came a second shot, the whining of a
+bullet glancing from a rock, and the cub plunged into the brush. She
+saw it a moment, lost it, saw it once more running as only the
+frightened wild things can run as it sped down into a little hollow
+which hid it from the hunter and thus saved its life, and then she
+discerned it climbing wildly, clawing its terrified way up the great
+cedar against the cliffs. When no third shot came she knew that the
+hunter had not seen it and then, with an angry fire in her eyes, she
+turned to learn who he might be. Approaching her from the edge of the
+grove, a complacent smile upon his face, his rifle under his arm, was
+Sledge Hume.
+
+"Oh!" she cried when he had come close, thinking that he must have seen
+her. "Why did you do that? It was like murder!"
+
+He stopped dead in his tracks, and then swung toward her. He was so
+close that she saw a quick, startled look leap up in his eyes.
+
+"Murder?" he said sharply. "What do you mean?"
+
+He had not lifted his hat, it was not Sledge Hume's way to trouble
+himself with the small civilities. He came on again until he stood
+quite close to her, staring coolly into her flushed face.
+
+"They were playing just like babies!" she cried breathlessly. "Why did
+you kill it?"
+
+He laughed.
+
+"Hardly for its skin, since I suppose it isn't worth much," he answered
+carelessly. "Hardly for its meat as I'm not going to trouble with it.
+Why, I suppose just for fun then. Because," his tone and eyes touched
+with a hint of contempt for what to him was a woman's squemishness,
+"because I wanted to."
+
+Her eyes flashed her growing anger back at him.
+
+"It was so unnecessary," she said bitterly. "They were playing so
+prettily and happily."
+
+"I watched them for ten minutes before I shot," he said. "Their play
+was interesting, I'll admit. But they were bears, just the same.
+They'd grow up some day and I wonder if they'd take mercy then on a
+pretty little baby calf if they came upon it playing? Your father'd
+thank me, my tender hearted Miss."
+
+She bit her lip and turned away from him. He watched her a moment,
+then called,
+
+"Are you riding back to the house? My horse is right back there and
+I'll ride with you."
+
+"No," she answered quietly. "I'm not going back just yet."
+
+She walked on to where the dead cub lay--stood looking down on it a
+moment and then moved on. Hume watched her while he filled his pipe
+and lighted it, and went in turn to look at his game. He turned the
+little beast over with his foot, noted with satisfaction the hole which
+the bullet had torn through the soft body, and then strolled toward his
+horse. Wanda saw him ride away in the direction of her home, smoking
+his pipe.
+
+"All men like to hunt, to kill things," she mused. "Are they as cruel
+about it as he is? Would Wayne have watched the little things playing
+for ten minutes and then, when he tired of it, shot them in the midst
+of their play?"
+
+Not until Sledge Hume had topped a gentle rise and dropped down and out
+of sight upon the farther side, did the girl turn quickly to the great
+cedar up which she had seen the escaping cub scramble. She was certain
+that he had not come down. When at first she did not see him she
+circled the tree slowly, expecting from each new angle to catch a
+glimpse of the roly-poly brown body. And when, after fifteen minutes
+peering upward through the widely flung, horizontal branches, she saw
+him, a swift inspiration came to her; her quarry had not escaped her
+yet.
+
+The tree, one of the giants of her father's ranch that she knew very
+well, thrust its crest upward so close to the cliffs that many of the
+branches had been bent this way and that, flattening against the
+granite. The lowest limb, twenty feet above the girl's head, was as
+thick as many a tall tree hereabouts, and was like a giant's arm, bent
+at the elbow, thrusting the rocks back. She could make her way up this
+far, working along a ragged fissure in the cliff; thence she could edge
+out upon the broad limb until she came to the trunk itself. And once
+there, to Wanda in her hunting costume and with her knowledge of tree
+climbing, the rest of the way, from limb to limb, might be difficult
+but would certainly not be impossible or fraught with unaccustomed
+danger.
+
+The cub had climbed until coming to a limb which like the lowest one
+scraped against the rock not half a dozen feet from the tapering trunk,
+he had crept out on it and was lying upon a ledge of rock. Wanda hoped
+that here was the opportunity of a lifetime. She would climb as high
+as that limb, and find the cub's flight shut off by the sheer wall
+rising perpendicularly behind him. Then she would make him pose for
+her, whether he liked it or not.
+
+Flushed and panting the girl made her way upward until finally she
+caught with both hands the big lower limb. Field glasses and camera in
+their cases strapped to her belt in no way interfered with the free
+play of her muscles. She tested the branch a moment, smiled at herself
+for hesitating to trust her light weight to a thing which would have
+carried tons, gripped a firmer hold and swung free of the rocks. Here
+would have been a picture for her mother had she come with her this
+morning; the lithe graceful body swinging twenty feet high in air, only
+hard slab and broken boulder beneath her. Then she drew herself up as
+a boy does "chinning himself," threw a heel over the limb, and in a
+flash lay breathing deeply and triumphantly, the most difficult step of
+her climb achieved.
+
+Slowly, steadily she made her way upward. In the main it was simple
+enough for Wanda for it was the sort of thing she did over and over
+week in and week out. Once, already fifty feet from the ground, she
+did something that would have been simple enough under other
+circumstances and yet which put a quick flutter in her heart. It was
+something which would have made the heart grow still in the breast of
+Wayne Shandon had he seen, which would have brought a paralysing fear
+for her to a man who loved life for the gamble in it and who took his
+chances recklessly.
+
+She was perched fearlessly upon a sturdy horizontal limb, her body
+tight pressed against the trunk, her hands gripping at the roughened
+bark, steadying her as she balanced. A quick glance upward showed her
+a bare stretch of bole with the nearest limb on her side of the tree
+just barely beyond her reach. Slowly she straightened, lengthening her
+pliant body the imperceptible fraction of an inch, gradually thrusting
+her two arms up high above her head, still with her hands steadying her
+as they clung to the bark, her moccasined feet curving to the limb on
+which she stood. And now she could just touch with the tips of her
+fingers the broad branch above.
+
+Then she did the thing which would have been simple enough had she
+stood on the ground instead of balancing high in air; she measured the
+few inches in distance, she drew her fingers lingeringly from the bark,
+holding them still above her head, she tautened the muscles of her
+splendid young body to the work they were called upon to do, bent her
+knees little by little, and then fearless still but agitated, she
+leaped upward, and grasped the elusive branch.
+
+For a moment she swung there, secure now and confident, and then, as
+she had gained the first step in her climb so now she made this one. A
+slow tensing of biceps, a drawing up of the pendulous body, the quick
+flash of a heel thrown over the limb, and she lay upon it, laughing
+softly. It was good and glorious to be young, to have a body that
+obeyed one's will, to have a steady heart.
+
+Presently she began once more to clamber upward, her way comparatively
+easy now. Thus at last she came to the branch upon which, as on a
+bridge, the little brown bear had crossed to the ledge of rock. And
+together there came to her a distinct disappointment and a pleasurable
+surprise.
+
+Again the cub had slipped away from her; perhaps by now he was half a
+mile away and tumbling his awkward and terrified way among the crags.
+
+From below the ledge had seemed to be four or five feet wide; now she
+saw that it was nearer ten. The conformation of the rocks, beetling
+above it, had led her to imagine that a straight wall of cliff rose
+abruptly just at the back of the ledge. In reality they overhung the
+rudely level space like out-jutting eaves over the sun-deck that might
+have been carved to his taste by some old cliff dweller in front of his
+solitary retreat. For there was a cavern here under the frowning brow
+of granite, different from the many caves of which the girl knew in the
+rugged mountains only in that it was so roomy and at the same time so
+secret a place.
+
+Before she left her resting place, she saw the way the cub had gone.
+Leading upward from the extreme end of the ledge, at the right, there
+was a deep seam or crevice in the granite, almost filled and choked
+with fallen rocky debris from above, but affording a trail that even a
+man might travel to the top of the cliffs another fifty feet above.
+There was a quantity of fine sandy soil at the lower end of the narrow
+cut and on the edge of the ledge, and her trained eyes had slight
+difficulty in seeing the signs of little bruin's headlong flight. As
+he scurried upward he had left the marks of his toes in long
+unmistakable scratches.
+
+"I wonder," thought the girl with a little thrill at what her fancy
+pictured for her, "if any of the rest of the family are at home?"
+
+The mother bear had been killed; one cub was dead; the second had fled
+to the cliff tops. Here, where bears were growing scarcer every year,
+there was little danger of her meeting the _pater familias_. And yet--
+
+"If I should meet a bear in there," she laughed to herself, "I wonder
+who'd be scared most?"
+
+She made herself as comfortable as she could, drew her camera from its
+case, focused it upon the yawning, black mouth of the cavern and waited
+a patient quarter of an hour, noiseless and listening and ready. For
+she was familiar enough with the California brown bear to know that he
+will not attack when the way of retreat is clear; that while, after he
+gets into a fight he extracts a great deal of delight from it, still if
+given his choice he would rather run and keep on moving until he had
+covered anywhere from ten to sixty miles.
+
+[Illustration: She made herself as comfortable as she could, drew her
+camera from its case, and waited a patient quarter of an hour.]
+
+When nothing but silence answered her, she leaned out on the limb and
+tossed her hat into the mouth of the cave. After it she threw some big
+pieces of bark, making them land well inside with no little noise. As
+there was still no sound she waited no longer.
+
+The branch out upon which she edged her slow way was both sturdy in
+itself and made doubly safe by the fact that it lay across the ledge,
+reaching with its tips to the rock wall at the side of the natural
+door. In a moment she had scrambled across, had leaped to her feet and
+was peering into the vast, shadowy interior.
+
+There are few of us for whom a cave does not have a rare attraction, an
+appeal little short of fascinating, that has in it something of romance
+perhaps, certainly something of mystery and a dim, vague stirring of
+primitive and vital feelings, a shadowy harking back to the early life
+history of mankind. To Wanda Leland, in so many essentials a child of
+the wild, such a cavern as this was a bit of wonderland. Her swift
+running, pioneer blood tingled; her heart gladdened with a glow of
+discovery and exploration. Perhaps cave men had dwelt here, secure and
+watchful, in the forgotten ages; the idea thrilled. Certainly no man
+of her own time or her father's knew of the place: that thought made
+the spot her own, and intensified her eager delight in finding it. It
+had, to her sensitive, imaginative nature, an aura that she felt had
+clung to it always. It was a bit of the wild, the retreat of the wild
+things, sternly expressive of a savage grandeur.
+
+Her sensations a strange composite of many dim, intangible,
+inexpressible emotions, Wanda tiptoed to the opening, paused listening,
+took two or three quick steps and was inside the cave. For a moment
+she fully expected to see the sight she dreaded, a pair of gleaming
+points of light blazing at her menacingly. And for a little she saw
+nothing but shadowy, unreal shapes. Her heart leaped wildly as the
+startling fancy came to her that these were the phantoms of the long
+dead time when men had lived here, ghosts of the older race.
+
+Then she laughed softly again, once more accused herself of being
+"stupid," and began her explorations. Little by little as she grew
+accustomed to the scant light here she made out dim bits of detail.
+First she realised that her first conjecture had been quite right, and
+that this was the biggest cave by far that she had ever seen. She
+moved forward half a dozen steps, walking warily for fear of a fall and
+found that the light from the entrance died into deep darkness before
+it could search out the sides of the great cliff room. Then she went
+back out upon the ledge and gathered from the debris choked fissure an
+armful of broken bits of dry wood, twigs and needles from the cedar.
+In the pocket of her blouse were the matches which she always carried
+with her on her trips and in a moment a crackling flame near the cave
+door shot its wavering light deep into the dark interior. Then again
+she hurried in, eager to see what lay before her.
+
+Nowhere was the rock roof lower than ten feet save where far back it
+slanted toward the floor. The floor itself sloped so gently toward the
+back that it seemed quite level. She judged at first glimpse, as the
+firelight drew from the gloom a glinting granite surface here and
+there, that the chamber was twenty feet wide, that it reached back into
+the cliffs some fifty feet. She moved back toward what seemed the rear
+wall, found the floor pitching steeply ahead of her, noticed a rush of
+fresh air stirring her hair and paused suddenly, listening. A low
+sound that at first she could neither locate nor analyse, came faintly
+to her as from a great distance.
+
+With her hand on the rock wall she moved forward again slowly and
+cautiously. Still the floor pitched steeply as she went on, still the
+rush of air was in her face and with it the low rumble, growing more
+distinct. It was like nothing so much as rolling thunder, very far
+off, or the half heard beat of the ocean on a distant, rock bound
+coast. Again abruptly the way under foot grew almost level, she was on
+a plane some six feet lower than the ledge outside, and as she took
+another step forward, passing round a great slab of granite that jutted
+out in her way, she came upon an unexpected glint of light and a sight,
+seen dimly, that made her cry out in startled surprise.
+
+From far above, from some indefinite, hidden opening; the light from
+the big outdoors filtered down upon her. There was a brooding dusk
+here made vibrant with the clamouring voice that was no longer like
+distant thunder but resolved itself into the echoing fall of water.
+Water that came from the darkness above, that flashed a few feet
+through the dim light, that leaped out and plunged into the darkness
+again, shouting and thundering as it dropped into a yawning ink black
+void rimmed with granite boulders. She crept closer, her ears filled
+with the din, her eyes bright with the strange, weird, almost unearthly
+beauty of the place. She crept so close, gripping one of the boulders
+with tightening fingers, that she could peer downward into the chasm
+that swallowed the water. It was only a small stream, such as is born
+in the High Sierra of melting snows, but its dizzy fall, its mad
+leaping, the echoes that were never still, caused a murmurous sound
+that swelled and lessened fitfully but was never still.
+
+She found a loose stone and pushed it over the edge, leaning forward
+swiftly to listen, seeking to trust to her ears since her eyes could
+tell her nothing of the depth that lay below. She heard the stone
+strike, clatter against the rocky sides, strike again and again, the
+sound growing fainter until at last it was lost altogether in the noise
+of the water.
+
+She stood up, drew back and looked across the chasm which lay like a
+gash upon the rocky floor. She judged it to be fifteen feet wide,
+maybe wider; upon the far side and perhaps fifty feet further back,
+there was a splotch of light indicating a way out there into the open
+day. But the bottomless abyss shut off all passage to the other side,
+its echoes growling threateningly as though they were what they seemed
+to the girl's quickened fancies, the restless mutterings of giant
+things imprisoned in the deepest bowels of the earth.
+
+"If I ever wanted to run away from all the world," she mused
+fantastically, "I'd come here!"
+
+And then, suddenly shuddering, she went back hurriedly to the open.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE TALES OF MR. WILLIE DART
+
+Being a girl very much in love, her lover had been already as long out
+of her thoughts as he could ever be, and now he came back into them and
+became the centre of them.
+
+She sat down just outside the doorway of the cave, hat, gauntlets,
+glasses and camera at her side, her knees clasped in her hands and
+stared away through the cedar's intricate, rustling needles and across
+the tops of the forest sweeping away from the cliffs across the verdant
+miles, and day dreamed. This newly found cave was her own, absolutely
+her own. No other man or woman in the world knew of it. She would
+come here again, always careful that no chance eye saw her; she would
+bring little things to make of it a lady's bower set above the leafy
+world. There would come, in due season, cushions which she would work
+secretly in her bedroom at home and which she would fill here with
+fragrant pine needles and sweet scented herbs; there would be a book or
+two; little, unused things would disappear from Julia's kitchen, a tea
+pot, a bit of coffee, knives, forks and spoons; and some day when the
+full summer had brought the sunshine that would dissipate the shadows
+of these last days Wayne Shandon would come here, would stand under the
+cliffs looking up wonderingly; would climb her magic ladder and dine
+with her.
+
+As she sat, leaning back against the rocks, daydreaming as Youth cannot
+help doing, her eyes wandered far across her father's ranch. She found
+the view new to her. Yonder nothing but the fresh green of the tops
+fir and pine had thrust upward in the spring; beneath them, seen only
+now and then as it frisked out of shadow and glinted in sunlight, Echo
+Creek; beyond the creek--
+
+She sat up straight, suddenly picking up her field glasses. Yes,
+beyond all this she saw the knoll upon which her father's house stood,
+even the building itself through its clump of cedars. But her glasses,
+raised higher sweeping back and forth, had found the river, and
+travelling on picked up the Bar L-M buildings and corrals!-- Next time
+she would bring the larger glasses, and leave them here, hidden in the
+cave.
+
+For a long time she gazed across the river, her heart beating quickly
+with the hope that she might see, somewhere in the wide view, the man
+who was in her heart. Finally, with a sigh, she lowered her glasses,
+letting them follow Echo Creek speeding down the long slope of her
+father's valley. And, doing so, it happened that there came into the
+disc of her vision a man whom she knew she had never seen before. For
+a few minutes she watched him riding up the valley, idly amused at the
+awkward manner of his progress. When his horse walked he clung
+tenaciously to the saddle horn; when the animal trotted he gave her the
+impression that at any step he was going to fall off. At last, when
+she had lost sight of him among the trees, and her interest lagged, she
+made her way down from the cliff, went back to Gypsy and turned her
+horse's head toward home.
+
+The man whom she had watched clinging to his horse's back so
+desperately was not only a new-comer to the Sierra and a stranger, but
+a poor sort of person to be alone where there is a dearth of paved
+sidewalks and streets with names and numbers. He had lost himself many
+times since leaving El Toyon the day before, and now, with the main
+valley road as plain before him as a man could wish a road to be, he
+forsook it and came on blindly along a second road that the Echo Creek
+wagons had travelled last week for wood. And Wanda, riding down to the
+creek, met him when he had reached a state of perspiring despair.
+
+"Say!" he called shrilly when, barely in earshot, he caught his first
+view of her. "Say, wait a minute, won't you?"
+
+Wanda, smiling a little at the evident distress which gave her her
+first impression of the man, came on to meet him. She stopped Gypsy
+with a swift, gentle touch upon the reins, while he yanked his sweating
+horse about by pulling manfully at both reins held one in each hand.
+
+"Say," was his next word of greeting, "ain't this the doggondest,
+peskiest wild man's land you ever shot a glimmer of your eye at? Gee,
+ain't it fierce, lady?"
+
+Wanda's smile brightened in spite of her. He shook his head and pursed
+his underlip and mopped his reeking face.
+
+"I'm just in a cold sweat all over," he confided ruefully. "What with
+the rubbing of this saddle on the outside,--an old pirate with eyes
+like a young sheep and whiskers like Santa Claus robbed me of twenty
+bucks for it back yonder in that jay town,--and my bones inside trying
+to poke through the skin, I'm just peeled like a seal whose skin some
+flash dame is wearing for a coat. Say," with a groan as he shifted a
+little in the saddle which he blamed for his woes, "you don't live so
+awful far from here, do you?"
+
+"No," she smiled. "Just across the valley."
+
+"Nix on that!" he cried sharply, as if in sudden alarm. "They been
+talking that way to me ever since I got lost the eighty-second time.
+'Down to a cross road,' they'd say, lying as would shame a second story
+man caught with the goods. 'Then turn to your right and go straight
+ahead and it's just a little piece.' I ain't ever hurt you, lady, and
+I wouldn't, not for a hundred dollars. But I'm awful sore being told
+it's just over yonder. How far is it, measured in something civilised,
+like blocks?"
+
+He was the most anxiously earnest little man Wanda had ever seen, and
+the most dejectedly miserable. Still vastly amused she began to feel a
+little sorry for him. He was such a veritable babe in the wood for
+helplessness.
+
+"Really, it isn't far," she assured him. "Just a trifle over three
+miles."
+
+"Lord," he groaned, staring at her reproachfully. "The way you folks
+talk about distance out here makes my flesh creep. But, say, is that
+the nearest place?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then can I go home with you, Miss? And will you scare up something
+for me to eat? I'm so starved I'd eat egg shells."
+
+He was such a harmless looking, innocent, pitiable creature with his
+plaintive voice and childish eyes that her amusement turned to pity.
+
+"If you are very hungry and tired," she suggested gently, "you can
+lunch with me now. I always bring something along to eat."
+
+His eyes brightened and a smile set quick dimples in the round face.
+He released his bridle reins promptly, put his two hands on the horn of
+the saddle--Wanda noticed that they were hands like a girl's, soft and
+white with beautiful, tapering fingers and rosy nails--got a stiff leg
+over the cantle, wriggled over on his stomach and as his horse moved a
+little he fell off. For a moment he remained sitting.
+
+"Birds was made to fly and fishes to swim," he remarked impersonally
+and philosophically. "Me, I'm going to walk after this. I ain't ever
+going to split myself in two over a horse again."
+
+"You'll have to ride to the house."
+
+"You don't know me, Miss. I'm Mr. Willie Dart, and when I make up my
+mind like I done just now it's final. I'll walk those three miles on
+foot, and when I can't walk no further I'll crawl, and when I can't
+crawl I'll lay down and die. But I'm through being a cowboy."
+
+Thereupon he arose rheumatically, carefully dusted his gay checkered
+suit, gave much attention to the crease in his jaunty little hat,
+adjusted his bright blue tie, daintily tapped his cuffs back into his
+coat sleeves and bestowed a beaming, cherubic smile upon Wanda.
+
+"Let's eat," he suggested.
+
+She dismounted and spread out her luncheon upon the paper in which it
+had been wrapped, kneeling down on a grassy plot near the creek. Mr.
+Dart hovered over her in frank eagerness, giving vent to various
+chuckling sounds bespeaking deep satisfaction as he saw that there was
+cold chicken and ham, cheese and buttered bread. Then they ate, Wanda
+sparingly, pretending to have little appetite, Mr. Dart swiftly and
+joyously and noisily. And, with his mouth crammed full and his cheeks
+puffed out gopher-wise, he talked. He demanded her name and her
+father's business; he wanted to know what she was doing so far from
+home and if she wasn't afraid; he ascertained that buffaloes were
+extinct in this part of the West if they had ever been here which was
+to be doubted; he thrilled and drew closer to the girl upon learning
+that a bear had been shot near this spot; and, abruptly, he asked if
+she knew a guy named Shandon?
+
+"Wayne Shandon?" she asked curiously.
+
+"That's him. Red Head for sure, ain't he?"
+
+She admitted that he was, hesitated a moment at his next question, and
+then answered it by saying that Mr. Shandon was a friend of her family.
+
+"Good kid, ain't he?" he went on, a little flushed from his eating.
+"Friend of mine, too. We're great chums, me and Red. Ain't he ever
+told you about me, Willie Dart?"
+
+"I don't think so. You have known him long?"
+
+He poked into his mouth the last quarter of the sandwich in his left
+hand, secured a bit of cheese with his right, and answered:
+
+"Long? Say, Wanda, I've known that boy since he was a kid! Me and him
+worked together and slept together and et together up in the Klondike
+all year back in ninety-six."
+
+"Ninety-six?" she frowned. "Mr. Shandon wasn't in the Klondike in
+ninety-six! He was right here."
+
+"Oh," admitted Mr. Dart easily, "I ain't sure it was ninety-six. Might
+have been ninety-seven. Funny he ain't ever told you about me. Never
+mentioned, did he, how we got into a snow drift one time and had to eat
+our dogs and I got him out final?"
+
+"No," she said, wondering a little what sort of being he would prove to
+be if one came to know him. He did not look as though he had ever
+lived the rough life he mentioned so glibly; certainly his hands were
+not the hands of a frontiersman.
+
+"Maybe it's because I made him promise not to talk about it," he went
+on carelessly. "The papers was full of it up there and I got kinda
+sore being made so much of. He's grateful though. But he hadn't ought
+to be. He more than squared the deal six months ago when we run up
+against one another in New York. It was this way:"
+
+And asking no encouragement he plunged eagerly into his tale. It
+devolved from the first word that Red was sure a corker, a guy you
+could tie to until snowballs foregathered in a clime in which,
+according to popular fancy, they are an extreme rarity. He was on the
+dead level, he was at once a game kid and a red hot sport. Red had
+seen the name of his friend in a society sheet and had looked him up at
+the Astoria. Mr. Dart had been naturally overjoyed to renew
+acquaintance with an old pal. And as it happened Red was to step in
+between him and certain death.
+
+Mr. Dart had been going it a bit and had got into a foreign set. He
+mentioned casually a couple of French dukes and a German prince with
+fat, puffy eyes. There were others of them. They had played cards
+together at one time and another and it seemed a general truth that
+foreigners were bad losers. Besides, one of the French dukes, a shiny
+man like a waiter in a cheap cafe, had a very lovely wife. Mr. Dart
+esteemed her with a snow white friendship. But the French Duke was
+jealous.
+
+Mr. Dart's fine, white fingers gracefully annexed a piece of buttered
+bread and the tale went on. They had decoyed him to a dreary downtown
+haunt. They were all there, all armed with revolvers. In a moment it
+would be all night with Mr. Willie Dart. Enter Red, the game kid. A
+scene of thrilling unreality in which the game kid temporarily disabled
+or permanently crippled every man of the would-be assassins. Mr. Dart
+finished the tale and his bit of bread together, offering the
+thoughtful, concluding remark, that so much powder smoke in the close
+room had made him cough.
+
+"You seem to be on very intimate terms with the foreign nobility,"
+Wanda replied quietly, though she kept her dancing eyes away from him.
+
+Willie Dart lifted his shoulders.
+
+"Them rummies don't qualify for finals, when you come to know 'em,
+Wanda. Honest, they don't. I never got the mit of one of 'em in my
+fist it didn't feel like a dead fish. There ain't a one. Say! Didn't
+Red ever tell you about Helga?"
+
+"Helga?" She shook her head. "Who is Helga?"
+
+"The only decent piece of nobility I ever sat across the table from,"
+enthusiastically. He had produced a pack of Little Soldier cigarettes
+and lighted one before resuming. "She's Roosian, is Helga; a Roosian
+Princess. Funny Red never told you about her. Gee, he's just like an
+oyster, that kid, ain't he? Here's the straight dope on that business;
+I know because I was along."
+
+It seemed that Mr. Dart and Red had been two of a fashionable yachting
+party that had gone frisking down under the Palisades and out into the
+open sea. The Princess Helga, a sure enough stunner, take it from Mr.
+Dart, had the men all dippy from the crack of the gun to the break of
+the tape. He admitted with a sigh which absorbed a great deal of his
+cigarette smoke, which after an eloquent pause made pale exit through
+his nostrils, that he hadn't got over her effect on him yet.
+
+Well, they were out beyond Sandy Hook, and the wind was blowing and the
+white foam flying and the yacht beating it down the coast like the mill
+tails of--like anything, you know. Suddenly there was a scream and the
+Princess Helga was overboard. The yacht passed her about a half mile
+before anybody thought about turning it around, they were all that
+excited. But Red, say he didn't lose his head two seconds, not him.
+Say, he was overboard like a shot, and he had gone down under the water
+and had come up with the Princess Helga in his arms. After that--
+
+Well, Mr. Dart rather guessed, with another sigh and subsequent
+expulsion of cigarette smoke, that it was a pretty hard case. The
+Princess Helga hadn't looked at another man since.
+
+Wanda having conceded merrily that Mr. Dart's tales were intensely
+interesting and marked by the ring of truth, was further informed
+concerning the private affairs of Mr. Dart himself. He had taken the
+notion to come out and see his old friend; his one reason in the world
+for being here lay in that determination.
+
+"I'm surprising him," he admitted complacently. "Red'll be clean
+tickled to death to see me. Most likely we'll go into business out
+here together. I'm looking for an invest--"
+
+Suddenly he let out a wild scream, scrambled to his feet, and fled
+behind Wanda, his ruddy cheeks suddenly paling.
+
+"My God!" he chattered. "Look at that thing!"
+
+Wanda looked and saw what since a child she had called a
+"Snake-lizard," a very frightened snake-lizard at that, which with tail
+aloft was scampering wildly from near Dart's place at luncheon into the
+nearby thicket. Her own sudden fright that had been aroused by Dart's
+headlong dash and piercing yell gave way to a peal of laughter.
+
+"Look here, Wanda," he said sharply. "On the level, that thing ain't
+deadly, is it? I been setting on it for half an hour, I know. It
+might have been biting me all the time, I'm so numb I wouldn't have
+felt it."
+
+She assured him, chokingly, that there was no cause for alarm. Dart
+rubbed himself and brightened. But his face fell again as she went on
+to inform him that the creatures were so numerous that in his walk home
+he might encounter a dozen.
+
+So it was that Mr. Willie Dart changed his mind and decided to ride the
+three miles across the valley.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+SLEDGE HUME MAKES A CALL AND LAYS A WAGER
+
+"Now, my erstwhile Noble Benefactor, brighten up and look happy. I've
+got some red, white and blue news for you. I like you first rate, I'm
+strong for the grub and I guess I can stand for the country being stood
+on edge. I've come to stay!"
+
+The door had been flung open and Mr. Willie Dart came gaily into Wayne
+Shandon's bed room carrying a big book in his hands, trailing a long
+wisp of fragrant smoke from one of his host's cigars behind him.
+Shandon looked at him with a sober, thoughtful frown, and seemed in no
+way hilariously impressed with Mr. Dart's glad tidings.
+
+Already the latter had been at the Bar L-M several days. During this
+time Shandon had not seen Wanda; he had come close to blows with Ruf
+Ettinger; he had been variously and grievously annoyed by Mr. Dart;
+certain other matters had gone wrong; and altogether he was in no
+pleasant mood.
+
+"Look here, Dart," he replied savagely, kicking off his boot so hard
+that it struck against the far wall of the room, and continuing his
+undressing with a fierceness that brought a momentary speculative
+squint into Mr. Dart's innocent eyes. "What's your game, anyhow?"
+
+"Game?" Willie Dart put a great deal of reproach into his tone. "Nix
+on that, Red, old sport. When a man travels three thousand miles in a
+damned stuffy car and then on top of that rides a horse like I did
+clean over the backbone of the universe, just through gratitude to his
+Noble Ben--"
+
+"Oh, damn the gratitude," cried Shandon. "I'm tired of hearing of it.
+I most heartily wish that I'd let matters take their own course."
+
+"Now," resumed Dart, again smilingly, having softly closed the door and
+made himself comfortable in a chair, "what's the use of pals getting
+off wrong with one another? You slipped up and got your tongue twisted
+when you said what's my game. What you'd ought to have said was what
+noble purpose is kicking around in my manly boosum. You don't seem to
+put any faith in me, Red."
+
+Shandon's short laugh prefixed his short answer.
+
+"Do you wonder I don't?"
+
+Then Mr. Dart chuckled.
+
+"Come right down to it, Red, I don't! But you wrong me. Gratitude, my
+Noble--"
+
+"Call me that once more and I'll heave you through the window," snapped
+Shandon. "If you've got anything to say, say it. I'm going to bed."
+
+"Don't mind me," Dart hastened to say. "It won't bother me at all.
+What I was going to say was this: Here I've come all the way from New
+York--"
+
+"No doubt because you were run out!"
+
+"Just through a sense of gratitude. What can I do to show that
+gratitude has been the only worry to keep my appetite down to capacity?
+I've been here a week, ain't I? Well, the first thing after I got
+rested up which has been about four days now, I begun thinking about
+that. And it come to me like this: Old Red's got troubles; he needs a
+friend that would live in a temperance town just to help him. Here's a
+place for Willie Dart to fit in and do some good!"
+
+Shandon groaned.
+
+"If you start in--"
+
+"I've started already," beamed Dart. "I ain't had much time for fine
+work, yet, and I don't know the play quite as well as I might, but I've
+been planting little seeds of kindness promiscuous."
+
+"What do you mean?" frowned Shandon.
+
+"Now don't go to getting excited. I'm going to tell you, ain't I?
+First place, the day I got into these forests primeval, I run across a
+fairy that could be Mrs. Willie Dart in a minute if I wasn't sworn to
+single harness by my dad on his dying bed down in Argentine."
+
+"Last time he died it was in Nova Scotia," remarked Shandon drily. "Go
+ahead."
+
+"As I was saying she was fine and foxy," resumed Dart pleasantly. "We
+made up a little lunch and went out for a picnic, just her and me.
+Soon as we got to feeling like old friends and I found out she knew
+you, I said, 'Look here, Wanda--"
+
+"What!" cried Shandon, bolt upright.
+
+Mr. Willie Dart blew a playful puff of smoke at him and picked up the
+tale:
+
+"I said, 'Look here, Wanda--'"
+
+"Wanda who?" sharply.
+
+"Leland, of course. Wanda Leland. Got it now? How am I ever going to
+get anything said if you keep butting in like that, Red? I said, 'Look
+here--'"
+
+"You look here!" muttered Shandon. "I don't like to hear you talk
+about her at all. If you've got to do it, call her Miss Leland.
+Understand?"
+
+"Aw, rats, Red. What's the use of that kind of talk between friends?
+She don't care."
+
+"Well, I do. And I mean it."
+
+"Oh, all right. Well, anyway, we was setting on a log together and we
+got to talking like fellers and girls do, you know. Good God, Red,
+quit your glaring at me like you was an old tomcat screwing yourself up
+to jump a mouse. I never kissed her even, I swear I didn't. I found
+out she knew you and I begun right then being a real friend. Say, Red,
+if you could have heard the fairy tales I dropped into that fair
+maiden's pearly ear!"
+
+His dimples twinkled and danced and deepened upon his round face.
+Shandon, staring at him fearfully, demanded to be told what the fairy
+tales had consisted of. Willie Dart eagerly complied.
+
+"I set right in watering your stock, old scout. I told her you were a
+hero and a guy a man could trust a gold watch to that didn't have any
+marks on it to prove who it belonged to. I begun by informing her how
+you came to my rescue when a hard fate had me on the embers of despair."
+
+"You told her that?" in amazement.
+
+"Oh, don't get alarmed. I set forth the account in such a way that
+while your part was not lessened my own was not exactly--"
+
+"In other words you twisted it entirely out of shape," laughed the
+other. "You forgot to say that a detective nabbed you while you were
+picking my pocket and that I--"
+
+Willie Dart raised a soft white hand.
+
+"I showed her how you saved my bacon," he said easily. "What's the
+difference how you done it? Then, when I got through that and I could
+see she was thinking what a grand man you are and she never noticed it
+before, I slipped a card off a fresh deck and related your adventures
+with the Roosian princess."
+
+The dimples that had fled as his host mentioned a certain word which
+Mr. Willie Dart did not like to hear now came back. Shandon stared at
+him wonderingly.
+
+"What in the devil are you talking about?"
+
+"I'm talking about the Roosian princess," chuckled Dart. "I told Wanda
+all about her, what a nifty dame she is, you know, and how you saved
+her life and how she put her arms around your neck and cried and--"
+
+"Good Lord," groaned Shandon. "I could wring your neck, Dart. What in
+the world made you lie to her like that?"
+
+"This here is a prime cigar, Red. Better send for a fresh box, this
+one is drying up. Now, I'm going to tell you something: My mother was
+a fortune teller and maybe that's why it is, but anyway I can dope up
+what people are thinking lots of times. I hadn't any more than said
+Red Shandon to her than I got wise to that little girl's trouble. Say,
+Red, she's just naturally stuck on you! It's a fact! Now, when a
+woman's stuck on a guy, what's the way to make her go clean nuts over
+him? What's the answer? Why, just tell her about the other woman like
+I told Wanda about Princess Helga."
+
+"Helga?" cried Shandon in sheer wonder. "What Helga?"
+
+"The Roosian princess," beamed Willie Dart.
+
+"Dart," very sternly. "You lie to me now and I'll wire the police of
+New York that you are here. I ought to do it anyway; I would have done
+it when you came if I hadn't been a fool and you hadn't filled me up
+with your lies until I was sorry for you. Why did you say Helga?
+Where did you learn that name? What Helga do you know?"
+
+Dart hesitated briefly, his childlike eyes smiling frankly, the shrewd
+side of his strange brain very busy.
+
+"When you took me up to your room that day in New York and threw some
+grub into me," he replied at last with apparent carelessness, "and left
+me for a minute, why I just sort of looked things over. There was a
+letter with Helga signed to it. The name's awful funny, ain't it? She
+is Roosian, ain't she?"
+
+"What do you know about her?"
+
+"Just that she was much obliged to you for the information you promised
+to send her about something or other. It ain't anything to send you up
+the river for, Red."
+
+"What did you tell Miss Leland?"
+
+"Miss Leland? Oh, Wanda, you mean." Mr. Dart repeated the tale he had
+told Wanda with the many fanciful embellishments which it seemed
+necessary for him to give to any story that he found it necessary to
+repeat.
+
+"I sure enough boosted your game, Red. Say, kid, it worked for fair.
+You ought to have--"
+
+Even after the threats which Wayne Shandon made to him that night
+Willie Dart stayed on. Shandon declared he would drive him off the
+place with a buggy whip, and Willie Dart said that he'd come back if he
+was chased away. Shandon mentioned the police of New York, and Dart
+asked him reproachfully if he delighted in wounding him in his most
+sensitive part; wanted to know if his Noble Benefactor was the sort to
+drive a man back into the mire he had just emerged from, to thwart all
+effort to lead a pure, sweet, rural existence. Finally Shandon
+contented himself by forbidding Dart to meddle in the future with
+anything not in any way a part of his own business; and nourished the
+secret hope that a few weeks of the humdrum of mountain life would tire
+this sparrow of the city gutters. Whereupon, when alone with his big
+book and a fresh cigar, Willie Dart soliloquised as follows:
+
+"He's up against a good many things, poor old Red is. He's as bad in
+love with Wanda as she is with him. Her old man is soured on Red and
+is making the toboggan slide all bumpy. Then there's some sort of
+trouble with Ettinger. There's a deal on somewhere I ain't wise to,
+and Red ain't in on it. Wanda's old man is in on it, so's the Weak
+Sister, meaning Garth, so's a gent name of Sledgehammer Hume. I guess
+time's ripe for little Willie Dart to mix in and see what's what. He's
+a square kid, is Red, and I'm going to help him put his affairs in
+order."
+
+And then making himself comfortable as he pondered in the biggest chair
+in the well furnished living room, he sighed, twisted his cigar a
+moment thoughtfully, sighed again, put his feet on the table and turned
+to the pages of the big book. His fancy was caught by numerous and
+attractive illustrations in a volume dealing with the mythology of the
+ancients, and he was soon convinced that he was acquiring a scholarly
+knowledge of the history of the old Greeks and Romans.
+
+Wayne Shandon was distinctly surprised the next morning as he entered
+the corral to encounter Sledge Hume sitting a sweating horse and
+evidently in wait for him.
+
+"You were looking for me?" he asked shortly. The last time he had
+spoken to Hume was to quarrel with him, and to be drawn into hot words
+with Arthur because of him. He made no pretence at making his tone
+more than coldly civil.
+
+"Yes," returned the other as bluntly. "I rode over from old man
+Leland's on business."
+
+Shandon frowned. His quick thought was that Martin, unwilling to
+communicate personally with him, had sent this envoy. With this idea
+in mind he said,
+
+"If Mr. Leland has any business with me--"
+
+Hume laughed his short, insolent laugh.
+
+"I didn't say I came on his business," he said.
+
+"I just stayed over there last night and came on this morning, early,
+to catch you before you left the house. It's my own business, Shandon.
+I'm not in the habit of taking other men's worries on my shoulders."
+
+"What is it?"
+
+"Just this!" coolly. "Whenever I hear of any money lying around loose
+it's as good as mine unless some other fellow beats me to it. You must
+have done a whole lot of talking; anyway word has gone all over the
+country, clean down to my place and beyond, that you're putting on a
+horse race. How about it?"
+
+"I don't see just where you come in?"
+
+"You will in a minute if you care to. I hear the race is to be pulled
+off the first thing in the spring, as soon as the snow's gone? How
+about it?"
+
+"Correct."
+
+"You're going to ride, of course?"
+
+"I am."
+
+"Little Saxon?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+Hume eased himself in the saddle and looked down at Shandon keenly. A
+little sneeringly he demanded,
+
+"What are you going to make it? A little penny ante game?"
+
+Shandon stared at him curiously. Hume laughed again under his gaze and
+said arrogantly, after the born manner of the man,
+
+"If you'll make the stakes worth a man's time I'll make you hunt your
+hole, Shandon."
+
+A little flush crept up into Shandon's cheeks and his eyes hardened.
+It would be so easy to quarrel again with this man; the very sight of
+him, supremely egotistical and contemptuous, stirred a natural dislike
+into something very close to positive hatred. But these days he was
+making it his business to hold himself in check, he was turning his
+back against the old headlong ways, and he said quietly,
+
+"Make your proposition. I see you've got one to make."
+
+"I'll ride you any race you like, anywhere you like and at any time;
+provided it's a gentleman's game and not penny ante."
+
+"Done," answered Shandon promptly. Had he refused it would have been
+the first time in his life he had refused a wager offered as this one
+was. "Name the sum and if it's anything I can raise I'm satisfied.
+And," his eyes steely, "_I'll_ name the sort of race!"
+
+"Some one said that you were going to start things with a purse of five
+hundred," remarked Hume. "I don't do business on that scale. I'll lay
+you an even thousand."
+
+"I'm pretty close up right now," was Shandon's answer. "I've spent a
+good bit lately and I don't want to sacrifice any more cattle. But--"
+
+"Oh, well," laughed Hume, "it doesn't make any difference. I thought
+that you might have a little sporting blood, you know. You must have
+done a lot of talking, Shandon."
+
+"--but," Shandon went on, his voice raised to cut into the other's
+jibe, "I can sell a few cows if necessary. And while I'm doing it it
+is just as easy to raise five thousand as one."
+
+"Oho!" cried Hume. "Little Saxon is proving up, eh?"
+
+"Little Saxon can beat his brother Endymion any day in the week in the
+sort of race we're going to run. It's going to be ten miles, across
+country, across the damndest country you ever saw, Sledge Hume! It's
+going to be a distance race and an endurance race. And since it's
+going to be here in the West it's going to be Western. I don't care if
+you run or don't run and I don't care if it is for five cents or for
+five thousand dollars."
+
+There crept into Sledge Hume's cold eyes a look of such shrewdness that
+Shandon was struck by it then, and remembered it long afterward.
+
+"When I go into a deal," was Hume's swift answer, "it's because there's
+something in it. You put up your five thousand if you're so cocksure,
+and put it up now and I'll cover it! With one thoroughly understood
+provision, Shandon. The man who comes in first at the end of that ten
+miles, be it you or me, gets the money. There's going to be no chance
+to get cold feet and pull out. If you don't ride at all, if you get
+scared and decide to get sick or break a leg to save five thousand, I
+ride alone and get it just the same. Remember I didn't ride over this
+morning for love of racing or for love of anything else; I saw a chance
+for some money, easy money."
+
+"Draw up an agreement to that effect," answered Shandon, a darkening of
+his eyes showing that Hume's taunt had stung. "I'll sign it. Find a
+trustworthy man to hold stakes and I'll put up my five thousand within
+ten days after you put yours up. Is that satisfactory?"
+
+Hume answered that it was, and named two or three men in El Toyon as
+possible stake holders. When he mentioned Charlie Granger, proprietor
+of the El Toyon hotel, Shandon said curtly,
+
+"Charlie's all right. He's square."
+
+So the matter was decided as coolly, and apparently with as much
+indifference, as if it had been a matter of no particular importance.
+Hume made no pretence of desiring to continue a conversation that would
+be a mere waste of time and words now that his business was done, and
+swinging his horse about raked it with his spurs and galloped back
+toward the Echo Creek. Wayne Shandon, suddenly a little thoughtful,
+turned and went to the stable. Little Saxon jerked up his head and
+looked at his master with glaring, untamed eyes.
+
+"We've got to get busy, Little Saxon," he said, looking with critical
+eyes at the lithe, powerful, rebellious body.
+
+"Say, Red! Ain't you on to his game?" Shandon had not noticed that
+Willie Dart was anywhere near, but was hardly surprised when the little
+man popped up, wild eyed and excited. "Once you get your cash down
+he's going to put you out of the running! That guy'd put ground glass
+in a baby's milk bottle for the price of a beer. Gee, Red. You sure
+enough do need a keeper!"
+
+Which position Willie Dart was already seeking manfully to fill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+IN WANDA'S CAVE
+
+Willie Dart's sunny nature seemed to grow ever brighter as the days
+wore on. Once or twice he sighed at Wayne Shandon's failure to respond
+to his levities; and when he felt particularly unappreciated he carried
+his dimpling personality to the bunk house where he was hailed with
+delight. When a flask that had come in with Long Steve, who had made a
+brief trip to the outer world, disappeared before that joyous gentleman
+had consumed half of the potent contents, and when later the empty
+flask was found in the covers of Emmet's bunk, Willie Dart looked on
+with sorrowful, innocent eyes while Steve and Emmet resorted to
+physical argument. When a game of crib was being played while half a
+dozen men looked on, and a portion of the deck vanished, only to turn
+up ten minutes later in the hip pocket of Tony Harris, who had not once
+been near the table and was most thoroughly mystified, no one thought
+of blaming the cheerful Mr. Dart. It was only when he offered
+privately to collect for Big Bill a debt of six bits long owing to him
+from Dave Platt that the real gift of those wonderful hands of his
+began to be at all apparent.
+
+Then, too, the method of his progress over the range was another source
+of unfailing delight and unbounded admiration. He had ridden a horse
+to the Bar L-M, but no man of them ever saw his little legs astride a
+horse again. He found, back of the blacksmith shop, the wreck of an
+old cart which years ago had been used for breaking colts; he
+improvised shafts and seat; he discovered the encouraging fact that Old
+Bots, a shambling derelict who had lost an eye when Wayne Shandon was
+quite young, was gentle and trustworthy. After that, wherever he went
+abroad, and he travelled all over the countryside, he rode in the cart,
+steering Old Bots this way and that with much shouting, prodding and
+jerking of reins. And he drove where perhaps no man had ever driven
+before. His smiling confidence in Old Bots, in his rattling, creaking
+old cart, in his own ability as a driver were all characteristic of his
+joyous optimism.
+
+In the meantime Wayne Shandon had at last seen Wanda. His reasons for
+making no effort to see her immediately after his heated interview with
+Martin Leland were clear in his own mind; he expected to find that they
+had been equally as clear to her, and that she would have understood.
+But the Wanda he found one riotously brilliant morning was rather cool,
+distant, unapproachable.
+
+He had ridden up on the cliffs which towered at the upper end of the
+Echo Creek ranch, from which he could look down the valley and see her
+when she left the house, as he felt confident that she would. He saw
+her when it was not yet nine o'clock. She was riding out across the
+valley toward the cliffs opposite at the north end of the valley,
+toward the cave she had found there. Shandon marked the course she was
+taking, swung his horse across a ridge and hastened to the meeting with
+her. He came upon her as she dismounted near the big cedar against the
+rocks.
+
+"Wanda!" he called softly.
+
+She turned toward him, her face paler, he thought, than it should be.
+He slipped from the saddle and came swiftly toward her, his eyes
+shining, his arms out. Then she raised her hand, stopping him.
+
+"Good morning, Wayne," she said quietly.
+
+"Wanda," he cried, a little perplexed. "What is it? Aren't you glad
+to see me?"
+
+She smiled, put down the parcel she had been carrying, and perched upon
+a big broken boulder forcing her eyes to look merrily into his. And
+what she read in his look sent a quick, glad flutter into her heart.
+But she did not let him know it.
+
+"Glad to see you?" she replied gaily. "Why, of course I am. But,"
+teasingly, a little cruelly, "aren't you the least bit afraid?"
+
+"Afraid of what?" he asked blankly.
+
+"Of papa!" she retorted, her dimples playing because she meant to look
+as though she was quite a heart whole maiden, and because the very ring
+of his earnest voice swept away all the uncertainty that had come to
+her during these last days of waiting. "You are on his land, you know."
+
+"Surely you don't imagine--" he began.
+
+She laughed lightly.
+
+"My dear Wayne, how should I know?"
+
+"I don't understand you, Wanda," he said a little stiffly. "After what
+happened the other day--"
+
+In spite of her a little glowing colour ran up into her cheeks.
+
+"Goodness," she exclaimed, persisting in the part she had vowed many
+times a day she would play for him, "haven't you forgotten that?
+Really, after you'd had time to think about it didn't you have to
+laugh? Weren't we a couple of precious kidlets?"
+
+For a moment he stared at her as though dazed. This was a Wanda he had
+never seen before; he did not know what to make of her. And then
+suddenly he put his head back, the gladness that had sung in his heart
+when first he rode to meet her surged back and he laughed the great,
+deep, happy laugh the girl knew so well.
+
+"You little witch!" he cried gaily, as gaily as Wanda had spoken at
+first and more genuinely so. "You've just set out to plague me. And
+I'll show you how I treat little girls who tease!"
+
+Without more ado he came close to the rock upon which she sat looking
+down at him with demure eyes, swept her off into his arms and kissed
+her before he put her down.
+
+"Now, Wanda Witch," he said softly, his eyes laughing into hers. "Are
+you sorry? And do you love me so hard it almost hurts?"
+
+"So," she said when at last he released her, not certain in her heart
+that she had held out quite long enough, "that is the way you treat
+little girls who tease, is it? All little girls who tease? The
+'Roosian' princess, for instance?"
+
+"The _what_?" he demanded, having for the moment forgotten Dart's wild
+tale.
+
+"Helga," she told him quite as seriously as she could, rearranging her
+disturbed hair and meanwhile looking up at him with eyes that were
+beginning to defy her and smile.
+
+As he remembered, as he thought of the things Dart had told her to
+"boost his game" he became for one of the rare times in his life just a
+trifle embarrassed. She must think him a fool for letting that little
+cur yap all kind of nonsense into her ears, or the ears of any one who
+would listen. He flushed under her teasing eyes.
+
+"I'm going to wring Willie Dart's little neck the first thing when I
+get home," he said. "Look here, Wanda--"
+
+"Oho!" Her brows lifted and she looked at him speculatively. "So
+there really is a Helga, is there?"
+
+But he was laughing again, again threatening to kiss her adorable red
+mouth if she did not behave and tell him all about herself.
+
+"If you had really wanted to know couldn't you have ridden over
+sooner?" she asked.
+
+Then he told her why he had stayed away, how he had wanted to see her
+every day, how he had thought that she would understand.
+
+"Your father forbade me the ranch," he reminded her. "At first I
+thought that it would be impossible for me to bring myself to set foot
+upon property belonging to him. I thought of sending word to you by
+Garth, by Dart even, asking you to meet me somewhere, anywhere that I
+would not be trespassing. And, dear, even before I would ask you to
+meet me, if you still cared!" with mock seriousness, "I wanted time to
+fight things out with myself, a few days in which to see if there was
+not some way out better than this one. I hoped, even, that your father
+would change his mind, that he would be fair with me as it is his way
+to be. And then at last, when I could not wait any longer, I came.
+And now, my Wanda Witch, I am going to stay until you come and put both
+arms around my neck and admit that you love me so hard that you've been
+perfectly miserable since you saw me!"
+
+"And Helga?" she insisted lightly but with just a hint of curiosity.
+
+"If you go on that way much more," he assured her, "I'll say, 'Damn
+Helga!' Tell me about yourself."
+
+There was much to tell and it came at last as they sat together under
+the cedar, oblivious of the world about them, careless of what might
+lie in the future for them. There was the story of her rides, the
+murder of a bear cub, the meeting with Willie Dart, and--
+
+"And, first of all," she cried triumphantly, "the discovery of a
+wonderful secret."
+
+She refused to tell him what it was until he obeyed her bidding. She
+sent him scouting to see that no human eye could spy upon them, and
+then she sent him climbing the cedar.
+
+"What's this?" he rebelled. "At least tell me whether I'm supposed to
+gather an armful of clouds or wait until dark and bring down some
+stars."
+
+"Go straight up until I tell you to stop," she laughed. "And be sure
+you don't fall."
+
+"Would you care very much, Wanda?" he asked loverlike and foolishly.
+
+"I should," she informed him, her eyes twinkling. "For I shall be
+climbing right under you."
+
+"Oh, I know, then. We're going to heaven."
+
+And up he went. Laughing, calling back and forward like two children,
+their hearts gay and surcharged with something sweeter than mere
+gaiety, they made their way steadily, he always above, she just below
+him and carrying the parcel done up in a newspaper.
+
+"You might at least let me carry our baggage upon our journey," he
+offered more than once. But she insisted that this too was a part of
+the secret.
+
+At last he came to the limb that lay out across the ledge of rock and
+would have kept on climbing, he was so busy looking down at the rosy
+face that was looking up at him. But she commanded him to use his eyes
+for something else than just to make love with, and he understood.
+
+"You mean to say you've been up here before? That you've gone out
+across that sort of a bridge?" he exclaimed in amazement. "Aren't you
+afraid of anything in the world, Wanda?"
+
+"Yes," she answered. "Yes, to both questions. I'm inclined to be
+afraid of spiders; I think that I'd be afraid of an alligator. And now
+the secret!"
+
+"A cave," he cried. "Way up here! How in the world did you happen to
+find it?"
+
+When he had crossed first and given his hand to her she came swiftly to
+his side, thanked him with a nod and set him to work.
+
+"This is my own private estate," she told him. "No one enters my
+portals until he has been invited. You are not invited yet. In that
+seam in the rock you will find plenty of wood and dry cones. If you'll
+put them at the doorway I'll let you know when you can come in. And,
+Wayne--"
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"No one knows of this place except we two. Keep behind the cedar,
+won't you, so that if any one should be about you won't be seen?"
+
+Wayne gathered great armfuls of wood, piled cones conveniently, and in
+the meantime got no single glimpse of the interior of the cavern. For
+Wanda had slipped within, had drawn over the wide opening the screen of
+branches her own hands had made against the occasion, and was
+completely hidden by that and the curtain which reinforced it against a
+ray of light. He could hear her singing softly, happily as she went
+back and forth. At last her voice came to him, calling merrily.
+
+"You may come in, Mr. Shandon. Don't bring the wood with you yet; just
+come to look and admire."
+
+He thrust aside the screen, stepped through and his short exclamation
+amply repaid her for the many hours of preparation.
+
+A dozen tall candles burned here and there, set into niches in the
+rough walls, gummed in their own grease to knobs of stone, their
+pointed flames standing still like fairy spear blades menacing the
+shadows which still clung to the lofty ceiling. Giving added light was
+a blazing fire of pine cones at the far side of the cave, near the
+mouth of the passage leading to the cleft where the water shot down.
+Strewn across the whole floor, masking its rough surface, were pine
+needles which, while they made a thick mat underfoot, filled the cave
+with their resinous tang. And there was another odour, agreeable,
+homelike. Shandon looked again at the fire; set on each side of a bed
+of coals were two flat stones, perched on the stones a battered,
+blackened old coffee pot.
+
+"I called you a witch, didn't I, Wanda?"
+
+"You might at least have called me a Fairy," she retorted, her eyes
+bright with the joy of a day-dream come true.
+
+"Did you conjure this out of a broken eggshell with a wand? Is this
+how you got your name, Wanda?"
+
+She took him on a tour of exploration, pointing out each little thing
+which she had already seen alone, which, when she had seen it had
+promised her a day like to-day when she could show it to him. They
+went down the sloping passageway and stood for a little while silently
+before the chasm with its din of falling waters. They speculated upon
+what might lie upon the farther side if a man could cross. They came
+back to the fire and Wayne was shown how the air drew through the cave
+so that the passageway at the back gave exit to the smoke. They had
+just a peep, for Wanda would allow him no more now, into a hidden
+recess not five steps from her fireplace where there were mysterious
+packages hinting that they might be bacon and butter and sugar and
+coffee. And then they came back to the screened entrance and stepped
+outside. Wanda held up her field glasses to him.
+
+"Look out that way," she ordered him. "No, Goosy. Not at the trunk of
+the tree. Between those two branches yonder. What do you see?"
+
+He adjusted the glasses while she watched his face. And he found the
+clearing about the Bar L-M headquarters, the buildings themselves set
+upon the knoll.
+
+"It's wonderful," he cried. "Why, we could signal--"
+
+"Wait a minute," she interrupted brightly. "This isn't your discovery,
+not a bit of it. It's all mine and I'm jealous of it. And I've
+thought it all out. Now, if you'll come inside we'll have a cup of
+coffee and a sandwich which you'll eat politely just as though you were
+hungry."
+
+"I'm starved!"
+
+"And I'll tell you _my_ invention. First, though, while I serve
+luncheon you can be the hired man and bring in all your wood. I'm
+perfectly willing to be cook but I refuse to get my wood any longer."
+
+When he had completed his task he came to her. She had poured two tin
+cups of coffee, sweetened and cooled with condensed milk, and upon a
+clean piece of bark served her sandwiches. And they sat on the floor
+upon heaped-up pine needles and she told him her plan.
+
+There was an old spy glass at the Bar L-M, wasn't there? All right.
+Then his first duty when he got back home would be to spend a patient
+time locating with it her cedar and the cliffs back of it. To-morrow
+morning, early, she would be here--no, no. Not in the cave nor even
+upon the ledge outside; they must guard so carefully against their
+secret being lost; but upon the big boulder at the top of the cliff.
+She would have her field glasses. He could step out upon the front
+porch at the Bar L-M, and if any of the boys were about he could
+pretend to be looking idly at a herd of cows somewhere, or at a hawk or
+at anything but at her. They could see each other quite distinctly.
+
+"If it wasn't so far we could talk on our fingers!"
+
+"Do I have to remind you again that this is my discovery, my invention?"
+
+She tried so charmingly to be severe, and failed so delightfully that
+he assured her he was going to put down his coffee cup and come over
+and kiss her. But when she threatened that if he misbehaved she would
+not stir out of the house again for a week he sighed and finished his
+coffee and listened obediently.
+
+"Suppose," she went on, "that you stood very still on your porch, both
+hands holding your spyglass? That would mean one thing. Suppose you
+leaned lazily against the door post? That would mean another. If you
+came down the steps, if you took off your hat, if you put on your hat,
+if you sat down on the bench, if you turned your back to me, if you
+lifted both arms above your head as if you were yawning and stretching,
+if you stooped to pick up something, if you stooped once, walked five
+steps and stooped again--don't you see that even with your whole outfit
+looking on we can say 'Good morning,' and 'Good night,' and anything
+else we choose to say? Isn't it splendid?"
+
+For an hour they worked on what Wayne termed the Wanda-code. She had a
+pencil and tiny memorandum book and they made duplicate copies of their
+code of signals as they worked them out. Thus:
+
+_1. Standing straight, both hands up--I love you, dear, with my whole
+heart. (That was Wayne's contribution to the code, and he insisted
+that it be number one in the book.)_
+
+_2. Leaning against a tree or post--I must see you immediately._
+
+_3. Removing hat--Be careful. We are being watched._
+
+_4. Turning back--Something has happened to prevent our meeting to-day._
+
+_5. Stooping once--That's all. Good bye._
+
+
+And so on until there were no less than two dozen signals each with its
+meaning, each to carry across the miles a lover's message.
+
+They agreed upon the exact time when every day their love would laugh
+at the miles separating them; an early hour when they had waited just
+long enough to give Wanda time to ride hither and the Bar L-M men time
+to have gone about the day's work. And if Wayne were not upon his
+porch then Wanda was to understand that he was already riding to meet
+her.
+
+"But your mother," he said. "Doesn't she often go with you?"
+
+"Not when I want to be alone," Wanda smiled back at him. "Mamma knows,
+Wayne."
+
+"You have told her? Your father told her?"
+
+"It isn't something that papa talks about, dear. I told. And, Wayne--"
+
+Suddenly they ceased to be children playing and became very serious.
+For while the love brimming their young hearts had been like a fountain
+from which laughter bubbled up, still its song had not deafened their
+ears to the murmur of life about them. There were things to be told
+each other, questions to ask and answer, their own future to look
+soberly in the face.
+
+Day after day Shandon had looked for word from Martin Leland, had
+counted on receiving from him an offer for the water to be employed in
+bringing fertility to Dry Valley. He told her of Ruf Ettinger and his
+counter scheme, how close he had come to being drawn into it; he
+wondered if something had happened to cause Leland and Hume to give up
+their proposition.
+
+No, whatever this proposition was they had not given it up, Wanda was
+sure of that. Her father was away much of the time; she knew that he
+had been often in Dry Valley, that he had had some sort of dealings
+with Ruf Ettinger. She had heard him say to her mother last night that
+the man was a hog, that when offered an unheard of price for his land
+he had held out for something still better, and that Leland had broken
+off negotiations with him entirely. Yes, it must be the same
+proposition about which Ettinger had gone to Shandon. Strange that
+Garth had not told him anything. She knew that Garth regularly met her
+father and Sledge Hume; she knew that whatever the business was that
+had drawn Leland and Hume together had drawn Conway into it also.
+
+That matter finally disposed of, left with the unsatisfactory
+conclusion that Garth had his own reasons for remaining silent, and
+that Shandon would soon hear from Leland, Wanda broached the other
+subject which had all along been the one cloud upon her happiness.
+Driven to the rim of her mind by her gayer moods it was still there,
+sinister and black upon the horizon.
+
+"I should have told you the other day," she said slowly, "the day when
+we found so much else to talk of. You will understand why papa has
+refused to let you come to the house."
+
+"What is it, Wanda?" he asked eagerly, hoping there would be a direct
+charge so that he might vindicate himself.
+
+"Have you no idea, Wayne?" a little curiously. "Have you never had a
+suspicion of the reason that makes papa hate you so?"
+
+"He disliked my father--"
+
+"It is not that. Maybe that makes him the more ready to suspect you--"
+And then she blurted it out, a little defiantly, laying her hand softly
+upon his arm. "He thinks, he has thought all along, that you killed
+Arthur!"
+
+He stared at her gravely, the shock of such a charge too great to be
+appreciated to its fullest extent in a moment.
+
+"He thinks that I killed Arthur?" he repeated incredulously. And then,
+bitterly, "My God, Wanda. This is too horrible."
+
+"Listen, Wayne. We must talk this over calmly and see what is to be
+done. You see papa has disliked you because he hated your father. Oh,
+it's unjust but it's so human! He has believed all the hard things men
+have said of you and they have said many. He knows that the day before
+Arthur was killed you and he quarrelled. Then you went away, you were
+gone a year and he didn't think that you would ever come back. You
+came back, you made me love you. Believing as he did, papa did the
+natural thing when he refused to let you come again."
+
+"He had no right to believe it," he cried angrily. "I shall tell him
+so. I shall make him tell me of a single thread of the wildest
+circumstantial evidence to point to this hideous thing!"
+
+"It will do no good," she said simply. "Nothing in the world can be
+done unless--oh, I have thought so much about this, Wayne--unless the
+real murderer can be found. Surely if you offered rewards, if you
+hired detectives, if you talked with MacKelvey--"
+
+"Wanda," he interrupted, his voice at once stern and troubled. "Do you
+remember when you gave me the revolver that morning? I didn't explain
+to you, even you. I couldn't. If I went away and stayed so long, if I
+didn't remain here doing the thing you suggest, offering rewards,
+hiring detectives to hunt his murderer down, couldn't you guess why?
+You found the revolver that killed him."
+
+"Wayne!"
+
+"And the day Arthur and I rode into El Toyon I gave the thing to him.
+It was his own then. He shot himself. God knows why. I should have
+spoken then, I should have told MacKelvey, your father, every one. But
+I hated to, I hated the thought of it, of having people know that
+Arthur had committed suicide, of having men talk of it. I thought that
+there would be investigations, of course, but that they would die down.
+I knew that no man would be accused; it was my secret. I would keep it
+for Arthur's sake."
+
+He broke off sharply, moved strongly by his own words that conjured up
+something he had striven manfully to shut out of his mind, strongly
+moving the girl who heard him. She watched him with piteous, sad eyes
+while he strode up and down, back and forth in the candle lighted cave.
+Suddenly he stopped, exclaiming bitterly,
+
+"Your father thinks this of me. Who else? Does half the countryside
+believe me a murderer? Does Garth believe it? Does Hume? Does your
+mother?"
+
+"I don't know what Garth and Sledge Hume think," she answered. "I do
+know about mamma. Wayne, even she was afraid at first, even mamma.
+But she knows you too well, dear. She says that you are the other
+Wayne Shandon, over and over; that you may have been a spendthrift and
+a brawler,--forgive me,--dear, but that you have always been an honest
+and manly man. She knows that we love each other, Wayne. She knows
+that I have expected to see you. Isn't that enough?"
+
+"Next to you, Wanda, she is the sweetest woman in the world." He took
+the girl's hands in his and stood looking down at her gravely. "And
+you, you have never been afraid? You recognised the revolver, you
+brought it to me. Are you very sure--"
+
+"Kiss me, Wayne," she said for answer.
+
+
+And yet, when they parted lingeringly, the little cloud was still upon
+the horizon, the uneasy feeling of uncertainty upon them. If, at this
+late hour, he went to the sheriff and told the truth, what would be the
+result? Would it sound like the truth to MacKelvey? To Martin Leland?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+WILLIE DART PICKS A LOCK
+
+The summer sped by like one long golden day under its rare blue sky;
+yet always upon the horizon was that single black cloud. Not until
+summer had gone its bright way and winter had come, locked the mountain
+passes and departed again, was the way to be made clear.
+
+If Wayne Shandon could have had the opportunity to act at once when
+Wanda told him the reason of her father's open enmity he would have
+gone immediately in his headlong way to MacKelvey. He would have told
+the sheriff his own version of the tragedy; he would have recounted the
+finding of the revolver by Wanda, her giving it to him, his certainty
+that Arthur had taken his own life. But having promised Wanda to do
+nothing rashly, without again talking with her, having pondered deeply
+as he rode back to the Bar L-M and during the days which followed, he
+came to see sanely that for his own sake and for the sake of the girl
+he loved it would be better if he held his peace until time and thought
+brought clear vision.
+
+He was already suspected by Martin Leland, perhaps by MacKelvey
+himself, perhaps by many men among whom he came and went. Would the
+story he had to tell lessen suspicion in any single breast? Would it
+not rather give the sheriff just such a bit of evidence as he had long
+been seeking?
+
+Much alike in one great essential Wayne Shandon and Wanda Leland had
+hearts that were tuned to happiness. To such people it is easier to be
+gay than sad; the trouble, stern as it was, that had entered their
+lives so early was less than the brightness which dissipated all other
+troubles but that one. Good fortune had disclosed to them a meeting
+place as high as the waving treetops where no one's curious eye would
+penetrate; they could converse across the miles almost as people may
+call across a street; they could be together two or three times a week
+without their world knowing. These things gave wings to the summer.
+
+They were busy days, clad in action, crowned with dreamings. Wanda's
+cave became a dainty bower for a fair lady. Across the cliffs, by
+tortuous trail, it was a scant five miles to the little mountain town
+of White Rock. Many a dim morning before the shadows lifted to the
+rising sun the trail had echoed to the clanging hoofs of Shandon's
+horse as he rode down and back, bringing a surprise for Wanda. A
+packhorse had brought in supplies, bought in Shandon's own reckless
+way, which when piled high against the rock walls made Wanda gasp and
+ask him if he thought that she was going to take in boarders. There
+were camp stools, there were rugs. A tiny sheetiron camp stove came
+one day, and when Wanda put her rosy face through the screen that Wayne
+had substituted for her old one, her nostrils were assailed by the
+odours of boiling coffee, frying bacon, sizzling apples and burning
+bread.
+
+There were strings of onions, and potatoes popping out of their bag
+before the summer died; a side of bacon swung against a ham where Wayne
+had driven a dead branch into a crevice in the rocks; there was a table
+he had constructed rudely but securely; there were books on it; there
+were candles burning everywhere.
+
+"Because," he had laughed at her surprise, "winter will come one of
+these days, and do you think that I'm not going to see you until it's
+gone again? Oh, I suppose I'll have to be down at the lower pastures
+with the stock, but I'll get up here now and again. Then when a fine
+day comes and you want a long ski ride, you'll know where to come,
+won't you, Wanda? Where a hot luncheon will be waiting for you? And,
+who knows," he whispered, "maybe we'll spend our honeymoon here
+sometime!"
+
+Shandon at first had thought of going to Garth Conway, of asking him
+frankly what the deal was in which he and Sledge Hume and Mr. Leland
+were interested, and if they were counting upon needing the Bar L-M
+water as Ruf Ettinger had told him they were. But in this matter also
+had he altered his first quick decision. He had always liked Conway,
+at least, without thinking a great deal about it he supposed he had,
+for the very simple reason that they were cousins and had, in a way,
+grown up together. But on the other hand they were men essentially
+unlike, in no respect congenial. They had never been confidential;
+were they the only two men in the world it is doubtful if one would
+have carried his personal thoughts and emotions to the other. That
+little reserve which had always existed, scarcely noted by Wayne
+Shandon, was suddenly a wall between them. This was Conway's business;
+if he chose to keep it his secret from his cousin, Wayne Shandon was
+not the man to ask him to talk about it.
+
+Moreover, perhaps even more important now than that consideration,
+there was another. Leland and Hume had at least been upon the point of
+going into this matter just before Arthur's death, and they had taken
+Arthur into their confidence. Perhaps he was to have been one of their
+corporation when one was formed. Now that Wayne owned the Bar L-M and
+the water, the logical thing for them to do was to come to him. They
+had brought Garth into the circle of their endeavour; they had ignored
+Shandon. A little hurt at the obvious significance of this Shandon
+shrugged his shoulders and resolved that when the first word was spoken
+it would not be by himself.
+
+And soon he came close to forgetting it. The incentive to bestir
+himself had at last come into his life and he was not loitering.
+Little by little, through long talks with Garth, with Big Bill and
+other men of his outfit, he came to have a grasp upon the work which
+should have been his a year before, and an interest in it. Only now
+for the first time did he take the trouble to learn the real meaning of
+resources and liabilities; to estimate profit and loss; to speculate
+upon success in the business which he found rather larger than he had
+suspected. He called a round-up to learn to the head how many steers
+and cows and calves carried the Bar L-M brand. He brought a quick look
+of surprise that was close to suspicion into Garth's eyes by asking
+casually just what sums had been taken in during the last year by sales
+of beef, how the money had been reinvested, if there was a surplus in
+the bank. He went into the matter of the wages of all of the men, and
+learned that Garth himself was drawing the same salary he had drawn
+under Arthur.
+
+"Oh, I'm not thinking that you're holding out on me," he laughed at
+Garth's expression. "I've just begun thinking that it's about time I'm
+doing part of my own work. So everything you got out of the sales last
+year you slapped back into the business, buying more cattle?"
+
+"I sent you four thousand, you remember," Garth reminded him.
+
+"You don't quite get me, Garth. What's left of that four thousand
+wouldn't buy a sack of tobacco. We haven't banked any cash, have we?"
+
+Even now Garth hesitated, Garth's way. Then he answered.
+
+"Arthur left fifteen hundred in the bank. I haven't touched that, of
+course. If you haven't--"
+
+"I didn't know it was there," laughed Wayne. "When I pulled out and
+gave you my power of attorney I let everything slide off my shoulders
+on to yours. Is that all?"
+
+"I banked pretty heavily from sales," Garth went on. "Under my own
+name, as it saved trouble and I didn't know when you'd show up. I drew
+out again, for the men's wages, for a few improvements and running
+expenses, for the other cattle I bought. I've got the vouchers, if you
+want to see them."
+
+"I don't want to see them."
+
+"There is still something left," Garth said, his voice careless, his
+eyes glancing up at Shandon and down again. "It's still in my name.
+About four thousand."
+
+"Good boy," cried Wayne. "That's going to save me some trouble. Will
+you give me a check for it, Garth?"
+
+"It's yours," Garth replied, going to look for pass book and check
+book. But when he returned he could not refrain from asking, "What are
+you going to do with it, Wayne?"
+
+"Double it!" laughed Shandon. "Bet it on a horse race, my boy! But
+look here," seriously. "I want only five thousand. Counting the other
+fifteen hundred there's something over that. You've been working like
+a dog for a year, drawing just foreman's wages while you've been taking
+the owner's responsibilities. I'm going to shove the other five
+hundred down your throat as the rest of the unpaid wages due you, or a
+bonus or whatever you like to call it."
+
+And as Garth's momentary stupefaction was followed by what threatened
+to be very profuse thanks, Shandon fled to the stable and Little Saxon.
+
+Already word of the race to be run in the springtime, in June when the
+snows would be gone, had travelled up and down the country. Sledge
+Hume's money was in the hands of Charlie Granger at El Toyon, and the
+order signed by him to turn over the five thousand dollars to the man
+who came in first, himself or Wayne Shandon, containing the clause
+which he had insisted upon, making it clear that if only one man
+entered the race he was to take the money.
+
+Five thousand dollars wagered on a single race; Red Reckless and Sledge
+Hume riding; Endymion, who had already shown those who knew him that
+for beauty and speed and endurance he was the peer of his aristocratic,
+thoroughbred sire and dam; Little Saxon, whom men knew yet only as a
+wild hearted colt being tamed by a man who knew horses and who was
+willing to lay five thousand on him against his brother; the course a
+ten mile sweep of mountain and valley, of broken trail and grassy
+meadow, leading from the high lands to the east of Bar L-M and Echo
+Creek, ending at the Bar L-M corrals; this one event was enough to draw
+the attention of men up and down the cattle country, in the mining
+towns and lumber camps. Word of it went everywhere; letters came to
+Wayne Shandon from other men who had horses, who suggested this, that
+and the other race, who sought to find men to cover their bets.
+
+It would be an all day meet; the Bar L-M outfit would entertain
+generously; there would be barbecued beef; every one was welcome; big
+wagons would be busy a week beforehand bringing in enough food for a
+small army. Any man had the opportunity of entering his own horse with
+these provisos: this was to be a Western race in all essentials; the
+horse must be Western, born and bred, the man who owned it must ride
+his own horse. There would be no professional jockeys; there would be
+no bookmakers.
+
+News of the race, before the winter had come, more than six months
+before the day set in June, had gone over the crest of the Sierra and
+appeared in the papers at Reno. It had flashed across telegraph wires
+to Sacramento; had been talk for a day in many a place where sporting
+men foregather in San Francisco. Men who had never heard of them
+before came to know of Sledge Hume and Wayne Shandon, of Endymion and
+Little Saxon. And still Little Saxon was but a half broken colt.
+
+"It's all right," grunted Willie Dart to himself, kicking his heels
+from the top of the corral and watching his Noble Benefactor risking
+his life in the company of a great, belligerent red-bay horse. "It's
+all right, seeing I'm here. Suppose I wasn't, suppose I was still
+dodging cops on Broadway, then what? Then Sledgehammer Hume would put
+some death-on-rats in Hell Fire's hay, or pick Red off with a shot gun,
+and who cops onto the five thou? A man don't have to have a fortune
+teller for a mother to get wised up to that."
+
+Little by little the proud spirited horse learned his lesson. He came
+to see that his destiny lay in the hands of the man who came out to him
+daily. He gave over trying to beat the man to death with his flying
+heels; he no longer sought to tear at him with bared teeth; he
+recognised that it was as futile to seek to hurl the man from his back
+as to break the strong cinch which held the saddle; that he might run
+until he killed himself, but that he could not run away from the man
+who rode him and laughed. He learned that in this world that had been
+so utterly free for him there was one single being who was his master
+in all things, whom he must obey. And, when obedience came, pleasure
+in that obedience followed, and trust and faith and love.
+
+
+That year winter came in as it had not come to these mountains for
+twenty-seven years, early, unheralded and hard. The cattle and horses
+had not yet been moved down to the lower ranges when one day, in
+mid-afternoon, the air thickened, bursting black clouds drove up from
+the southwest, the forests rocked moaning and shuddering under the
+smashing impact of the sudden storm, the sun was lost in a darkness
+that grew impenetrable toward the time of dusk, and the skies opened to
+a downpour of rain. For upwards of an hour the great drops drove
+unceasingly into the dry ground while giant daggers of lightning
+stabbed at the earth that seemed to bellow its torment in reverberating
+roars. Then the slanting rain stopped as suddenly as it had begun, the
+wind went howling through the forests and was gone, and in the
+stillness which ushered in the true night the snow began.
+
+All night it snowed, steadily, without cease. The morning dawned wanly
+on a white world; distant peaks and ridges were blotted out in the
+grey, snow filled air. Men who were careless yesterday became to-day
+filled with an activity which was swift and tireless. In candlelight
+and lamplight they dressed hurriedly and made speedy breakfasts. This
+storm might be nothing but a warning of winter; it might be the first
+day of a snowfall that would continue for two weeks. In any event it
+was high time to have the cattle on the run to the lower valleys.
+
+"Two days of this," grunted Big Bill as he kicked his way viciously
+through the snow already over ankle deep on the way to the stable, "an'
+the passes'll be so choked up we can't whoop the cow brutes through
+'em. An' me, I ain't hankerin' after totin' a bawlin' calf under each
+arm, nuther."
+
+All day long, upon the Bar L-M and the Echo Creek, men were riding deep
+into the sheltered ravines, bringing out the stock, heading the
+stragglers westward down the valleys, gathering the different herds
+into one on each ranch to crowd them out of the belt of hard winter.
+Many men rode many miles that day, changing their horses at noon,
+making a hasty meal when they could, riding again.
+
+Always before this year the herds of the Bar L-M had been pushed across
+the bridge or made to swim the river where it was wide and shallow, and
+driven across a corner of the Echo Creek ranch by the most direct route
+out. But this year Wayne Shandon briefly gave new orders, telling his
+men to keep on the Bar L-M property as long as they could, then to
+throw the herds across the ridge to the south and along a harder,
+longer trail to the county road ten miles further west. He offered no
+explanation, his men asked none. It was but another indication to them
+of the thing which was already no secret, that there was some sort of
+serious trouble between Wayne Shandon and Martin Leland.
+
+Wayne and Garth intended to stay that night at the range house, being
+the last two men to leave, after attending to the countless little
+things which must be done about a ranch before it is abandoned to the
+winter and solitude. They planned to follow the rest of the Bar L-M
+outfit in the morning.
+
+Even Martin Leland who usually moved his stock early had been caught
+unprepared. The fine weather preceding the storm had tricked him; he
+had not planned the drive until two weeks yet. He, too, having worked
+with his men all day, having ridden the first half dozen miles with
+them, came back to spend the night at his home.
+
+That afternoon, while the men of both ranges were doing two days' work
+in one, Willie Dart called upon Wanda. Mr. Dart made it a part of his
+business in life to be on good terms with every one. He ignored the
+contemptuous grunts of Wanda's father, and in speaking of him referred
+to him as, "My old pal, Mart." Martin tolerated him, Mrs. Leland was
+amused by him, Wanda welcomed him as coming from Wayne's home, as
+always a possible bearer of tidings from Wayne himself. And such he
+was to-day.
+
+For there had been no time for signalling, the snow had veiled the
+cliffs across the miles, and Wayne must send word of his sudden
+necessary change of plans. So he entrusted a note to Mr. Dart, having
+first sealed it in its envelope and informed the carrier that if he
+pried into it the police in New York would learn by telegraph of the
+present whereabouts of Mr. Dart.
+
+Wanda and Dart were alone in the big living room while Mrs. Leland was
+busied with Julia in making preparations within the house for the siege
+of winter. As she left the room Mr. Dart winked slyly at Wanda, tapped
+his breast pocket, winked the other eye and assumed the air of a man
+bearing secret and very mysterious messages. In due time he brought
+out the letter, the flap of the envelope showing so little sign of
+having been tampered with that it was not to be expected that the eager
+girl would note it. Mr. Dart afterwards admitted that he prided
+himself upon the appearance of that envelope, all things, including
+inclement weather, considered--and presented it with a whispered,
+
+"Red wouldn't trust anybody with it but me. Say, he's some kid, ain't
+he, Wanda?"
+
+Beaming on her like a cherub in checked suit and brilliant necktie, he
+approached a little nearer and whispered again,
+
+"Me, I'll just mosey out on the porch while you flash your eyes over
+Red's handwrite. Delicacy's my other name, times like this."
+
+Still beaming he winked again, still winking let himself silently out
+of the front door.
+
+Considering that all Wayne Shandon had to write a letter about was to
+tell Wanda that he was hurrying out with the herds to-morrow, that when
+during the next few weeks he could get back he would signal with smoke
+from the cliffs above her cave, it must have taken him a long time to
+say it. Considering how little she had to read Wanda must have been
+very deliberate in reading Wayne's scrawl. At any rate, long before
+she had finished, Mr. Willie Dart had gone silently down the porch,
+peered in the kitchen window at Mrs. Leland and Julia, continued on to
+the door of Martin's study and let himself in. The door had been
+locked, at that, when Dart's beautiful fingers first touched it, and
+they had done what Mr. Dart himself termed "plying his profession."
+
+"I ain't had a chance like this since I was three," Mr. Dart told
+himself contentedly. "Honest, I ain't. Now, if these nice old country
+gents think they can put over something with my old pal Red, and me not
+know just how they're figuring on the skinning party, they better wise
+up."
+
+He closed the door silently, and any sound he made might have been that
+of a pin dropped on a thick carpet. He surveyed the room with eyes
+that missed nothing.
+
+"I knew it," he smiled, as though at the sight of an old friend as he
+found the safe in the far corner of the room. "I heard your door shut
+the other day, old party, when I was chumming with Wanda and you and
+the rest of the combination was talking war talk. Not to waste time
+we'll begin with you."
+
+It was an old safe, an old, old make and style, and Mr. Dart sighed and
+shook his head a little disappointedly as he knelt, brought out of his
+pockets a set of bright, new tools and set to work.
+
+"Any time," he mused when the door swung open, "that they put a pal of
+mine out of the running they better get up-to-date."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+AND SOLVES A FASCINATING MYSTERY
+
+Riding furiously with the fury of the storm as though swept onward with
+it, looking the very spirit of the wintry season that is made of black
+nights and cold, bright days, a woman was hastening upon a jaded horse
+toward the Echo Creek ranch house from the direction of El Toyon and
+the railroad. She rode well, sitting straight in the heavy saddle, and
+she rode hard. When the horse stumbled or floundered in the loose snow
+she jerked angrily at the reins and cut sharply with her riding whip.
+
+She entered the yard and rode up to the porch while Wanda was still
+deep in Wayne's letter, while Dart was forming his lips to a soft,
+silent whistle over a document which had passed from a drawer of the
+safe into his caressing white fingers. The woman dismounted quickly
+but a little stiffly as though from cold or fatigue, and fastening her
+horse's reins with numb, gloved fingers hastened up the steps to the
+living room door. She rapped loudly and Wanda, thinking that this was
+but a further evidence of the fact that one of Mr. Dart's names was
+Delicacy, called out, "Come in."
+
+It was with a little start of surprise that Wanda saw her. A young
+woman, twenty-five perhaps, of that rare sort of personality that
+asserts itself in a flash. Exquisitely cloaked and furred, clad from
+tiny boots to cap in black, her hair black, her eyes large and luminous
+and black. Furs and cloak failed to hide the erect gracefulness of the
+slender form, the poise of which as well as the carriage of the head
+indicated an imperious disposition. The woman was undeniably
+beautiful, her loveliness the delicately featured, perfectly chiselled
+beauty that is called classic. The fur cap upon the small head was
+snow encrusted and sat upon her cold beauty like a coronet; under it
+the escaping tendrils of jet black hair were fashioned by the cold into
+a glistening mesh of silver threads.
+
+"This is the Leland place, isn't it?" was her abrupt greeting.
+
+"Yes," Wanda replied, not yet quite recovered from the surprise of the
+sudden vision.
+
+"You are Wanda Leland, I suppose?" the cool, deep-throated voice went
+on as the black eyes flashed critically from the girl's face to her
+house dress, her pumps, the letter in her hands, her face again.
+
+"Yes," Wanda repeated quietly. She disliked the little air this woman
+had about her, the subtle hint of patronage and superiority, but her
+natural wish to be hospitable to a stranger driven hither by the storm
+made her seek to ignore this first impression.
+
+"I'm Claire Hazleton. I've just ridden in from El Toyon. My horse is
+done up, I'm afraid, or I shouldn't have troubled you."
+
+Wanda's quick, ready smile flashed out at this and she came forward,
+putting out her hand.
+
+"I'm glad that you did come," she said cordially. "You must be tired
+to death and simply frozen. If you'll come up to the fire and take off
+your things I'll make some tea or coffee."
+
+Claire Hazleton's slim gloved hand accepted Wanda's, touching it
+lightly.
+
+"You are too kind," she began formally. "If it wouldn't be too much
+bother--"
+
+"Nonsense," laughed Wanda. "If you'll make yourself cozy at the fire
+I'll be back in a moment."
+
+Hurrying out, Wanda had a glimpse of Willie Dart standing on the porch,
+his hands in his pockets, his big innocent eyes beaming approvingly at
+the snow and the sky and the world in general. As she went on her way
+to the kitchen, Mr. Dart, having in turn looked approvingly at her,
+shifted his gaze to the panting saddle horse standing with drooping
+head at the steps, and then, putting his hands under his coat tails, he
+returned to the living room. Claire Hazleton had just removed her
+outer wraps and was warming her hands at the fire. Mr. Dart, noticing
+the cluster of rings on her fingers, flapped his coat tails up and down
+and closed the door behind him with his elbow.
+
+"Say," he began pleasantly, "it's fierce outside, ain't it? Talk about
+a slush party. Ain't this a ring tailed dandy?"
+
+She turned upon him slowly and bestowed upon him a long stare, frankly
+curious. Then she laughed.
+
+"It certainly is a ring tailed dandy," she admitted musically. "You
+aren't Mr. Leland, are you?"
+
+Dart laughed too, his amusement apparently as genuine as hers, and
+entirely unabashed by the unconcealed appraisal of her glance at him.
+
+"You're joshing," he retorted, coming closer so that while he could
+look at her he could turn his coat tails to the fire. "There's as much
+difference between me and my old pal Mart as there is between you and a
+picture of a little country girl picking buttercups."
+
+"You don't think I look the part?" she smiled.
+
+"You?" He favoured her with the full measure of his supreme impudence
+as he looked her over. "You're just built to play the queen's part in
+a tragedy show on Broadway. After the first night there'd be just one
+theatre doing business."
+
+She frowned quickly, her eyes darkening as they had when she struck
+with her whip at her tired horse. Then she shrugged her shoulders and
+laughed again.
+
+"You're very flattering," she said in a way which made Dart look at her
+sharply and which for a very brief time left him a little uncertain.
+
+"Me?" he said. "You wrong me, lady. Honest you do. I'm sired by a
+gentleman who was a Baptist minister and who instilled in his only son
+if you lie once you'll do it some more and then you'll get caught.
+Say, seeing Wanda ain't here to do the knockdown stunt, I'm Dart, Mr.
+Willie Dart, to command."
+
+He bobbed her a bow, accompanied the ceremony with a little flap of the
+coat tails, and all the while did not shift his round, inquisitive eyes
+from her face.
+
+"Being acquainted now," he went on when a little pause assured him that
+she was not going to respond with an exchange of names, "just make
+yourself to home, won't you? I'll duck in and tell Wanda you're here.
+And," merely as an afterthought, "what name will I say, lady?"
+
+"Don't bother," she replied coolly. "She knows I'm here."
+
+"Does she? She hasn't been expecting you, has she?"
+
+"No." Miss Hazleton's interest in the little man had evidently died a
+sudden death, and her one concern now seemed to get herself warm and
+dry.
+
+"She's one great little kid, Wanda is, ain't she?" he ran on, totally
+unaffected by the significance of the young woman's back whose graceful
+curves were not lost to his admiring eyes.
+
+"If you say so she must be," came the calm answer. "I never saw her
+before to-day."
+
+"And you don't know old Mart?" She did not know Wanda, he surmised,
+she had wondered if he were Leland, then it must be Mrs. Leland she had
+come to see. "Say," he continued, "maybe Wanda couldn't find Mamma
+Leland! I'll just slip in and break the news. Gee, won't she be
+tickled to see you, you coming unexpected like this?"
+
+"Really, Mr. Dart," she told him crisply, "you needn't take the
+trouble. Mrs. Leland wouldn't be the least bit glad to see me as she
+doesn't know me. And if you haven't discovered the fact already I
+might as well tell you that I am eminently capable of managing my own
+affairs."
+
+Mr. Dart's silent whistle came very near being audible. But he
+answered in a voice which was meant to assure her that his sensitive
+nature had not been hurt and that his admiration had merely been
+stimulated.
+
+"That's me," he said brightly. "Give me the dame every time that makes
+her own play and don't yell, 'Help' if she sticks a pin in her finger.
+Them doll-babies some guys go dippy over don't qualify for the finals
+with me."
+
+But Mr. Dart was puzzled. She had ridden here through this storm, she
+had come all the way from El Toyon, for he had not been inattentive
+while he had been just outside the door before Wanda left the room, and
+she did not know a single person on the ranch. The very reason for her
+presence here was a challenge to Dart's peculiar temperament.
+
+"Tell you what I'll do," he resumed, "I'll take that skate of yours
+down to the barn and throw some hay into him. He looks like it would
+do him good in case the shock don't undermine his system."
+
+He made his hesitant way toward the door, his pride a little wounded at
+being defeated in the initial skirmish, his confident optimism looking
+forward eagerly to a more skilful attack. And then a word from Miss
+Hazleton brought him back to the charge.
+
+"Don't trouble to take the saddle off," she said without turning. "I
+shall be riding on as soon as I have my tea."
+
+Riding on? Where? The very course she had come pointed at one place.
+
+"It's quite a ways to Red's," he said quickly. "You better take it
+easy and rest up a bit."
+
+"Red's?" she condescended to ask.
+
+"Sure. Shandon's, you know. You're headed for the Bar L-M, ain't you?
+Say, I'm going back that way myself pretty soon. Suppose you come
+along with me? I got a cart. It ain't much to look at but anyhow it
+beats pounding saddle leather. We can lead your skate, if you want to."
+
+And rather to Dart's surprise she answered promptly,
+
+"Thank you. That will be better. But in any case don't unsaddle. And
+when you come in will you bring the little bag strapped behind the
+saddle?"
+
+Wanda returned then, bringing the tea and a hastily prepared lunch.
+Dart winked at her as he went out. He led the shivering horse at a
+trot to the barn.
+
+"Now," he grunted in a mournful tone that spoke of disappointment and
+hinted at disgust, "wouldn't you think, to look at her, that dame had
+more stuff in her head than to do a trick like that?"
+
+For the little black bag was locked and the key was gone, and the lock
+was a thing to make Mr. Dart sigh and shake his head as he had done
+over Martin's safe.
+
+"I'll get so used to turning baby tricks," he mused, "I won't be able
+to do a real man's work. Well, it can't be helped when a man's putting
+in time in a place like this. Now, Lady Clamshell, we'll take a peep
+and see if your baggage--"
+
+The bag was open, its contents rifled by slim, white fingers that
+seemed, each one, endowed with a brain of its own. In an incredibly
+short time various negligible feminine articles had been examined and
+replaced very carefully and exactly, a handkerchief without so much as
+a laundry mark, a silver vanity set with no monogram, and then came the
+reward to Mr. Dart's curiosity. It was a card case half filled with
+calling cards.
+
+Mr. Dart did a thing he had rarely done in his life. He swore. He
+said:
+
+"Well, I'll be damned!"
+
+And being alone, speaking confidentially to himself, he may have meant
+it. He looked as though he did.
+
+
+"You are very kind, Miss Leland," the new-comer was saying quietly. "I
+should like to accept your hospitality further. It has been a pleasure
+to meet you, I am sure. But you will infer from my being abroad at all
+at a time like this that my errand is urgent. I must be going
+immediately."
+
+Mr. Dart came in at this juncture, his expression void of all emotion
+except a deep, unhidden admiration which embraced the two women, both
+of whom he felt honoured in including in the list of his friends.
+
+"Miss Hazleton," began Wanda, "I didn't introduce you to Mr. Dart."
+
+"He did," replied the other briefly.
+
+"Sure," supplemented Dart. He handed the black bag to its owner and
+asked casually, "You're strong for hitting the pike right away?"
+
+"If you are ready."
+
+"Right-o, Miss Hazleton," he answered, pronouncing the name as though
+he enjoyed the sound of it. "I came over on some hurry-up business,"
+with a sly look at Wanda that brought a little flush to her cheeks,
+"and I didn't unhook. Old Bots is pawing the earth and snorting his
+eagerness to help out. Say the word and we're off."
+
+Involuntarily Wanda showed her surprise at the arrangement. It was the
+first word she had had of their way lying together.
+
+"The lady's going over to the Bar L-M," Dart remarked as he observed
+Wanda's look. "She's a friend of Red's."
+
+"Oh," said Wanda.
+
+She strove immediately to act and speak as though there were nothing
+unusual in the situation. Miss Hazleton put on her coat and furs again
+without volunteering further information, while Dart hurried away for
+his own cart and her horse. Wanda accompanied them to the porch, saw
+them seated and starting and then returned to the house with a little
+hurt feeling in her heart which she knew was foolish but which she
+could not drive out. If Claire Hazleton and Wayne Shandon were upon
+such intimate terms that she made this trip to see him, it was a little
+strange that Wayne had never so much as mentioned her name to her.
+
+"Wait a minute," cried Dart, jerking his horse up short before they had
+gone fifty yards from the house. "I forgot my gloves."
+
+He shoved the reins into his companion's hands, jumped down and running
+back burst in bright faced and eager upon Wanda, startling her with the
+sudden unexpectedness of his return. With his finger upon his lips,
+his air surcharged with mystery, he came close to her.
+
+"Have you wised up?" he whispered. "Got next to who the mysterious
+fairy is?"
+
+"She's Miss Claire Hazleton," said Wanda a little stiffly and a bit
+puzzled.
+
+"Rats!" grunted Mr. Dart putting much eloquence Into the monosyllable.
+"That's a bum monniker out of a French love story. It's the Roosian
+princess. It's Helga, that's who it is!"
+
+He slipped a little engraved calling card into her hand, winked into
+her amazed eyes, drew a pair of gloves out of his hip pocket, crumpled
+them in his hand and hastened back to the cart.
+
+Wanda stared a moment at the card. Then she flung it from her and with
+blazing eyes watched the flames in the fireplace lick at it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+"WHERE'S THAT TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND? WHAT'S THE ANSWER?"
+
+The little clock in Wayne Shandon's room maintained stoutly in the face
+of the gathering gloom outside, in defiance of the lighted lamp upon
+the table, that it was still an hour before sunset. The snow was still
+falling steadily, thickly, swept here and there into shifting mounds,
+choking the mountain passes, robing trees and fence posts and
+buildings, each feathery flake adhering where it struck softly as
+though it had been a gummed wafer.
+
+"Garth and I will have to get out to-morrow," Shandon muttered, drawing
+off his heavy coat and tossing it to the chair across the room, "or
+we'll have to beat it out on snowshoes--I wonder what's keeping Dart?"
+
+There came a rap at the front door and Shandon, supposing that already
+his question was answered, called, "Come in."
+
+"You never can tell what that little devil will do next," he grunted.
+"Snoop into a man's private business every time he gets the chance and
+then stand outside knocking at the door in a day like this. _Come in_."
+
+Then, when the knocking came again, louder, insistent and imperative,
+he realised that there was the bare possibility that the thumb latch
+had caught and, crossing the room he jerked the door open.
+
+"Is this Mr. Shandon?"
+
+The cool, confident voice though a woman's was not Wanda's, and Shandon
+realised that he had been a fool to let his heart leap as it had when
+his eyes made out through the murkiness that it was a woman.
+
+"Yes," he answered, wondering.
+
+"May I come in?" she asked a little impatiently. "I have come a long
+way to see you."
+
+Wondering more than ever he threw the door wide open, showed her the
+way into the living room and lighted a lamp. There was no fire in the
+room but she went quite naturally to the fireplace. He glanced at her
+sharply, knew that he had never seen her before for he would have
+remembered her, understood that she was a woman of the cities, and said,
+
+"Are you very cold? Just a minute and I'll have a fire going. I came
+in only a moment before I heard your knock."
+
+She did not speak until he had gathered an armful of wood from the box
+at the side of the fireplace and had flung it upon the blaze that a
+match had started from a bit of paper and some pitch pine. Nor did she
+seem in haste to speak even then when he stood across the hearth
+looking at her. But not for a second had her approving eyes left him;
+no opportunity had they lost to watch the man's face intently.
+
+"Where did you come from in all this storm?" he asked curiously.
+
+"Remotely, from New York. Immediately from El Toyen."
+
+"Lord!" he ejaculated. "You must be dead. I'll get you something hot,
+some coffee. We haven't any tea, I'm afraid."
+
+She laughed coolly, evidently quite at home with him.
+
+"If a man came in, frozen stiff, would you offer him a cup of tea?"
+
+"What do you mean?" He had started toward the kitchen, and stopped.
+
+"I mean brandy, if you've got any. It would do me a lot of good.
+Wanda Leland just poured some tea down me and I didn't want to shock
+her."
+
+Wayne stood frowning at her a moment, a question on his lips. Then he
+went to the kitchen and got a bottle and a glass. She had drawn a
+chair close up to the fire when he returned and was leaning back in it
+luxuriously, her feet thrust out to the blaze.
+
+"Thanks," she said, taking the glass he handed her. "I am drinking to
+our better acquaintance."
+
+She set the glass down upon the arm of her chair, half emptied, and
+smiled up at him.
+
+"I want a good long talk if you can spare the time. Can you?"
+
+"Of course," he said briefly.
+
+"It is my particular desire that no one but yourself hears what I have
+to say."
+
+"No one is here except Garth and myself. And Garth hasn't come in from
+the corrals yet."
+
+"Excellent." Her black eyes flashed from him to the various rude
+appointments of the room, flashed back to him. "I am Helga Strawn,"
+she said abruptly.
+
+He repeated the name after her in surprise:
+
+"Helga Strawn?"
+
+"Yes. Perhaps you guess right away what has brought me West, to you
+first of all?"
+
+"No," he said. "I don't think that I do."
+
+"Then I'll tell you. That's what I am here for. Don't begin to think
+that I saw a picture of you somewhere and fell in love with it."
+
+The finely chiselled lips, too faultlessly perfect at any time to be
+warmly womanly, were suddenly hard. Her eyes had become brilliant,
+twin spots of colour came into her cheeks.
+
+"At least you remember my name?"
+
+"Helga Strawn? Yes, I remember it. You learned from a mutual
+acquaintance that I was in New York some time ago. You wrote me then.
+You are a cousin of Sledge Hume."
+
+"Not exactly a cousin," she corrected him. "I am not so proud of the
+relationship as to wish to make it closer than it is. But that does
+not matter. You remember also why I wrote you?"
+
+"Yes. You said that yourself and Hume had inherited equal interests in
+the Dry Lands. That through letters Hume had persuaded you to sell
+your interest to him. After you had sold you began to think that he
+had japped you. You wanted to know from me what the property was
+actually worth."
+
+"I am glad that you remember. You answered my letter. You told me
+that you had always considered the land hardly worth paying taxes on."
+
+"Yes."
+
+"If I asked you now, that same question, what would you say?"
+
+He hesitated. The Dry Lands were no whit more valuable to-day than
+they had been last year. But if the scheme Hume was engineering went
+through it would be a different matter.
+
+"You have already sold your interest, given the deed, haven't you, Miss
+Strawn? What difference does it make?" he asked bluntly.
+
+"What if I have?" she countered coolly. "I am not the sort of woman,
+Mr. Shandon, to sit with my hands in my lap when a man has done a piece
+of sharp business with me. I needed the money and like a fool I sold
+to Hume. And now I know as well as I know anything that he didn't pay
+me a tenth of what the property was worth. Yes, I have given the deed.
+You think that I am a fool again to come clear across the continent
+upon a matter that went out of my hands a year ago!" She laughed, her
+laugh reminding him unpleasantly of the man of whom they were talking.
+"You see, you don't know me yet."
+
+"I don't see just how I can be of service to you," he suggested.
+
+"I'll try to be explicit. I have never had the pleasure of meeting Mr.
+Hume and yet I think that I could write a very correct character sketch
+of the gentleman. Egotism and selfishness, two things in most men,
+just one in Sledge Hume! He is shrewd and hard and his god is gold.
+Am I right?"
+
+"Hume is hardly an intimate acquaintance of mine."
+
+She laughed softly, twisting the brandy glass slowly in her white
+fingers.
+
+"I know enough of the Hume blood," she said presently, "to make a close
+guess at the man's character. We are not related, even distantly, for
+nothing, Mr. Shandon. My mother was a Hume," she added coolly, her
+manner again reminding the man strangely of Hume himself. "You see, he
+chose the wrong woman when he cheated me. It's going to be diamond cut
+diamond now."
+
+Shandon looked at the girl curiously, falling to see what mad hope she
+could have of regaining rights that were deeded away a year ago,
+falling as well to find a reason for her coming all these miles to make
+a confidant of him.
+
+"I usually go about things in my own way," she said after one of her
+brief pauses. "What I have to say I'll say as it comes to me. In case
+your cousin Garth returns before I have done you can send him away upon
+any pretext you choose. Tell him we want to talk privately; that will
+do as well as anything. Smoke, if you want to," as she saw his eyes go
+to the mantelpiece where an old black pipe lay. "Maybe it will make
+you patient during my harangue."
+
+Wayne got his pipe and, lighting it, sat upon the edge of the table
+looking down at her through the smoke.
+
+"Six months ago," she went on, "I realised that Hume had underpaid me.
+Why?" She shrugged her shoulders. "I knew his breed. If he offers a
+dollar for a thing it's worth ten. I made investigations through an
+agent who came up to Dry Valley from San Francisco. He turned in his
+bill on time and that was about all. He was an ordinary man and
+consequently a fool. But, blind as a bat himself, he showed me a
+little light that set me thinking. A few days ago I came out myself."
+She snapped her fingers. "It didn't take me that long to get to the
+bottom of the whole thing."
+
+"What thing?"
+
+"The scheme Hume is promoting on the quiet to put water on the Dry
+Lands. The water is to come from your river. Are you in on the deal
+too?"
+
+Her question was as sudden as a sword thrust.
+
+"No," he answered.
+
+"Have they made you an offer for the water right?"
+
+"No."
+
+"That's funny." She frowned thoughtfully at him a moment, saying in a
+barely audible tone as though she were thinking aloud, "You don't look
+as though you were lying. Well, you expect an offer, don't you?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And when it comes, coming from Hume, you realise that he'll offer a
+very small fraction of what it is worth to him?"
+
+"I suppose so. That's business."
+
+"And, above all things in the world, Sledge Hume is a business man!
+Well, I won't ask what you'd do when the offer came, as you'd say that
+it was none of my affair. I've seen Ruf Ettinger and learned all he
+knows."
+
+He did not answer; he had suddenly resolved to see the drift of Helga
+Strawn's thoughts before he did a great deal of talking.
+
+"I have learned," came another of her abrupt thrusts, "that you and
+Hume are about as friendly as a cat and a dog."
+
+He merely looked at her enquiringly, drawing thoughtfully at his pipe.
+She smiled, turned from him back to the fire, settling a little more
+comfortably in her chair.
+
+"Hume is a crook." She said it calmly, dispassionately, positively.
+"It is in his blood. He couldn't help it if he tried. He isn't the
+kind to try. The deal he put over with me may have been nothing but
+clever business. On the other hand, considering that I was a relative,
+considering that there was going to be plenty of boodle for everybody,
+some people might say that there was an element of dishonesty in it.
+But what I am getting at is that the man in unscrupulous. Now, he's in
+the biggest business deal of his life. Chances in that sort of thing
+for crooked work are many. Ergo, Mr. Shandon, it's a fair bet that
+starting with a crooked deal he has gone on playing a crooked game. Do
+you begin to see why I'm here?"
+
+"Blackmail?" he said bluntly.
+
+"Yes," she said coolly. "There's no use quarrelling over a name."
+
+"If you imagine that I know anything about the man's private history--"
+
+"You've quarrelled openly with him. Everybody knows about it. What
+was the reason for your quarrel?"
+
+"Really, Miss Strawn---"
+
+"Why can't you talk to me as if I were a man?" she flared out at him,
+the sudden heat from a woman who had been ice a moment ago taking him
+by surprise. "I'm not dragging my sex into this like a buckler to hide
+behind. Why can't you say it's none of my damned business, if you feel
+that way about it?"
+
+"I shouldn't put it quite so strong," he replied. "If you will go on
+and show me how I can be of any service to you, anything in my line--"
+
+"Consequently excluding blackmail!" she laughed, her mood like ice
+again. "When you quarrelled with Hume a year ago you called him a
+crook, didn't you?"
+
+"Your investigations seem to have been made very painstakingly," he
+countered.
+
+"For one of your reputation you are surprisingly noncommittal," she
+said. "Will you tell me this: So far as you know is there a woman in
+Sledge Hume's life?"
+
+"So far as I know there is not. He doesn't impress me as the sort of
+man to lose either his heart or his head over a woman."
+
+"That sort of man," she replied swiftly, "very often surprises people
+who think that they understand human nature, and don't! Now I come to
+one of my reasons in coming to see you. I saw you one day at the Grand
+Central Station with a friend of mine, a Mr. Maddox. I was uncertain
+whether he had pointed me out to you or not, told you who I was. Did
+he?"
+
+"No. I should have remembered."
+
+"Thank you. That's the first pretty thing you've said! Well, no harm
+is done in making sure. I'm making sure of every little point as I go
+along, Mr. Shandon. I didn't want there to be a possibility of any one
+here knowing who I am. It is my own business and I hope that I am not
+asking overmuch if I request you not to tell any one that I am Helga
+Strawn."
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"If you don't want Hume to know you I most certainly shall not seek to
+find or take advantage of an opportunity to tell him."
+
+"Thank you again. Now, for the other part of my business with you.
+You are in a position to stand pat and by just doing nothing smash
+Sledge Hume's little game all to flinders. He's counted on you, he's
+made sure in some way I don't know. But I am going to know before
+long. And I'm going to get Sledge Hume just where I want him! How?
+Wait and see. I'm going to get back the property he cheated me out of.
+How? I don't know and I don't care. And then--"
+
+She rose swiftly, her eyes blazing, her head lifted triumphantly as
+though already she had met the success she had set out to find.
+
+"And then, Wayne Shandon, you and I and Ruf Ettinger can take into our
+hands the thing that Sledge Hume has already half created for us!
+There is a fortune in it for every one of us."
+
+"I've told Ruf Ettinger already--" he began.
+
+The door opened suddenly and Mr. Dart came into the room.
+
+"Say, Red," he began with an important air, "I want to see you a
+minute, private. Hazel will excuse us, won't you?" with a rare smile
+and an abbreviated bow after Mr. Dart's best manner.
+
+"Hazel?" frowned Shandon.
+
+"Sure," grinned Dart. "We got chummy as twins riding over, didn't we?
+Come on, Red. This here is urgent."
+
+"It will have to wait, Dart. Miss--"
+
+"Hazleton," prompted Helga.
+
+"Sure," put in Dart. "Her uncle used to know my aunt in Poughkeepsie.
+Come on, Red."
+
+"Dart," cried Shandon, "you get out! We are busy."
+
+Dart went slowly back to the door, to the surprise of Shandon who knew
+so well the little man's tenacity.
+
+"Oh, well," he said mournfully from across the room. "Only Wanda
+said--"
+
+"You will excuse me a moment?" Wayne asked hurriedly. Dart, already
+outside was grinning broadly.
+
+"What is it?" queried Shandon.
+
+"Whatever it is it'll keep until we get where we can talk," was the
+dogged answer. "There's nobody in the bunk house. Come on."
+
+He hastened down the steps, Wayne following him. Only when they were
+in the bunk house, the door closed, the lamp lighted, did Dart speak.
+
+"First thing," he said abruptly, "Hazel's name begins with an H, but
+she spells it Helga!"
+
+"You little weasel! Well, what about it? And what about Miss Leland?"
+
+"Wanda's part will keep. Gee, Red, she's some swell dame, that
+Egyptian skirt, take it from me! She's got Macbeth's frau of the fairy
+tale faded to a finish, ain't she?"
+
+"Look here, Dart . . ."
+
+"It's cold weather," interrupted Dart. "Keep your undershirt on, Red.
+When your brother Archie mortgaged the Bar L-M . . ."
+
+"What fool's nonsense are you talking, Dart?" demanded Shandon.
+"Arthur never mortgaged--"
+
+"Uhuh. I thought you didn't know about it. Now I'm here to tell you
+something you ought to know. I guess the Weak Sister forgot to tell
+you about it. Archie mortgaged the Bar L-M, he socked a plaster worth
+twenty-five thousand dollars on it, _the day before somebody put him
+out_. Get that?"
+
+Wayne stared at him wonderingly. Suddenly he shot out his two hands
+and gripped Dart's shoulders, jerking the little man toward him
+threateningly.
+
+"What's your game, you little crook? You lie to me and I'll come so
+close to killing you we'll both be sorry."
+
+"Listen to that now," sighed Dart. "When one pal tries to wise another
+up--"
+
+"Talk fast," said Shandon sternly. "What are you talking about?"
+
+"Give me a chance to breathe and I'll spit it out. Your brother
+mortgaged the outfit for twenty-five thousand. You never heard about
+it. Some guy who was wise croaked him. Where's the twenty-five
+thousand? What's the answer?"
+
+"Good God!" muttered Shandon.
+
+Dart, suddenly released, moved a little further away and smoothed his
+coat collar.
+
+"The mortgage was held by a man I used to call a pal," he volunteered
+further. "I don't call him that any longer. I mean old Mart."
+
+"Martin Leland! You mean to tell me that Martin Leland held a mortgage
+over the Bar L-M for twenty-five thousand dollars and that I never
+heard of it?"
+
+"Yep," answered Dart lightly. "And three months ago he foreclosed.
+Funny, ain't it?"
+
+"It's impossible. It's one of your fool lies, Dart."
+
+"When I tell a lie, Red, I don't tell that kind. The whole thing was
+recorded nice and proper. All you got to do is go to the courthouse
+and look it up. I'd go for you, only the jail's in the basement and
+jails always give me a cold. Or, you can go ask the Weak Sister.
+He'll know about it. You gave him your power of attorney, didn't you?
+Oh, he'll know, all right."
+
+The two men stared at each other fixedly, the eyes of one frowning and
+penetrating, those of the other round and innocent.
+
+"I believe you are telling the truth," said Shandon slowly. "I don't
+see why you'd lie about a thing like this-- How do you know anything
+about it?" he asked suddenly.
+
+"How do I know Hazel's name is Helga?" smiled Dart. "There's tricks in
+every trade, Red."
+
+"If this thing is true--"
+
+"Go talk to the Weak Sister," said Dart briefly.
+
+Wayne swung about and without reply went swiftly down toward the
+corrals. Suddenly he stopped and came back.
+
+"You didn't tell me what Miss Leland said," he said shortly.
+
+Dart laughed in great amusement.
+
+"She didn't say anything. She's sore as a goat, though, Red. This
+Helga business sort of got on her nerves."
+
+Then Shandon went hurriedly toward the corrals.
+
+"Me," mused Dart, on his way to entertain Miss Helga Strawn during what
+might be a period of lonely waiting for her, "I'm almost
+chicken-hearted enough to feel sorry for the Weak Sister!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE TRUTH
+
+"Garth!"
+
+There was a peculiar sternness in Wayne Shandon's voice that made his
+cousin start in a way which, to Shandon's taut nerves, seemed instantly
+a sign of guilt. Conway finished the work he was doing, snapped the
+heavy padlock into the log chain, which fastened the double doors of
+the small building where odds and ends were stored during the winter,
+and came on through the snow, smiting his hands together to get the
+chilled blood running.
+
+"Hello, Wayne," he answered. "What's up?"
+
+"That's what I want to know," briefly. "What do you know about a
+mortgage on the Bar L-M?"
+
+It was too dark for Shandon to see the other's face clearly. He
+noticed that Garth hesitated just a second before answering.
+
+"What do you mean?" Conway's voice sought to be confident and failed.
+Shandon's fist snapped shut involuntarily. It was almost, he thought,
+as if Garth had answered him directly.
+
+"I mean just this: Did you know that the Bar L-M was mortgaged to
+Martin Leland for twenty-five thousand dollars?"
+
+Garth Conway would not have been himself but some very different man
+had there not been a considerable pause before he replied.
+
+"Yes," he said at last, a little doggedly. "I knew it."
+
+"Arthur mortgaged it the day he was killed? Or the day before?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And the mortgage was foreclosed three months ago?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And you never told me about it! Why?"
+
+"I should have done so, I suppose," Garth said nervously. "But--
+Well, the first thing you hit out for the East. You weren't attending
+to business then, Wayne. You wrote me to take charge of everything,
+not to bother you with ranch affairs. You gave me a power of
+attorney--"
+
+"I've been back half a year," said Shandon shortly. "I've been
+attending to business. Why haven't you told me?"
+
+Conway drew back a quick step as though he feared from his cousin's
+harsh voice that physical violence would follow.
+
+"I didn't think of it," he said weakly, and at the same time with a
+pitiful attempt at defiance.
+
+"You lie!"
+
+The words came distinctly enunciated, cold and hard, a little pause
+separating the two syllables so that each cut like a stab.
+
+"Look here, Wayne," Garth said stiffly, "if you, who have never done a
+single thing seriously in your life want to get sore because I have
+neglected a matter of no pressing importance--"
+
+"Good Lord!" cried Wayne. "No pressing importance! You'd handle my
+business for me, keep all knowledge of a foreclosure from me, until the
+year of redemption had passed? You'd let Martin Leland close me out,
+would you? You and Hume and Leland would take the water from the
+river. Good God! I never thought this sort of thing of you or Leland!
+You'd all get rich by smashing me, and then you, you two-faced little
+cur, would buy the Bar L-M back from Leland for nothing, with money
+you'd taken from Arthur and me! Why, you petit [Transcriber's note:
+petty?] larceny sneak, I don't know why I am talking with you instead
+of slapping your dirty face!"
+
+"If you will talk reasonably--"
+
+"Talk reasonably? You're damned right I will! Why did Arthur borrow
+twenty-five thousand dollars to begin with? What went with it? Who
+got it?"
+
+"I don't know what he wanted it for," snapped Garth. "I don't know
+what went with it. I suppose the man who murdered him robbed him, too."
+
+"You don't mean he had a sum like that with him in cash?"
+
+"Yes. He insisted upon it. I was with Leland when the money was
+turned over."
+
+"And you--_forgot_--to tell me that!"
+
+Conway, though his lips moved, made no audible reply. Wayne stood
+staring at him a moment, his face white with passion. Suddenly he
+cried out in a voice shaking with fury as he lifted one hand high above
+his head and brought it smashing down into his open palm.
+
+"Get off of the place!" he shouted. "Sneak back to Leland; go whimper
+about Sledge Hume's legs. Tell Leland that I said that you are a
+damned scoundrel and that he's another! Tell him that I said that I am
+going to make the whole thieving pack of you eat out of my hand before
+I let up on you. And now, for God's sake, go!"
+
+He whirled and went back to the house with long strides. He flung wide
+the door, and as he came swiftly to the fireplace, his face still white
+and hard, he thrust out his hand to Helga Strawn, grasping hers as
+though it had been a man's.
+
+"I'm with you," he said crisply. "I'll see Ruf Ettinger myself
+to-morrow."
+
+Her eyes which had been frowning during Dart's latest attempt to be
+entertaining, grew suddenly brilliant, her cheeks flushed happily.
+
+"Dart," Wayne, continued, turning to the little man who had begun
+nodding his head approvingly when Wayne's shoulder had struck the door
+and who was still nodding, "you've done me a good turn to-night. I'm
+not ungrateful. But Miss--"
+
+"Hazleton," prompted Dart.
+
+"--will have to be going right away and I want to talk with her alone."
+
+"Sure," agreed Dart. "I'll get my book and go down to the bunk house.
+I'm reading a swell story about a guy named Jupiter and a skirt named--"
+
+For the first and only time on record Willie Dart stopped his flow of
+words because of the look he saw on a man's face. He went out
+snatching his book from the table as he passed. On his way to the bunk
+house he stopped long enough to shake his head and rub his chin.
+
+"I'm giving odds, ten to one," he reflected, "that the Weak Sister
+don't loaf around here all night counting snowflakes."
+
+"Something has happened, Mr. Shandon," Helga said sharply.
+
+Shandon laughed shortly and picked up his pipe.
+
+"A great deal has happened," he told her. "I've been a fool and an
+overgrown baby long enough. Let's get down to business. You can't
+stay here all night."
+
+She shrugged her shoulders.
+
+"For want of a chaperon, I suppose? I'm not worried about what people
+say or think, Mr. Shandon. And, besides, there's no place to go."
+
+"You can't stay, any way," he answered a little roughly. "You can get
+back to the Leland place. They'll keep you over night. Now, let's get
+this thing straight. You hope to get back your property from Hume?"
+
+Swiftly their roles had changed; he was dominant now, he asked his
+question in a tone that demanded an answer and she gave the answer.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"How?"
+
+"I can't tell you definitely. If you'll come to me in two weeks or a
+month I can tell you. For one thing, Hume is a man, I am a woman."
+
+"You are going to try to make him fall in love with you?"
+
+"Other men have done it," she said indifferently.
+
+"Other men are not Sledge Hume. But that is your end of it. I am
+going to tie up Ruf Ettinger and any other stragglers I can get my
+hands on. If you can get back the property we'll take you in. We'll
+form a company, we'll pool our interests. We'll force these other
+fellows to sell to us at our own figure, by the Lord! I've got the
+water!"
+
+"If I could force Sledge Hume to sell his inherited interest to me,"
+she cried, "if I could make him sell to me as I sold to him, for a
+wretched twenty-five thousand dollars--"
+
+"What!" he broke in excitedly. "How much did Hume pay you?"
+
+"Twenty-five thousand. Why?" curiously.
+
+"_When_?"
+
+"I remember the date exactly."
+
+She told him. It was barely two weeks after the death of Arthur
+Shandon.
+
+Sudden suspicion in Wayne Shandon's brain had sprung full grown into
+positive certainty.
+
+"If you can't get your property back one way," was the last thing he
+said, "I can get it for you in another. Helga Strawn, you had better
+leave Sledge Hume to me."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+SHANDON TAKES HIS STAND
+
+Dart had been quite right concerning the actions of Garth Conway. It
+hardly required a clairvoyant mother for any man who knew both Conway
+and Wayne Shandon to predict the haste with which Conway saddled and
+left the Bar L-M, nor the direction he went.
+
+"Old Mart's going to sleep restless to-night," mused Dart, to whom the
+adventures of a guy named Jupiter, and a skirt who shall be nameless,
+no longer appealed. "Them haymakers don't know enough to walk crooked
+and cover their tracks the same time. Now with Red on the war path,
+and me shaping his play right along--"
+
+He grew deeply thoughtful over the delightful possibilities unfolding
+to his highly coloured imagination. There was going to be something
+doing now that would put an edge to this dull life. With what was
+equivalent to a lining up of forces and an open declaration of
+hostilities, with Red on the one hand pitted against the trio whom Dart
+called the Haymakers, with a murder mystery to untangle, a robbery to
+solve, and--not to be forgotten--Little Saxon guarded through the
+winter months so that a winning horserace could be run in the spring,
+Mr. Dart looked forward happily to a very busy time. Then there was
+the Dry Valley irrigation scheme of which his limited knowledge must be
+enlarged immediately, in order that he might "scrape up a few beans and
+get them down while the game was wide open." And there was Helga
+Strawn.
+
+"I wouldn't have missed this here," said Mr. Dart solemnly, nodding his
+head at a picture in his book of a lady without arms or superfluous
+clothing, "not for the boodle of a U. S. senator."
+
+He went to the bunk house door in time to see Garth riding out of the
+corral, his horse floundering awkwardly in the drifts that were
+steadily piling higher. Dart spat contemptuously.
+
+"A measly little cur," he declared softly. "Crooked just because he
+ain't got the guts to go straight. Them's the worst kind. They get
+scared stiff and shoot you when you come in late, thinking you're a
+second-story artist, and then they're sorry. Chances are he's
+repenting right now and wishing he was dead and by morning he'll be
+doing the knife act some more."
+
+While Dart meditated, planned and philosophised, Wayne Shandon prepared
+a quick meal for Helga Strawn.
+
+"I know you're done up already," he said, "but it can't be helped.
+You've got to get back to the Echo Creek to-night, if for no other
+reason because it may be the last chance you'll have to get out at all."
+
+"You mean the snow?"
+
+"Yes. A horse can carry you through to-night; to-morrow, if this keeps
+up, the poor brute would have his work cut out to get through alone.
+If you'll help yourself and see that your clothes are good and dry I'll
+go out and get the horses ready."
+
+"Horses? You are going with me?"
+
+"No," he said emphatically. "I haven't been going to Mr. Leland's home
+for a long time. After what I have learned to-night I suppose that
+I'll never go there again. I am going to send Dart with you."
+
+"What have you learned?" she asked quickly. "You mean what I have told
+you?"
+
+"No. It is something which I am afraid I can't talk about just yet,
+Miss Strawn. Now, if you will excuse me a minute?"
+
+He went down to the stable, saw that both Helga's horse and Old Bots
+had a feeding of barley, and fed his own saddle animal.
+
+"I'll have to fight my way out on webs tomorrow," he mused. "I can
+lead you until we get across the ridge where the snow will be lighter."
+
+Then he went to Dart in the bunk house.
+
+"Dart," he called abruptly, "you'd better come up to the house and get
+something to eat. Then you've got to get ready to ride."
+
+"Ride?" demanded Dart, a little anxiously. "You mean me and Old Bots
+and the chariot?"
+
+"You can't make it," Shandon told him positively. "I don't know how
+you managed to get back from the Echo Creek with the cart. You'll have
+to go on horseback now, whether you like it or not."
+
+"Where am I going, Chief?"
+
+"To the Leland's. Miss Hazleton is going back and I want you to go
+with her. You'd have to go in the morning anyway and it will be easier
+if you go right away. And I want you to do something for me."
+
+"Love's little messenger again?" grinned Dart. "Gee, Red, I'm turning
+into a regular carrier pigeon."
+
+"I am going to write a short note to Miss Leland," Shandon went on
+quietly. "I want you to give it to her to-night. And I don't want
+anybody to see you do it. Will you do that for me?"
+
+"Did I ever turn a pal down?" reproachfully. "But, say, Red; I'm just
+healed up good from my ride in here last summer. Can't I walk?"
+
+Shandon laughed and the two men hurried together back to the house.
+Helga, who was still eating, looked up at them with frank curiosity as
+they came in. Her eyes rested longest upon Dart; her contempt for him
+had passed or else she had resolved to hide it and appear friendly.
+Through the brief meal he strove constantly to be entertaining, and his
+little sallies which had formerly elicited nothing beyond her silent
+contempt now provoked her ready laughter.
+
+"It ain't a little jolt of brandy that made the difference, either,"
+Dart informed himself thoughtfully in the midst of an enthusiastic
+recital of the gallant way in which his pal, Red, had saved him from a
+horrible death in some wonderful land whose geographical location he
+failed to make perfectly clear. "She's wise I'm the gent with a noodle
+full of things she's dying to know. Red ain't told her what I told
+him. We're sure going to have an awful chummy time on our jingle bell
+party back to old Mart's."
+
+And he went on with his tale until Wayne returning from the kitchen
+stopped him.
+
+Shandon had written his note and gave it to Dart as the two men went
+out to saddle the horses. Ten minutes later Helga Strawn and her guide
+left the Bar L-M. During the long ride, although Dart seemed the most
+ingenuous of creatures, Helga Strawn obtained no satisfactory report of
+the news which he had brought and which had so obviously steeled
+Shandon's will.
+
+An hour before they came to the Echo Creek the snow ceased abruptly and
+it began to rain.
+
+When at last they reached the ranch house the girl was clinging wearily
+to the horn of her saddle, drenched to the skin, her face pinched and
+white and drawn from cold and the hardest day's physical work her
+woman's body had ever buffeted through. When Dart glanced at her in
+the lamplight of the living room he filed a swift mental note of the
+fact that what Helga Strawn set out to do she was very likely to
+accomplish. For her eyes, their brilliancy undimmed, their calculating
+penetration unaltered, told of a fighting spirit which no bodily
+fatigue could touch.
+
+There had been only two lights burning in the house; one in Martin's
+private room from which came the voices of Garth Conway and Leland
+himself; one in Wanda's bedroom. But at Dart's knock both Wanda and
+her mother hastened to receive them, replenished the fireplace until it
+roared lustily in its deep throat, found warm, dry clothing and hot
+drinks, and made them comfortable for the night. If Wanda were "sore"
+as Dart had expressed it, she did not in any way give evidence of it.
+
+"Them ginneys that go chasing off to climb the North Pole," was Dart's
+cheery comment as he reappeared from a brief absence in the kitchen,
+"ain't going to find me choking up the trail in front of 'em. This
+here is good enough for me."
+
+In the kitchen he had changed his own outer, soaked clothing for a suit
+of Martin's which Mrs. Leland had given him, and now the general effect
+of his appearance was that of a very small boy in a very large hat.
+But he had not forgotten to transfer Wayne's note with the transfer of
+garments. And when Wanda left the room presently for the sandwich Dart
+had requested he followed her, his coat and trousers seeming to flow
+about him and after him with a will of their own.
+
+"Love and kisses from Red," he whispered, handing her the note.
+
+And be it said to the credit of Mr. Willie Dart that, although he had
+been perfectly aware that there was a steaming kettle of water on the
+kitchen stove, his haste had been so great to deliver the message that
+he had not taken time to avail himself of the opportunity.
+
+
+That night Wanda went quietly about her preparation for to-morrow. Her
+skis, gathering dust in the attic, were brought down, cleaned and given
+the thin coat of shellac which, drying by morning, would put them in
+shape. A glance outdoors showed her that it had stopped raining and
+was clear and cold. There would be a good crust formed during the
+night. Shandon's note, which she read more than once, ran:--
+
+"Dear Wanda--Will you try to meet me at your cliff to-morrow? I have
+something which I must tell you.
+
+"WAYNE."
+
+
+All night, waking or sleeping, Wanda was restless and worried. She had
+guessed swiftly that the thing Wayne was going to tell her had
+something to do with Helga Strawn; it might also have something to do
+with Garth and Martin Leland. Garth had been strangely agitated when
+he burst into the house. Then he and her father were closeted for a
+long time in the study, their voices at times raised in what sounded
+like anger, at times lowered almost to whispers. She knew that Martin
+had gone out to the men's quarters, that Jim had saddled his horse and
+ridden away upon some errand which must have been born of Garth's
+coming. She felt that it all was in some way connected with Wayne
+Shandon and she was a little afraid.
+
+In the morning, as Wanda made her early breakfast alone, a glance
+outside at the white world showed her that where there had been jagged
+rocks and logs strewn upon the hillsides, now there were only smooth
+mounds. Tree stumps and fences, their identity already lost, were
+hooded things that in another two days would be completely covered and
+hidden.
+
+The girl buckled her arctics upon her warmly stockinged feet, drew her
+hood down over her ears, strapped on her skis and slipped on her
+mittens before she left the kitchen. From the back door which in
+summer was three feet above ground she pushed her way out upon the
+level snow. Then, through a white world of silence she moved quietly
+through the clear, crisp morning.
+
+She arrived early at the cliffs, but already Shandon, although he had
+travelled further, was before her. For the last quarter of a mile she
+had travelled in the deeper tracks, which his broader skis and heavier
+weight had made. Already he had gone ahead of her up the great cedar,
+as she saw by the branches from which he had scraped the snow. And
+when she came to the top and peeped into the cave she saw him piling
+wood upon the fire he had blazing to welcome her.
+
+"God bless you," he said tenderly. "You came."
+
+"Of course I came," she answered. "Now tell me, Wayne. What is it?"
+
+First he made her draw off her sweater and arctics and take the stool
+he placed at the fire for her.
+
+"Wanda," he began, at last, "I've got something to tell you that's
+going to be hard telling. I have hoped all along that things would
+smooth themselves out for us, that in due time your father would come
+to see that neither he nor any other man has the right to stand in the
+way of our happiness. But now, dear, there is no hope of that.
+Matters are bad enough now, God knows. And they are going to get
+worse. Do you love me very much, Wanda?"
+
+"You know that I do," she answered simply.
+
+"So much that you could cleave to me through everything? Even when the
+unpleasantness which already exists between your father and me grows
+into positive, hard, open opposition? On my part as well as his?"
+
+"Is it so bad as that, Wayne?" she asked, her eyes darkening a little.
+
+"Yes," he answered bitterly. "It is worse than you know. You will
+find it as hard to believe as I found it."
+
+"Tell me." She looked up at him bravely enough, but he knew how this
+thing hurt her, and how it was going to hurt her when he told
+everything. Hastily, to have it over with, he repeated Dart's story
+and told of the quarrel with Garth.
+
+"I believe," he said slowly, "that Dart told me the truth throughout.
+I don't know how he found it out, but in part I know he was right.
+Arthur mortgaged the Bar L-M to your father for twenty-five thousand
+dollars. You know how I went away then, how I authorised Garth to act
+for me just as though he were the actual owner of the property. Dart
+says that three months ago the mortgage was foreclosed. That was just
+before I came home. I heard nothing of it. He swears that he saw the
+sheriff's certificate of sale to your father. In California law due
+notice must be served upon a man whose property is threatened with sale
+to satisfy the holder of the mortgage. From the date of that sale
+until a year later the original owner has what is termed a year of
+redemption during which, at any time, upon his paying the amount of the
+mortgage and all costs, he may regain his property. Do you follow me,
+Wanda?"
+
+"Yes. Go on, Wayne."
+
+"Had I not been away, had I not furthermore given to Garth my power of
+attorney, that first service of notice of foreclosure would have come
+to me. It came to Garth instead; it had to come to him. By his simply
+ignoring the matter, failing to appear in court or to be represented by
+a lawyer when the matter was called, he allowed the Bar L-M to be sold
+to pay the promissory note of twenty-five thousand given by Arthur to
+your father. Your father bought in the property himself. It is now
+his and not mine; it would become absolutely his, with clear title, if
+I should allow this year of redemption to pass without paying off the
+twenty-five thousand and costs. And that is certainly what would have
+happened if I had not learned of the whole wretched deal, through Dart,
+last night."
+
+For a long time she did not answer. Even Wayne Shandon, who thought
+that he knew how the girl loved and venerated her father, could not
+guess how deeply this thing cut her. Presently, steadying her voice,
+she said:
+
+"You are absolutely sure of this, Wayne?"
+
+"No. Not in every detail. But in enough to make me more than ready to
+believe it, Wanda. Garth himself admitted the mortgage, and confessed
+that he had known of it all along from the day it was made, and said he
+knew that your father held it. Why didn't he tell me? Why didn't Mr.
+Leland tell me? Why have they gone on with their plan of irrigation
+without making me an offer for the water right without which their
+whole plan falls to pieces?"
+
+"There is only one thing to do, Wayne. You must come back with me. We
+must go straight to papa and ask him."
+
+"Wanda," he answered gently, "I have fought this out all night. I hope
+that never in our lives will there come a time when you ask me to do a
+thing that I cannot do. Will you try to see this from my point of
+view? My first thought was to go to your father and to ask him for an
+explanation, just as it is your first thought. But what good could it
+do? In a few days now I shall go to the court house in El Toyon. If
+there was a mortgage, as Dart swears and Garth himself admits, it will
+be on record there. If notice of foreclosure were properly served, and
+foreclosure were then made in default of my appearance, or because
+Garth did not go or send a representative, if the sheriff's certificate
+of sale was made, the whole transaction will have been placed on
+record. _If_ all of this is true, Wanda, and I am very much afraid
+that it is, then, girl of mine, is there any reason in the world why I
+should go to Martin Leland with it?" His voice had hardened, and
+though he did not know it, Wanda had noticed the change in tone.
+"Can't you see," he went on deliberately, "that after the way I have
+been treated I have the right to expect your father to come to me if
+there is any explaining to do?"
+
+"I can't believe it," she said faintly, though belief was already
+strong within her. "Why should my father do a thing like that? Do you
+know, Wayne, that you are accusing him of a very ugly thing?"
+
+"Yes," he said, his tone suddenly gentle again. "I am sorry for you,
+Wanda. But can't you see that if this is true there is only one thing
+in the world for me to do?"
+
+"But," and the question uppermost in her mind demanded repetition, "why
+should my father so soil his hands."
+
+"Aren't there many reasons? If he really believes that I killed
+Arthur, if for lack of evidence or for some other reason he feels that
+the law cannot touch me, wouldn't he come to tell himself--"
+
+"Oh," she cried impetuously, "that would be mean and cowardly! For him
+to tell himself that robbing you would be justifiable because he was
+punishing a man he deemed guilty! It would be braver, more like a man,
+to do it for the hot reason of hatred."
+
+After the silence with which Wayne answered her it was Wanda who again
+spoke.
+
+"Wayne," she asked quietly, "is this all you have to tell me?"
+
+"No. I want you to understand what I am going to do, what I must do,
+if this is all true. It is what they have driven me to do, unless I
+prove myself to be what your father thinks me, a weak willed, worthless
+do-nothing. You don't want me to be that, Wanda?"
+
+"No," she replied thoughtfully. "I want you to be a man."
+
+"Then," he cried sharply, "there is man's work cut out for me! I have
+twenty-five thousand dollars and more to raise in a very short time. I
+have my reply to make to men who have used me as a fool! I have the
+water that the Dry Valley needs. I can go on with the thing which they
+have tried to do, I can whip them at their own game, playing mine open
+with the cards on the table. I can refuse to be the toad under the
+stone; I can make my fight to have my rights. Against opposition that
+has been underhanded I can offer opposition that is a man's answer to a
+challenge. It is they, not I, who began the trouble. Had Martin
+Leland come to me and asked for a water right, I should have given it
+to him freely as you know. Why, the woman who came to you last night--"
+
+"Miss Hazleton?" she said very quietly, though the girl's heart was
+beating hard as she waited for his answer.
+
+"Helga Strawn," he answered bluntly. "Hume's cousin."
+
+Her smile, a little wistful but with a quick flash of gladness,
+surprised him. And he did not understand when she rose swiftly and
+came to him and put her arms round his neck.
+
+"I am afraid that I have been naughty, Wayne," she whispered. "No,
+I'll tell you some other time. Tell me about her."
+
+He told her Helga's vague plan, showed her the chance for him with
+Ettinger, Norfolk and the stragglers lined up with him.
+
+"I love you, Wanda," he said suddenly at the end. "So much that what
+you want done is the thing that I must do. But you must see very
+clearly that the time has come when I must play the man's part or the
+weakling's."
+
+"First you are going to be very sure? Sure that papa has done this?"
+
+"Yes, dear."
+
+"Then," she said, lifting her face to his, her eyes shining, "if you
+find it true I want you to do the man's part, Wayne. You knew that I
+would, didn't you, Wayne?"
+
+"Yes," he whispered. "God bless you, yes."
+
+"And, Wayne, dear--"
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"Do you think that Helga Strawn is very beautiful?"
+
+Whereupon he laughed happily at her, and despite the cloud in their sky
+which had grown suddenly bigger and blacker so that the shadow of it
+lay across their lives, they were very gay together.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+HUME PLAYS A TRUMP
+
+Before Wanda and Wayne had finished making merry over their little
+luncheon in the cave, each striving bravely to look at the future
+honestly and unafraid, to look upon the present contentedly, an event
+had happened that was already shaping their lives in a way which they
+could not foresee. Sledge Hume had come to the Echo Creek.
+
+During the past night, shortly after the arrival of Garth Conway, Jim
+had ridden from the range house to the nearest village, something less
+than a dozen miles down the valley, with orders to telephone a message
+to Hume. The message, a mystery in itself to Jim, had been clear
+enough to the man to whom it was sent and had brought him hastening
+across the fifty miles lying between his ranch in the Dry Lands and the
+Echo Creek. In the darkness he had come on as far as he could, until
+the snow stopped him. He had spent the night at a house twenty miles
+from Leland's place and now, hours before he could reasonably have been
+expected, he entered Martin's study unceremoniously.
+
+"So there's hell to pay," he said shortly by way of greeting. "The red
+headed fool has discovered something, has he?"
+
+He flung off his coat and strode to the fireplace. Garth and Leland
+were together, had been together all morning, planning what was to be
+done. Hume stared at Leland frowningly and then slowly transferred his
+regard to Conway.
+
+"I suppose your brains have been leaking out of your mouth again," he
+said contemptuously.
+
+Garth, his agitation of last night having left him nervous and
+irritable, retorted hotly.
+
+"Gentlemen," said Leland gravely, "may I remind you that this is hardly
+a time for personal recriminations? We are not here to quarrel with
+one another. I sent you word immediately, Mr. Hume, not because I saw
+any necessity for your coming here but that you might know what we have
+to expect at the earliest possible moment. Garth and myself have been
+talking it over--"
+
+"Talking!" exploded Hume angrily. "Well, I didn't come to talk.
+There's going to be something besides a puling string of words now."
+
+"If you have a suggestion--"
+
+"You bet I have! I've been expecting just this thing ever since you
+began playing the game with Conway there as a stool pigeon. If we'd
+have sent him on a trip to Paris and paid his expenses we'd have saved
+trouble and money. Can I have a drink and something to eat? I'm half
+starved."
+
+"Certainly. But your suggestion--"
+
+"Is already working. I'm going to make it so hot for Red Shandon that
+he'll come to time the first show he gets. MacKelvey is on the jump
+and not over an hour or two behind me. It's time for trumps now,
+Leland."
+
+Martin jerked his head up at MacKelvey's name and stared at Hume with
+keen, hard eyes.
+
+"You're making a bold play, Mr. Hume."
+
+"Well?" challenged Hume. "Isn't it high time for it? We might have
+bought the water from Shandon before and have been better off. You
+wouldn't stand for it; you had to gobble everything for nothing. We
+took the chance. It wasn't a bad gamble either, considering Shandon
+was away the first year and is a fool to boot. But you've lost on it.
+Now when you go to him and ask for the water he's going to laugh at
+you. But lock him up, charged with murder, make him believe that we
+can stretch his neck for him and he'll hang, or by God, he will come to
+time. Now I want a drink and something to eat. You and Conway can
+spend the day talking if you like; I've got a day's work cut out ahead
+of me."
+
+"You're going with MacKelvey?"
+
+Hume laughed and threw back his coat, showing the deputy sheriff's star
+under it.
+
+"I had Mac swear me in six months ago," he answered. "Yes, I'm going
+with him."
+
+Martin Leland rose and preceded Hume to the door.
+
+"I shall ask my wife to see that you have something to eat right away,"
+he said quietly. "First, Mr. Hume, I want you to know that Garth has
+not been doing any talking, as you have suspected."
+
+Hume merely lifted his heavy shoulders.
+
+"And," Leland added, a little more sharply, "I want you to know also
+that there is a woman here, a Miss Hazleton, whom we don't know
+anything about excepting that she went to Shandon's last night, and
+after her talk with him he rushed out to Garth demanding to be told
+about the mortgage. Just where she fits in I don't know. She might be
+anything from a chorus girl to a Reno widow."
+
+"Oho," cried Hume, his brows suddenly drawn blackly. "He's getting a
+woman mixed up in his affairs, is he? That shows how much sense he
+has. Where is she now?"
+
+"Here. She has asked to go out with us tomorrow."
+
+Hume made no answer but shoving his hands into his pockets strode after
+Leland into the living room. He stopped at the door, a little startled
+by the vision which confronted him as Helga Strawn turned quickly from
+the window, where she had been frowning at the blinding glare of the
+snow without, and faced him.
+
+She wore the clothes in which she had gone through the storm, but a hot
+iron had taken the wrinkles out and they fitted her superb figure
+admirably. Hume did not notice the clothes, he saw only the woman.
+She inclined her head just a little to her host, with no softening of
+the cold features. Upon Hume she bestowed a casual glance that came
+and went indifferently.
+
+"Miss Hazleton," said Martin curtly, "this is Mr. Hume."
+
+The eyes of the two men were keen upon her as the name was spoken. As
+Martin had said they did not know where this woman fitted in; it was
+their business to find out.
+
+Again she bowed, very slightly. If she felt any flicker of interest,
+of surprise, that Hume was here, she did not betray it.
+
+"How do you do, Mr. Hume?" was what she said, as indifferently as
+though in reality she had no interest in the man or knowledge of him.
+
+Martin left the room and went to the kitchen in search of Mrs. Leland.
+Hume came to the window where Helga was standing.
+
+"So you are a friend of Red Shandon's, are you?" he said bluntly.
+
+"Am I?" The lift of her brows asked him very plainly what he meant by
+that and what business it was of his.
+
+"Yes," he retorted a little warmly, perhaps for the mere reason that
+her very carriage hinted at a will ready to cross swords with his, and
+Sledge Hume was not a man to tolerate opposition in a woman. "You told
+him that the mortgage had been foreclosed."
+
+"Did I?" coolly.
+
+"And, if you care to know," he went on roughly, "you have thereby piled
+up a lot of trouble for your friend Shandon."
+
+There was rare impudence in the laughter with which she answered him.
+
+"I have a way of judging a man when I first see him," she said, her
+smile now flashing her amusement at him. "I didn't think that you were
+going to be as stupid as the rest."
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"I mean," and she turned back to the window, "that what happens to
+Shandon or any other man in the world is absolutely immaterial so far
+as I am concerned. Please don't think that I'm a tender hearted little
+thing who is going to cry if you slap another man's face."
+
+"You mean that you are not a friend of Shandon?" cynically.
+
+"Your way of opening a conversation with a woman you have just met is
+charmingly unique! If you are trying to get something out of me you
+are going the wrong way about it, aren't you? You have already let out
+twice as much as I have!"
+
+"Have I?"
+
+"Yes. You have told me that there was a mortgage of which I knew
+nothing; that it has been concealed from Shandon; that he has learned
+about it; that it upsets your kettle of fish in some way; that you are
+going to make things hot for him because of it. All that is a good
+deal of information to give a stranger in less than a minute's time,
+don't you think, Mr. Hume?"
+
+He laughed and yet his eyes hardened and narrowed upon her.
+
+"You are welcome to what I have told you," he retorted. "It will be
+common talk in twenty-four hours."
+
+She gave no sign of having heard. Her indifference vaguely irritated
+him.
+
+"Look here, Miss Hazleton," he said significantly. "I'll tell you
+something else as long as I am pouring out my heart to you," a sneer
+under the words. "Before I'm done with Shandon he won't have a boot
+for his foot or a leg to walk on. And anybody who ties up with him is
+going to get smashed the same way!"
+
+"It is very kind of you to warn me beforehand," she laughed softly.
+"The fact that I have no interest whatever in Mr. Shandon certainly
+should not lessen my gratitude to you, should it?"
+
+"You want me to believe that?"
+
+"Really there is only one thing which I do want you to believe," she
+said in return. "Just that it would be very strange if I should care
+one way or the other what you think. Isn't it perfectly glorious the
+way the sun strikes the snow?"
+
+Helga Strawn's keen womanly perception had in no way misled her
+concerning her relative's nature. A compelling, masterful disposition
+like Sledge Hume's grows accustomed to having its way. She was coolly
+treating him as it was his role to treat others; and he did not like
+the change of roles. He realised that the conversation had come to an
+end. At the same time he knew that if he turned and left her, his
+usual way when all had been said, he would be taking his dismissal like
+a schoolboy. And he knew that as she looked out over the snow she
+would be smiling.
+
+"I have heard," he went on stubbornly, "of a woman going to see
+Ettinger and Norfolk. It was you. Now you come to see Shandon. Do
+you think that I am fool enough to believe that you are not interested
+in the same thing I am?"
+
+"Ah!" she said, turning swiftly. "But I did not say that I was not
+interested in the irrigation of Dry Valley. I am!"
+
+"And," his old weapon, a sneer, coming back, "you are not interested in
+Shandon?"
+
+"Not that much." She snapped her white fingers and Hume saw the
+sparkle of rings. "Shandon is a fool. So is Ettinger. I am not
+interested in fools." She paused a moment, her brilliant eyes meeting
+his. "Are you a fool like the rest, Sledge Hume?"
+
+She puzzled him, this woman who should have been that weak, inefficient
+thing which Hume's conceit pictured all of her sex. He began to be a
+little more upon his guard in talking with her.
+
+"No." He contented himself with the one word, only his eyes demanding
+an explanation.
+
+"I don't think much of your associates," she informed him.
+
+"You mean Leland?"
+
+"He is bad enough. Garth Conway is worse. They are poor sort of men
+to swing a big deal."
+
+"They are not swinging it," he said bluntly.
+
+"You are?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+Again she paused, her tapering fingers drumming idly upon the glass
+through which once more she was looking out upon the shining snow.
+
+"I was coming to talk with you anyway in a day or so," she said after a
+little. "I have fifty thousand dollars available. Can you use it?"
+
+In spite of him he started. She spoke of the matter so coolly, so
+indifferently. And there had never been the time yet when Sledge Hume
+could not use fifty thousand dollars very readily.
+
+"Go on," he said.
+
+"I saw the other side first," she returned. "They have a bigger chance
+than you. But there is not a man among them. If you know what you are
+doing, if you know _how_ to do it, you will make and they will break.
+I want to get in on the winning side. That's all."
+
+"And if we can't make a place for you?"
+
+"Then I'll make one for myself. I'll see the farmers again. I'll make
+them organise instead of bickering. I'll swing the controlling vote
+myself. If fifty thousand won't do it I'll put the rest in. And then
+we'll buy you and your crowd out or we'll sell you water or you'll go
+to pieces so badly that the sheriff will sell you out!"
+
+Hume laughed. And yet he recognised swiftly that here was a woman to
+reckon with, that a fresh element had entered the game he was playing.
+
+"You have a wonderful amount of confidence," he said.
+
+"In myself," she retorted meaningly.
+
+"I think," he said thoughtfully, passing over her remark without
+answer, "that I can make a place for you, if you've really got the
+money."
+
+"I think that you can," she assured him.
+
+And so Helga Strawn played the first card in the game with her
+relative, Sledge Hume.
+
+
+The sheriff, armed with a warrant for the arrest of Wayne Shandon, and
+accompanied by two deputies arrived at the Echo Creek a little before
+noon. They had left their horses at the same ranch house where Hume
+had stayed last night, coming on up the valley on snowshoes. They went
+immediately to Martin's study, from there to the dining room, then back
+to the study. Martin, Hume and Garth Conway remained with them, their
+voices coming in a low drone to the three women in the other part of
+the house. The nervousness and anxiety of both Mrs. Leland and Julia
+did not escape the sharp eyes of Helga Strawn.
+
+"Hume is beginning his dirty work," she mused. "A trumped up charge of
+some kind to get Shandon out of the way for a while."
+
+"I got your message," MacKelvey told Hume half angrily. "And I got
+busy because it's my sworn duty, not because I hankered after the job.
+Your man in El Toyon swore out the warrant as you said he would. But
+it looks damn' funny to me that if you fellows believe that Shandon
+killed his brother you had to wait until now to say so. And you can
+take my word for it I'd have taken my time about getting here if I
+hadn't known that Mr. Leland was with you in the matter."
+
+A little after noon, the sheriff with his men left for the Bar L-M.
+Garth assured them that Wayne could hardly get away before the late
+afternoon or the following morning, for the reason that when he left
+the ranch there had been a number of things yet to do before the place
+was closed up for the winter. MacKelvey and one of the men with him
+went on webs; Hume and the other man on skis.
+
+A hundred yards from the house they came upon Willie Dart. He had
+travelled thus far on a pair of skis which he had found in the attic,
+had struggled manfully but hopelessly to manage the narrow strips of
+wood which pigeon toed and tripped him or interfered with each other
+behind him, refusing the parallelism to which Mr. Dart strove wildly to
+restrain them. He had fallen when they reached him and was standing to
+his waist in the snow, his face red, the perspiration trickling down
+his cheeks.
+
+"Oho!" laughed Hume loudly. "So you were on your way to warn him, were
+you?"
+
+"You big boob, you!" shrieked Dart. "Get down and I'll shove your face
+in for you!"
+
+So they left him to struggle his way back to the house, Hume's laughter
+booming back above the shrill imprecations of the little man. There
+were tears, genuine tears in Willie Dart's eyes.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+THE SHORT CUT
+
+Wanda Leland, her lithe body bending gracefully and easily as she drove
+her light skis over the glistening crust of the snow, shot down the
+last long slope in a sort of ecstasy inspired by the exhiliration of
+silent speed and the crisp brightness of the early afternoon. Stooping
+forward a little she took the short leap across the three foot wide
+gulch at the base of the knoll upon which the house stood, and laughed
+aloud as she landed and with gathered impetus sped a score of feet up
+the knoll itself.
+
+She had left Wayne happy in the two things which mattered: He loved her
+even as she loved him; he was a strong man and a true. There was still
+sadness in her breast but it was but a sunspot in the great glory of
+her happiness. But now suddenly, even while her lips curved redly to
+her gay laughter, was the gladness to go out of her.
+
+She saw Willie Dart upon the porch, saw him start towards her in an
+eagerness little less than frantic. He fairly hurled himself from the
+steps into the deep snow, floundered helplessly, and progressing by
+hard fought inches came on to meet her. As her skis, running up hill,
+came slowly to a stop she watched him with amused eyes. But when she
+saw his face, twisted with despair, she grew suddenly afraid.
+
+"They've gone to arrest Red!" he wailed. "The sheriff and Hume and two
+other guys. Where is he?"
+
+"He has gone back to the Bar L-M," she answered swiftly. "What do you
+mean?"
+
+"I mean them crooks have gone to arrest him for murder," he called to
+her. "They left nearly an hour ago. It's a skin game of the worst
+kind. They want him tied up so they can work some sneaking gag and rob
+him of his land. Hume wants him where he can't ride a race in the
+spring so he'll grab Red's five thousand. The money's already up. God
+knows what else they've got up their dirty sleeves."
+
+For one dizzy moment the girl grew faint with fear. And when that
+moment passed she saw clearly that as matters stood Wayne Shandon had a
+man's work ahead of him. Thrown into jail, charged with so serious a
+crime as fratricide, with Hume, and perhaps her own father, doing
+everything in the world that they could do to hamper him, he would be
+carrying a handicap to break the back of a man's hope.
+
+"They mustn't do this thing!" she cried passionately, the eyes that had
+been tender a moment ago growing fierce. "Does my father know this?"
+
+"Sure," grunted Dart disgustedly. "He's one of the combine."
+
+"And they left an hour ago?"
+
+"Seems like a million years. It must be awful close to an hour. Say,
+Wanda, I tried, honest to God, I did--"
+
+She did not hear. She had turned away from him and was staring at the
+long billowing sweep of snow lying between her and those men who had
+gone to arrest Wayne Shandon. She saw the broken imprints of the
+Canadian snowshoes, the smooth tracks of the skis, and demanded sharply:
+
+"Which men wore the webs?"
+
+"Them tennis racket things? MacKelvey and one of his thieves."
+
+He looked at her wonderingly. What difference did that make? But
+Wanda took no time for explanations. She was thinking swiftly that
+MacKelvey would be the man to make the arrest, that the others would
+accommodate their gait to his, that upon a crust like this the Canadian
+shoes could make no such speed as a pair of skis.
+
+"Tell mamma, no one else, where I have gone," she cried.
+
+And, swinging about, she took the side of the knoll in a long sweep,
+shot down into a hollow, rose upon the far side, crossed the trail that
+the four men had made, seemed to Mr. Dart's staring eyes to be
+balancing a moment upon a line where snow and sky met and then was gone
+from him, dropping out of sight into the wilderness of snow.
+
+"She's some game little kid," he moaned, shaking his head and making a
+slow retreat back to the house. "But with them cutthroats an hour
+ahead of her, she ain't got a show. Poor old Red."
+
+But Wanda's heart was beating steadily now, her muscles were obeying
+the calm command of her will, and she was telling herself resolutely
+that she did have a chance. MacKelvey and Hume and the others would
+see no imperative need for a wild burst of speed; they would travel
+swiftly but they would not know that she was moving more swiftly behind
+them. Up and down hill they would go step by step while she, following
+the way she knew so well, the trails she had followed winter after
+winter, would find the long slopes down which she would shoot like a
+flash of light. It was more than possible that they would take over
+two hours in making the trip; she must make it in less than an hour.
+
+"If I had only come home half an hour sooner," she cried as she fought
+her oblique way up a ridge she must top, "I could have laughed at them.
+God be with me and I'll laugh at them yet!"
+
+She was going too fast; she came to the crest of the ridge panting, her
+heart beating wildly, her body shaking. She sought to relax her
+muscles as she took the long racing ride down upon the far side. She
+went more slowly as she climbed the next ridge. She was thinking
+coolly now, she saw the need both of speed and of a conservation of
+energy. She felt no fatigue from the trip of the forenoon; she had
+rested long at the cave with Wayne; and yet she knew that unless she
+saved her strength she would be unfit for the last burst of speed at
+the end.
+
+She did not follow the track the four men had left. She knew these
+woods too well to lose a precious yard now. Where they had turned here
+and there to avoid thick clumps of firs the girl, looking far ahead,
+economised strength and shortened distances.
+
+"I _must_ get there first," she cried over and over again. "If these
+men will do the sort of thing Wayne says that they have done, if they
+will stop at nothing to gain their ends, what hope has he if they
+arrest him and charge him with Arthur's murder? There will be
+evidence, they will make evidence, and he will be in jail where he can
+not help himself."
+
+Once she heard a faint cracking sound under her feet and her heart
+stopped. If a ski had broken now-- But it was only a dead brush, snow
+covered, and one of the lifeless twigs had snapped. She became more
+careful of the way, wary of being tricked by the blinding snow that
+appeared level when there were mounds and hollows that might have
+broken a ski had she been careless and unlucky. The sudden hideous
+fancy leaped out upon her that the breaking of a ski now might mean the
+death of a man, the only man in the world for her.
+
+At last, from the crest of the highest ridge, the one from which each
+year she took her favourite ride down to the river, she caught sight of
+the little party that menaced Wayne Shandon's liberty. The men had
+been making better time than she had let herself believe they would;
+evidently MacKelvey wanted to get the thing over with, to get back to
+the Echo Creek that night. Beyond them, straight ahead, was the bridge.
+
+"I can't do it! I can't do it!" she cried aloud, her voice broken with
+hopelessness.
+
+Even as she hesitated, poising upon the top of the rise, one of the men
+far ahead turned and saw her. It was Sledge Hume. She saw his quick
+gesture; she almost fancied that she could hear his laugh. He would
+know why she followed them. He would be mocking her. Oh, how she
+hated the man then!
+
+"They will leave one of the deputies at the bridge," she thought in
+despair. "He won't let me across. Oh, God, if there were only another
+crossing!"
+
+_There was another crossing; a snowshoe rabbit had shown it to her_.
+He had sought to leap it just to save the little flame of life in the
+tiny furred breast. He had gone to his death valiantly, but he had
+shown her the place, the short cut, the way that was full of menace and
+yet that was possible.
+
+Her face whitened; she hesitated just a fraction of a second,
+balancing. Now the men were following the wide crescent of the curve
+which would lead them to the bridge. There was another course lying
+straight between the two tips of that crescent, and a great gap filled
+with the thunder of raging water against crags that were like the
+horrible teeth of a monster, broke the short cut in two.
+
+Again Hume had turned; she noted even across the distance the
+contemptuous carriage of his big body and she knew that he was
+laughing. And again, as though it were already just before her, she
+fancied that she saw the chasm of the river.
+
+"It is Wayne's ruin, it maybe Wayne's death, if they take him now!"
+
+It seemed to her that it had not been her voice, that whispered the
+words. It seemed that they had come to her from the air, that some one
+else had spoken them. And as, hesitating no longer, she stooped
+forward and sped down the long slope, she swerved still further from
+the track the four men had made, heading straight to the river above
+them, opposite the Bar L-M ranch house, straight toward the only way
+that was left her.
+
+She had made up her mind. She was resolute now and yet she was
+frightened. In a little while the roar of the river smote her ears and
+it seemed at once to call to her and jeer at her. She fancied that it
+was like Hume's voice, mocking her. She remembered just how the banks
+fell straight down to the whirlpools; she remembered again the splash
+of the falling snow when she had come so close to her death. The very
+feeling that had gripped her then, like ice against the beatings of her
+heart, gripped her now. She was as one in a nightmare, drawn on,
+rushing on to the peril from which she shrank.
+
+She lost sight of Hume and the rest as she left the straight, cleared
+roadway and the trees came between her and them.
+
+
+"They're all the same," Sledge Hume was laughing as he turned and
+waited a moment for MacKelvey to come up with him. "I never saw a
+woman yet who wasn't willing to tackle the impossible in a flash and
+then go to pieces with hysterics in the middle of the job."
+
+
+On, gathering speed with the flinging of each yard behind her, her
+polished skis singing as they leaped downward, hardly seeming to touch
+the brittle crust of snow underfoot, standing erect that she might see
+far ahead and turn in time for a mound that spoke of a boulder, Wanda
+was rushing on toward the river. Its shouting voices, like the voices
+of many giant things In brutal laughter, swelled and thundered ever
+more distinct, ever more jeering. It seemed to her that there were ten
+thousand Sledge Humes taunting her, sneering at the blind recklessness
+of a mere woman. She knew that the blood had crept out of her face and
+that she was afraid. And she knew that there is one thing in the
+world, God-created, that is greater, stronger than fear.
+
+"I have leaped distances greater than that before," she told herself
+stubbornly.
+
+"With certain death dragging at you if you missed?" the rude laughter
+of the river through its rocky way taunted her.
+
+Her skis were running slowly again; she had come to the level land once
+more. She must make a little turn to avoid the thick grove through
+which she had gone slowly last year after the rabbit. She must turn
+upstream a little too. There were ten minutes of driving one ski after
+the other, then the steep climb of another ridge, the last ridge lying
+between her and the river. She climbed it swiftly, stubbornly and
+unhesitatingly.
+
+"If Wayne were coming to me would he hesitate?" she asked herself
+angrily. "Because I am not a man am I a coward? Shall I fail him the
+first time in our lives that he has need of me? Is a woman like that a
+fit thing to be a strong man's wife?"
+
+At the top of this last climb she paused. She was not afraid now. The
+colour had come back into her face, her blood was running steadily.
+She might be going to her death. Was death then so great a thing? Was
+it as great as her love?
+
+"If I were afraid now," she told herself quietly, "I should know that I
+do not love Wayne as other women have loved other men. Then I should
+not deserve to live to love him weakly."
+
+From here she could not see MacKelvey, Hume and the others. She knew
+that by this time they would have crossed the bridge. Then she tried
+not to think of them. Briefly she studied the steep sloping sweep of
+the snow, trying to mark the way she must go. She found the spot the
+rabbit had chosen, the narrowest place with the far bank three or four
+feet lower than the near bank. Frowningly seeking the detail of a
+sheet of glaring white which seemed without mound or hollow but which
+she knew was full of uneven ridges and sinks, she made out at last such
+a ridge lying parallel to the river's edge and close to it. A log had
+fallen there; she remembered having seen it in the summer. With the
+little hollow this side, with the short upward slope that would give
+her a natural take-off, she would make it help her.
+
+She would strike this low up-sloping mound in a moment when she swept
+down upon it from the crest of the ridge upon which she now stood; she
+would take the tiny dip in a fraction of a second too brief to have a
+name; she would rise, leaping as she rose--
+
+The supreme moment came.
+
+She loosened the band about her waist, breathing deeply. She bent her
+slender body this way and that, straightening up, stooping, twisting
+from side to side. She felt that every individual muscle must be made
+ready, keyed up to the work that was to be done in a flying moment.
+She must be steady, she must be sure. Not a fibre of her being must
+weaken or tremble or be uncertain.
+
+"Dear God," she whispered, "make me strong and worthy and unafraid."
+
+Then she lifted her hands a little, holding them out from her sides,
+her fingers outstretched, her arms taking the place of the pole she had
+tossed away. Her skis clung to the snow. She slipped the right foot
+back and forth, making sure that it had gathered none of the feathery
+stuff that lay just under the thin crust. When it ran smoothly she
+tested the left ski. And then slowly she stooped forward, her hands
+still out. She felt a little stir, knew that she was moving, just
+barely moving. She stooped further forward now, quickly. The shifting
+of her weight had its instantaneous effect. The slow, scarcely
+perceptible moving was changed into a smooth glide that grew in a yard
+to a swiftly accelerating speed. Then she straightened up, balancing
+with taut muscles, rushing downward.
+
+Now she was flying as a bird flies that skims the snow. Only the
+little whine of the ski song over the crust, the flying particles from
+before the upturned ends, a dust of diamonds, told that the speeding
+body was not in reality defying gravity, scorning the earth beneath.
+The pitch steepened before her, the skis rose and dipped over the
+little uneven places, the air cut at her face, stung her eyes. Half
+way down, when the skis struck a little mound from which she dared not
+try to swerve, she in sober truth flew, not touching the crust again
+for five or six feet. She landed easily, crouching a little, tensing
+her already taut muscles, steadying herself, plunging onward at a speed
+that was like an eagle's dip. And then another second, another and she
+heard the whine of the air about her ears, saw the black gulf from
+which the roar of the river boomed up at her and her skis rose to the
+take-off she had chosen.
+
+As never before in all her life did the girl's will call upon the
+muscles of her body. Her hands far out now, like the still pinions of
+some strange being of a strange white world, her lithe body as tense as
+wire, she gathered her strength, felt her body rising as the skis
+slipped up the short slope of the mound, knew that in one flying second
+there lay both success and death. At the very instant, when, had she
+let herself go, she would be slipping down to the water that was
+grinding at the rocks, she leaped.
+
+Higher and higher she rose in the air, carried onward, upward by the
+impetus of her wild race and by the slight aid of her take-off had
+given her. Higher yet and further out although it seemed to her still
+heart that her body was hanging motionless, that it was the earth
+leaping beneath her, flying backward, rushing away, hurling the chasm
+of the river under her. She did not look down; it might have meant
+death to look down. She kept her eyes fastened now upon the far bank,
+the place where she sought to land, where she must throw herself
+forward to avoid slipping back.
+
+And yet she saw the black gulf under her. It was too black, too wide,
+too full of shrieking menace for her not to see it even while she did
+not look at it. She was hanging still in air, it was rushing at her,
+there was an instant filled with eternity. And then, Wayne's name upon
+her lips, she had described the great arc, she had struck six feet from
+the treacherous margin on the far side, her skis were running smoothly
+under her, at first swiftly, then slowly, and a glad cry of
+thankfulness broke from her lips.
+
+She had not even fallen, she did not have to hurl herself prone to
+clutch at the snow with her fingers. She sped on, came slowly to a
+standstill and then her heart leaping, her blood racing, her eyes
+bright and wet she was over the ridge and speeding forward again, the
+roar of the river lost to her ears, the form of a man bringing a horse
+out of a snow surrounded barn in her eyes.
+
+He cried out as he saw her racing across the snow to him, cried out in
+wonder. He dropped his horse's rope and turned to meet her. She saw
+that he was still on his skis, saw too that not a thousand yards beyond
+the house four men were coming on swiftly.
+
+"Wanda!"
+
+"Wayne." She had come close enough to call now and lifted her voice
+clearly. "MacKelvey and Hume and two more men are there, right there.
+They are going to arrest you for Arthur's murder. They mean to keep
+you shut up in jail until they ruin you. They will make evidence to
+hang you. You must go, go quick."
+
+He swung about quickly, caught sight of the four men who had seen Wanda
+and who were lessening the distance by quick strides. His face
+blackened to a great anger. Then he turned back to her and his face
+flushed with a great happiness. For in the man as in the woman love
+was stronger than fear or hatred.
+
+"You golden hearted, wonderful woman!" he cried softly. He reached out
+his arms as she swept by and gathered her into them. He kissed her
+softly. And then, swiftly, he turned away.
+
+"After a few days, come to the cave," he said eagerly. "If I let them
+take me now it would mean more than my ruin, more than my death, Wanda.
+They won't take me. When a man is arrested for Arthur's murder it is
+going to be the right man."
+
+And striking out mightily, steadily he left her, driving his straight
+way toward the broken country of the upper end of the valley.
+
+
+When they came to where she lay, Hume first, they found Wanda Leland
+very still and white, motionless save for the little sobs shaking her.
+Hume's anger broke out into a wordy fury. He shook his fist at her
+prostrate body and cursed. But he did not sneer. There was too deep a
+wonder in his heart. He knew, they all knew, what it meant to have
+done what she had done. And MacKelvey, a hard man robbed by her of his
+prey, took off his hat and lifted her gently and said simply, and in
+full reverence:
+
+"By God!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE FUGITIVE
+
+"You are no longer daughter of mine!" cried Martin Leland sternly in
+the first heat of his anger. "You have turned against your own blood
+like a traitress. You have forsaken your father to ally yourself with
+a drunken brawler, a man so sunken in depravity that he has murdered
+his own brother for mere money. You have shamed yourself and your
+mother and me. You have bared your heart for the world to look at and
+laugh at, that men may link your name and the name of a common fugitive
+from justice. You would be held up to less shame had you merely
+uncovered your body and gone out naked for men to jeer at!"
+
+Wanda, lying white and lax upon the couch near the fireplace, suddenly
+dropped her mother's hand and sprang to her feet, her body quivering
+with a quick anger that leaped out to meet her father's.
+
+"Papa!" Her head was thrown up in defiant pride, her vibrant voice,
+her blazing eyes were as hard as his own. "I won't listen to such
+things, not even from you. They are untrue. You say that Wayne ran
+away because he is guilty and a coward. You know better than that! He
+is not a fugitive from justice; he is forced by the things you have
+done to become a fugitive from injustice and persecution. Oh, how can
+you stand there and denounce him after you have set your hand against
+him as you have? Or don't you think that I know how you and the rest
+have sought to rob him and ruin him!"
+
+"What!" stormed Leland. "Is the girl mad?"
+
+"No, I am not mad," she flung back at him hotly, all facts and
+considerations swept away before the rush of her furious indignation
+except the one vital matter that she was fighting for a thing as dear
+as her lover's life. "You can find no name too bad for him, just
+because you hate him! You have always hated him just because he is his
+father's son. You and his own cousin, two men whom he has trusted,
+have tricked him and betrayed him. You have hidden from him all
+knowledge of the mortgage you held upon the Bar L-M. Even now you are
+trying to steal his ranch from him. Wayne has never done a thing so
+vile as that in all his life. Oh! I am ashamed."
+
+Her voice grew harsh in her throat; her face was no longer white, two
+spots of anger burned in her cheeks. She broke off panting, her eyes
+growing harder, brighter as they challenged his.
+
+"Martin," cried Mrs. Leland, coming swiftly to the girl's side. "Be
+careful."
+
+"Careful!" shouted Leland, his face red with his fury. "When one of my
+blood loses her last shred of decency, when she takes up with a low,
+dissolute unprincipled Shandon? The worst of a bad lot. May God curse
+him, may God curse her if she clings to him!"
+
+"You have never spoken to me like this before," cried Wanda
+passionately. "You will never do it again."
+
+"Listen to me," thundered Leland, his heavier voice drowning the girl's
+words. "If your father does a thing which your untrained, woman's
+brain cannot rightly understand are you the one to judge and condemn
+him? Because a lying Shandon has cast his cursed spell over your
+romantic fancies are you to leap to these ridiculous conclusions? Am I
+the man to do a dishonourable thing? Ask other men out in the world
+where my dealings are an open book. Ask your mother. If, to you, who
+have gone hungering for lies to a man amply competent to tell them to
+you, it has seemed that I have done a mean thing for selfish purposes
+is it your place to judge me? Listen, I tell you. I have known for a
+year and a half that Wayne Shandon murdered his brother and robbed the
+dead body. I have seen, although all men know this fact as well as I
+do, that he has been trickster enough to cover his bloody tracks; that
+it would be hard to convict him in court. I have seen that it lay
+within my power, that it has become my duty, to punish him in another
+way. Not a thing have I done that is not just, that the law courts
+will not sanction. And yet, when I had wrested from him the thing his
+red hands took with his brother's life, I should have punished him a
+little as he deserves. Is a man like him deserving of any other
+treatment?"
+
+"How do you know all this?" she demanded, all that dormant fierceness
+of the female heart Hashing from the depths to the surface. "Did you
+see him kill Arthur?"
+
+"Don't be a fool," he retorted.
+
+"Or were you over ready to believe because you hated him, and because
+the tool you would lay your hand to would not only punish him but
+enrich you? And you call me traitress!"
+
+For a moment Martin Leland, his face convulsed, his hands clenched, his
+great body towering over her, looked as though he were going to strike
+her down. Then, without a word, he left the room and returned swiftly
+to the study where MacKelvey and Hume were waiting for him.
+
+Wanda stood looking after him, her body stiff and erect, her face
+lifted, her eyes unchanging. Her mother laid a quick hand upon the
+girl's arm. Then, suddenly the tired body relaxed, the flaming spirit
+softened, and Wanda, white and trembling, dropped sobbing upon the
+couch.
+
+"Wanda, Wanda," whispered her mother softly, kneeling and putting her
+hands gently upon the shaking shoulders. "I am sorry. And yet, Wanda,
+I am proud of what my daughter has done to-day."
+
+The mother heart comforted. And even before the storm of sobs, shaken
+from the girl by strained and jangling nerves, had ceased, Mrs. Leland
+was trying to make excuses for her husband.
+
+"He has just been blinded by hate," she said bravely. "Some day he
+will see the light."
+
+
+"Gee," commented Willie Dart, outside the door, resuming his pacing up
+and down upon the front porch. "If Red turns that girl down I'll marry
+her myself!"
+
+
+Had Martin Leland's iron nature asked such a thing as sympathy it would
+have received little satisfaction from the interview that night in his
+study. MacKelvey's greeting to him was, "Martin, that girl of yours is
+a wonder! There's not a man in the country would have tackled the
+thing she did to-day."
+
+"Pshaw," grunted Hume, his sneering manner having come back to him with
+his growing displeasure. "It was simple enough for all of its
+spectacular staging."
+
+"Was it?" MacKelvey asked sharply. "I'll bet you five hundred dollars,
+Mr. Hume, that you're not the man to do it!"
+
+Hume lifted his shoulders for answer and kicked viciously at the
+andirons on the hearth.
+
+"So you let him get clean away?" demanded Martin, flinging himself into
+his chair at the table and glowering at MacKelvey. "Why didn't you
+follow him up?"
+
+"Because I wasn't a fool. Wouldn't I cut a pretty picture slipping
+around on a pair of sticks trying to catch up with the strongest ski
+man in the county! He'd double up on me every mile. And with the
+night coming on I'd stand a great chance finding him, wouldn't I?"
+
+"What are you going to do about it then?"
+
+MacKelvey spat thoughtfully at the fire.
+
+"I'm going to nab him the first chance I get. And I'm not in the habit
+of carrying a warrant around in my pocket until I wear it out, either."
+
+"You are going out after him in the morning?"
+
+MacKelvey again attacked the fire with more thoughtfulness, truer
+precision than before.
+
+"Nope. I'm going back to El Toyon while I can get out. There's about
+ten feet more snow due in the next two weeks, Martin."
+
+"So," cried Hume. "That's the way you serve a warrant, is it? You are
+going to let the man get away if he wants to, and he has shown us
+already how he feels about that! You are going to let him slip down to
+Mexico or work up to the Canadian line."
+
+"Easy, Mr. Hume," said MacKelvey slowly. "I've been sheriff in this
+county for seventeen years. Name me the name of any man who's been
+wanted and who hasn't been brought in. If I stuck here, running around
+like a rabbit in the snow, Shandon would have the chance to get out, if
+he wanted it. And I don't believe that he does want it. But if I'm
+back in El Toyon to-morrow with the wires busy there won't be a hole in
+the web for a blue bottle to buzz through. He can't eat snow, you
+know. I'll put a man up here to see he don't slip back to the Bar L-M.
+And I don't say I won't go myself or send Johnson and Crawford out in
+the morning to try and pick up his tracks if it don't snow during the
+night and cover them up."
+
+But long before midnight it came on to snow again, so heavily that they
+all knew that a fresh ski track would not have lasted an hour. Early
+the next morning Leland, Garth Conway, Sledge Hume and MacKelvey with
+his deputies went out of the valley upon skis or snow shoes. Helga
+Strawn went with them, shrugging her shoulders at Leland's blunt
+assurance that it would be a good ten miles of hard work before they
+could expect to take to the horses waiting beyond the heavy snow line.
+
+Mr. Dart did not go with them. He had settled that fact for himself
+very positively before going to bed the night before.
+
+"In the first place," he decided, "Red might need me to smuggle him
+some grub or something and I got to be on hand. In the second place I
+had enough trying to ride two slippery sticks yesterday. Split myself
+in two for ten miles on a pair of devil's toboggans? Thanks awfully.
+I'll stay here and split stovewood for Julia."
+
+"Where's Dart?" demanded Leland when the men were pushing back their
+chairs from the breakfast table.
+
+Nobody knew. He had not been seen since last evening. Julia, hastily
+returning from quest of him, brought back word that he was in bed and
+that she was afraid that he was unwell. She had heard him groaning.
+
+"The little fool is faking," cried Martin, ready this morning to fly
+into a rage over trifles. "Does he think I'm going to have him
+sticking around the place all winter?"
+
+He flung himself from the table and went heavily up the stairs to
+Dart's room in the attic.
+
+"Come out of that," he said roughly, throwing the door open. "We are
+going to start right away. You'd better get some breakfast in a hurry
+if you want any."
+
+"Breakfast?" moaned Dart weakly. "Good God, Mart. Don't say breakfast
+to me or I'll die."
+
+"What's the matter?" asked Martin roughly and suspiciously. "You
+weren't sick last night."
+
+He came closer to the huddled figure. Dart's hands were shaking, his
+face was as white as a sheet.
+
+"It came on sudden," he said faintly. "I--I've had it before. I--I
+think I'm dying this time. Has Mamma Leland got a Bible?"
+
+Suddenly, before Leland's astonished eyes, the little man began a
+violent retching and vomiting. Leland went back down the stairs,
+swearing, and sent Julia with word to Mrs. Leland that Dart was really
+sick.
+
+Dart got out of bed, his legs trembling under him, and crept to the
+window, peering out cautiously. Only when he had seen the party leave
+the house upon skis and webs did he go back to his bed, snatch a bit of
+plug cut chewing tobacco out from under his pillow and hurl it
+venemously into the snow.
+
+"A man that will chew that stuff for fun," he groaned creeping back
+into bed, "ain't safe to have around. Good God, I wonder if I am
+dying? I might have took too much!"
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+Thus it happened that almost at the very beginning of the hard winter
+Wayne Shandon was a hunted man, forewarned that his hunters would spare
+neither unsleeping vigilance nor expense to secure his arrest and
+conviction. During the first night and the first day he never went far
+from the Bar L-M range house. From behind a screen of timber less than
+a quarter of a mile from his pursuers he had watched them turn back
+towards the Echo Creek. The darkness was already dimming the landscape
+but he could count the figures, five of them, with the horse Wanda had
+insisted that MacKelvey bring out with them. As they went toward the
+bridge he came down toward them, moving swiftly among the trees,
+keeping well out of sight.
+
+He knew he would be doing the thing upon which MacKelvey would not
+count. Besides it was sheer madness to think of spending the night
+without shelter of any kind and he did not dare go immediately to
+Wanda's cave. Already he had come to think of that place, high above
+the treetops and as safely hidden as if it were below the earth's
+surface, as a place of refuge. If he went there now they would track
+him to-morrow--unless it snowed. He must wait somewhere until the snow
+came to wipe out the track he would leave behind him.
+
+He entered the house by the back door, got his rifle and a belt of
+cartridges, made into a compact pack such blankets, tobacco, coffee,
+sugar, salt and condensed foods as he could carry. The cave was
+already well stocked but he could not guess now how long he must lie
+hidden there. He had no time to decide upon the course ahead of him
+beyond the immediate future. He knew only that he must not let them
+take him until he had done the work he would be unable to do from the
+inside of a jail. He was preparing carefully for such needs as he
+could foresee.
+
+He slept that night in his own bed, waking at each little noise, ready
+to spring up fully dressed and armed, prepared equally for defence or a
+hasty retreat. Going to the window shortly after midnight he saw that
+the snow was falling heavily. He made a hasty cold meal, then strapped
+on his pack, took up his rifle and left the house. Now was the time to
+go to the cave; the snow might cease by morning.
+
+In the darkness he deemed it wiser to go down by the bridge than to
+attempt the steeper passage beyond the head of the lake. They would
+not be out in this sort of night watching for him; they would not know
+where to expect him. And even if he came within twenty paces of a man
+his swift, silent passage in the dark would be unnoticed.
+
+To a man knowing the broken range country a whit less intimately than
+Shandon knew it, the trip that night down to the bridge, across it,
+across the Leland ranch and to the cliffs where the cave was would have
+been a sheer impossibility. The storm, howling and snatching at him,
+would have taken the heart out of a man less grimly determined than he
+had grown to be. The snow, while it befriended him, covering his trail
+in the rear, drove its shifting wall of opposition across his way in
+front. The darkness tricked him and baffled him again and again. But
+still, head down and dogged, he pushed on, certain always of his
+general direction, confident of being under the cliffs in the first
+faint glow of the new day.
+
+It was an endless night, torturous with cold and uncertainty. But at
+last, before the day broke, he made his heavy way up the great cedar,
+climbing perilously with numbed hands. He knew that if his pursuers
+came here now they would see where he had knocked the thick pads of
+snow from the wide horizontal branches. But he knew, too, that before
+they could arrive the steadily falling snow would have hidden the signs
+he had left behind him. And at last, wearily, he threw himself down
+before a crackling fire, and went to sleep.
+
+For upwards of two weeks his life was like that of a rat in a cellar.
+Silence, monotony, darkness, loneliness. Already the snowfall was as
+great as that of most winters. He could guess that by this time the
+fences about Wanda's home were hidden under a smooth covering that
+thickened day by day, night after night. When he looked out from the
+screen across his doorway he saw that the smaller trees were blotted
+out and reckoned that upon the level floor of the valley the snow lay
+ten feet deep. Now and again, when he went out in the early dawn or
+the last glimmering light of dusk for wood or for a break in the
+monotony that was horrible in itself to a man of his type, he saw how
+the winter was piling higher and higher its white heaps along the
+cliffs above. He spent hours on the cliffs, working his way slowly
+upward along the seam in the rocks which he discovered led out above,
+digging with his hands for dead branches to replenish his dwindling
+stock of firewood. He must choose days for this when the snow so
+thickened the air that a man within shouting distance could not have
+seen him.
+
+Two weeks, and Wanda did not come to him. Two weeks of inactivity, of
+waiting, the hardest trial in the world for a man tingling with energy,
+with his work calling to him through every moment of his waking hours.
+He had planned that work, going over and over his plans, every step.
+He knew just what he should do--when Wanda came.
+
+He could not know why she did not come. He began to fear that she had
+left the valley. Then, when he assured himself that she would not have
+gone without a word he began to fear that she was ill; that the day
+when she took the short cut had been too much for any woman's endurance.
+
+But she was not ill, he was certain of that. During the two weeks
+there were only two days when the air cleared enough for him to see the
+Leland house. The first came when he had been in hiding three days;
+the other two days later. Both times Wanda had come out upon the porch
+where with the spy-glass in the cave he could see her plainly. She had
+signalled him, using the first few signals of that code they had made
+together so merrily. She lifted both hands up to her face and he knew
+that her heart was repeating his words, "I love you, dear, with my
+whole heart." She loitered on the porch in apparent carelessness, but
+as eager as the man watching her, yearning for her, she had lifted her
+hood lightly from her head, flashing the message across the miles: "Be
+careful. We are being watched." She turned her back and stood for a
+long time looking in at the open living room door: "Something has
+happened to prevent our meeting to-day."
+
+Several times during the two clear days she repeated her signals. But
+for more than a week afterward he had no sight of her. He did not
+know, he could only guess vaguely at the truth. One of MacKelvey's men
+had come back to the Echo Creek, unexpected by Wanda and Mrs. Leland,
+and while he was apparently concerned only in making frequent trips
+toward the Bar L-M, Wanda had the uneasy feeling that she was never
+long out of his sight.
+
+But at length Wanda risked coming to him, choosing a time when the
+danger was least. Johnson, the deputy sheriff, had said in the morning
+that he was going to take a run over to the Bar L-M, to look things
+over. It was by no means the first time he had said this, and the girl
+felt that he had no particular reason to suspect her to-day. It was
+still snowing, not too heavily for one to venture out, but steadily
+enough to obliterate ski tracks entirely in less than an hour. Johnson
+left the house, and a little later Wanda set forth, her preparations
+swiftly made. Johnson was out of sight. She drove on swiftly to a
+hilltop due east of the house from which she would be able to see him
+before he came to the bridge.
+
+She waited anxiously there until she saw him, pushing steadily onward.
+One sharp glance at the way she had come showed her that unless Johnson
+returned very much faster than he had gone out there would be no sign
+to tell him where she had gone. And then, her eyes suddenly brighter
+than they had been for many a day, she hastened on, still eastward, not
+daring even now to turn directly toward the cliffs until she had passed
+into the deeper forest.
+
+It was like bringing new life to Wayne Shandon. He swept the girl up
+hungrily into his arms, crying out softly as she came through the snow
+blocked entrance to the cave. And she, when he brought a candle and
+her eyes caught sight of his face, bearded and worn, must shut her lips
+tight and fight hard to keep back the tears.
+
+It was only a brief half hour allowed them, leaving them both happier
+and sadder at the parting. But she had brought the few little things
+she could smuggle out to him, had assured herself from a close
+examination of his store that he was in no danger of freezing or
+starving; and he had entrusted to her the carrying out of the work he
+had hit upon.
+
+"I have scribbled a letter in your little note book, dear. It is to
+Brisbane, a lawyer in San Francisco. He is a friend of mine and I can
+trust him. It tells him everything, about the mortgage and the
+foreclosure, about the trouble I am in. He's the man to advise us now.
+There's not a keener criminal lawyer in the State. I'm going to give
+him my power of attorney. I'll take chances on slipping down to the
+city, somehow, if it's necessary. Or I can get down into White Rock at
+night, meet him there, and get back here before morning. The letter
+tells him, too, that I am dead certain that Sledge Hume is the man the
+law wants; it explains why, and authorises him to hire a detective
+agency to run Hume down. Dear heart of mine, you are too brave to be
+afraid for me now. You will get this letter out somehow? You will get
+it to Brisbane for me? Once he is at work things are going to right
+themselves. A man can't kill another and rob him of twenty-five
+thousand dollars and not leave some sort of a trail behind him. Then
+there is another message. I have not written it. Can you get word to
+Big Bill to keep a close watch on Little Saxon? I'll ride him in the
+spring."
+
+"And you, Wayne? You can't stay here all winter!"
+
+"I can, if there is anything to be gained by it. But we'll wait until
+we hear from Brisbane. He'll find the evidence we want, dear. And
+until then hadn't you rather think of me waiting here than lying in
+jail?"
+
+When she left him to take a devious way home the tears lay glistening
+upon her cheek until the snow, beating in her face, washed them away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+HELGA STRAWN PLAYS THE GAME
+
+The winter which had begun unusually early, battled fiercely for eight
+weeks in the mountain fastnesses, and went down in grumbling defeat
+before an early spring. And, as the stern face of the Sierra was
+hidden under the snow that robed the higher peaks in royal ermine and
+drifted sixty feet in the deeper caņons, so was the vital thing in the
+lives of Wayne Shandon and Wanda Leland covered by silence and secrecy.
+Each day was tense and eager to them; to the world whose prying eyes
+could not penetrate through the barricade of winter it was as though
+those lives were stagnating.
+
+Wanda delivered Wayne's letter safely and promptly to Brisbane, the San
+Francisco lawyer. She took her mother into the secret, she told her
+mother everything now, for the close companionship of last winter had
+borne its fruit of warm sympathy, and the two women went out of the
+valley, ostensibly to spend a few weeks shopping and visiting in San
+Francisco. The letter never left the girl's person until, in a private
+room, it was placed in the hands of Brisbane.
+
+Brisbane's wise old eyes looked at her shrewdly from behind the mask of
+his clean shaven face, the greatest poker face, men said, that had ever
+gone its inscrutable way up and down the city of fogs and wet winds.
+He had asked his few questions in an absent-minded sort of fashion
+which disappointed and distressed the girl. He evinced not a whit more
+interest than he would have done in watching a stranger stamp the mud
+off his feet, or, for that matter, than he would have shown had the
+roof broken into flames over his head. But he took the case.
+
+Upon a storm filled night, as black as ebony, Brisbane met Wayne
+Shandon in White Rock. A man lived there, whom Shandon could trust, an
+old friend of his father, and at his house the meeting was held with
+little difficulty or danger. In less than two hours Brisbane had put
+himself in possession of all the facts which Shandon could give him
+that bore upon the matter in hand. There was the germ of a case
+against Hume he admitted, but it would have to grow considerably to be
+worth anything to a jury. Yes, the crooked work in the foreclosure of
+the mortgage would help a little; not much though. He would attend to
+the mortgage, taking Shandon's note for the amount, and would see that
+it was paid off immediately. As to advising Shandon as to the best
+thing to do now, the lawyer smiled one of his rare, noncommittal smiles.
+
+"By avoiding arrest in the first place," he said drily, "you put
+yourself in wrong with any jury in the world. But you've done it
+already. I can't see now that it makes much difference whether you go
+and give yourself up or whether you keep on the dodge. If you prefer
+this sort of thing to a nice warm jail, why suit yourself my boy!"
+
+He would see further that the shrewdest detective in the City was fully
+instructed and put on the case immediately. Finally he gave Shandon a
+letter from Wanda in which she promised to return to the valley as soon
+as possible, shook hands as warmly as his absent minded manner would
+permit and went to bed.
+
+Through the winter the various threads of men's destinies, golden and
+black, gay and sombre, too fine for human eye to see, too strong for
+human might to break, were being woven into the intricate pattern of
+life and fate. Though miles lay between the many men whose lives were
+unalterably mingled, though each man went selfishly or unselfishly
+about his own pursuits, although each fashioned daily his life for the
+day, still the mills of God were grinding, the looms were weaving, and
+grist and kernel, warp and woof found their way from the individual
+existences into the scheme of the whole.
+
+Dart had left with Mrs. Leland and Wanda and made a straight line to
+Big Bill and Little Saxon. He made it his own special business in life
+to see that no knockout stuff was slipped into the horse's oats, that
+no slippery gent got the show to put Little Saxon out of the game. He
+even took the precaution to partition off a tiny room for himself in
+the hay loft above Little Saxon's stall, where he spent the nights
+dozing and snatching up the ancient shot gun down the muzzle of which
+his enthusiastic fingers had rammed enough buck shot to explode the
+piece and blow himself as well as any unhappy intruder into that land
+from which there is no return.
+
+Big Bill, acting foreman now, took upon himself the unremitting work of
+making the racehorse fit. Nearly as good a man as Shandon with
+animals, he continued through the winter the task that had been little
+more than begun. The fact that the man who had first proposed the
+races which were to be run off in the Spring, was a fugitive, accused
+of a grave crime, had aroused much sensational talk and newspaper
+babble, but it had increased rather than lessened interest and new
+entries were being daily arranged. Big Bill assured those who cared to
+ask that the race would be run, that Shandon would have come in and
+been cleared of any charges against him long before June, and that
+there would be no change in plans. And though he sometimes doubted the
+statement he made so bluntly he let no single day pass without adding
+to Little Saxon's education.
+
+MacKelvey was taciturn. But he was not the man to give up a quest once
+begun. He grew irritable under the sting of Sledge Hume's sneers and
+Martin Leland's regular weekly enquiries; but he pushed his work
+tirelessly. As is always the case when the law wants a fugitive there
+were many conflicting and empty reports, that would have aided had they
+been true but which only hampered since they were not. A report that
+Wayne Shandon had been seen boarding a train in Reno was followed three
+days later by two other rumours, one claiming that he was on a ranch
+just out of San Jose, the other that he had been recognised ten days
+ago in Los Angeles. Each report with the vaguest hint of truth in it
+MacKelvey hunted down doggedly, and the wires into El Toyon from both
+directions were kept busy. It was the opinion of many people that
+Shandon had long ago made good his escape and had gone abroad; it was
+held by many a mild mannered man or timid old maid that he was even now
+the head of a lawless gang terrorising whatever near or distant city or
+countryside the most lurid headlines came from; not a few people shook
+their heads and prophesied that when the Spring thaw came the body of a
+reckless, blood tainted monster would be found where it had been hurled
+in desperation from a high cliff. The sheriff's own personal opinion,
+known only to the sheriff, perhaps came as close to the truth as any
+man's.
+
+Of all the men and women who knew him, perhaps none evinced less
+concern in Wayne Shandon's fate than Helga Strawn. She had something
+else to do. Looking ahead far and carefully, doing nothing hastily,
+planning and shaping her way, with Sledge Hume and her lost interest in
+the Dry Lands always looming large in the foreground of her thoughts,
+she was already supplying her quota of grist to the great invisible
+mills. She bought, upon her own initiative, a small farm just on the
+edge of Hume's land, investing ten thousand dollars in it, and came
+there to live. She bought conservatively at twenty dollars an acre.
+If the project, now involved in uncertainty, were perfected her land
+would be worth from two to five times what she had paid for it. On the
+other hand, if nothing came of the campaign for irrigation, it was
+always worth twenty dollars. It was Helga Strawn's way to play safe.
+
+She saw much of Sledge Hume. Or rather she allowed Sledge Hume to see
+much of her. The same thing with a variation, and that variation
+important in the woman's shrewd eyes. Hume had no means of knowing how
+much money she possessed, but he did know that she had paid out ten
+thousand dollars in cash. He knew also that she was a woman. In his
+eyes, never clearsighted from the mote of conceit and the dust of
+arrogant superiority, a woman was a fool. He needed money, he wanted
+money, her money as well as another's. He had gone far already in the
+project that would make him a rich man if it succeeded; he was going
+further. If litigation now were to raise its long wall against him he
+meant to surmount the wall or tunnel under it. He had gone too far to
+stop; his money was invested; he wanted more money to invest with it.
+
+While he made the woman his study she coolly dissected his character,
+not satisfied with the composite, both patient and shrewd in her
+analysis. While he sought to read her, handicapped by his prejudice,
+she spelled the letters of the man's soul.
+
+She came to see, after the first few days, that Hume's one working
+theory of life was that of the survival of the fittest. Eminently fit
+himself, capable physically in strong, clean body, mentally in cool,
+calculating, single purposed brain, morally in a code of ethics which
+resolved all considerations to his working theory of life, he looked
+down upon other lives than his own from the passionless heights of a
+supreme impudence. In most things he was unusually frank, bluntly
+honest. Wanting no man to give him a place in the world which he felt
+thoroughly competent to secure for himself, he curried favour nowhere,
+fawned upon no one. Frankly satisfied with himself as he had made
+himself, he had no desire, seeing no need, to pretend to be other than
+he was. Egotism, approximating the absolute, made him careless, even
+contemptuous, of the opinion of others. His mental attitude might
+perhaps be likened to that of the colossally mad man of Europe, the
+only man of whom he was ever known to speak in words of approval. "I
+and God did this thing!" the Emperor had said. So Hume might have
+said, "I and the rest of the world."
+
+The free stride of his activities was not restricted by any form of
+what he would have called squeamishness. The means were incidental,
+intrinsically negligible; he justified them by the end for which he
+strove. That end was unvarying. From this grew the man's power, such
+as it was.
+
+That end took him, in moments which otherwise would have been empty, to
+Helga Strawn. She had made her little home cosy and comfortable, the
+living room almost luxurious. She wore rare gowns, painstakingly
+chosen; she kept him waiting when he called; she received him with
+indifference. She seemed to grow as frank with him as he with her, and
+often enough the frankness was genuine. She told him coolly at the
+outset that she knew he would swindle her out of her money if he got
+the chance and that he was not going to get the chance. She informed
+him that she did not trust him but that that need make no difference in
+their relations; if she became convinced that the project were safe she
+would go into it as deeply as any one.
+
+She treated Sledge Hume very much as he treated the rest of the world;
+and she noted with keen relish that her treatment irritated him. She
+already knew the man well enough to be sure that he would come again
+the sooner, and more frequently, to force her by the very dominance of
+his virile personality to see him as he saw himself, in a word as her
+superior.
+
+As only a very clever woman could have done she drew him out to talk
+about himself, about his motives. She listened always in apparent cool
+indifference, always in keen, hard interest under the surface she chose
+to wear. She never forgot that she had sold to him for twenty-five
+thousand dollars property for which she would not now accept twice that
+amount and which he would not relinquish for such a sum. She never
+forgot that, legally, she had no hope of regaining it. But there would
+be a way, when she came to know the man utterly, when she came to feel
+out every nerve of his moral being. She tried to make him talk freely
+about himself by the one method which must remain infallible as long as
+Sledge Hume was Sledge Hume, by cool criticism of him.
+
+One day as they idled in her living room she told him abruptly that he
+was the most selfish man she had ever known. Her smile, as near a
+sneer as a smile may be and not become unlovely, the tapping of her
+French slipper, did not cease during his rather lengthy rejoinder.
+
+"Selfish?" he had answered roughly. "Of course I am. Who isn't? You
+mean that I am the only man you know who isn't afraid to say so! All
+creation is selfish; selfishness is the keynote of progress, of
+evolution, of any sort of success. It begins with the lowest forms of
+life where each single celled unit takes what it needs for its own
+good; it is the thing which keeps life in the four footed world; it is
+the highest concern of the priest who while he pretends to serve mere
+man and a mythological Saviour never loses sight of his own reward at
+the end of it. It is the basic principle underlying all religion; take
+out of it the personal, selfish consideration, 'Be good and you can go
+to Heaven! be bad and go to Hell!' and your whole religion falls to
+pieces. Take selfishness out of the world and the world will stagnate
+and rot."
+
+"I have never heard you wax so eloquent in your own defence!"
+
+"I am not defending myself, I am explaining. I am showing you the
+difference between yourself and me. I see things as they are; you look
+at them obliquely. You wouldn't admit it, but you are as selfish as I
+am."
+
+"The difference is that you are the more honest?"
+
+"Both with myself and the world, yes."
+
+"You pride yourself on your honesty?"
+
+"I don't take the trouble to dissimulate."
+
+"You have never done anything which you have kept hidden?"
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"I have never found it necessary to make the world my father confessor."
+
+"Do you wish me to regard you as what people call an honest man, Mr.
+Hume? Aren't you telling me that to put money in your own pocket you
+would do what people call a dishonourable act?"
+
+"You are the only woman I have ever met who has any claim to brains,"
+he answered, paying the compliment in his blunt, rough fashion. "Don't
+you know me well enough to realise that I don't ask people to set my
+standards for me? Don't you know a man, when you see him, big enough
+to set his own standards?"
+
+She came to see that the man was not without a rough hewn sort of
+greatness, that in his way as he had said, he was a big man. He bred
+in her strange, dual emotions. In the beginning she had felt for him
+only the cold hatred of which the woman was thoroughly capable;
+gradually and begrudgingly she began to feel an equally cold admiration
+for the strength of the man. She told herself that that admiration was
+utterly impersonal, that it arose from the fact that Hume was in
+reality stronger than other men she knew, that it was possible for her
+to acknowledge it because she did have brains, as he had said. It was
+an admiration which, she judged coolly, need in no way lessen her
+hatred for him, which rather would intensify it.
+
+Throughout the winter she strove with single purpose to slip into the
+man's confidence. Having recognised Hume's peculiar strength, having
+sought his weaknesses, knowing that he was no man's or woman's fool,
+she did not make a fool of herself by giving him an inkling of her
+intentions. When she was most interested it was her role to appear
+most indifferent; here was the one vulnerable point her searching
+fingers had found in the shell of his egoism. Indifference piqued him.
+
+It was as though she had gathered three armies and hurled them at him.
+From the centre she attacked with indifference, striving to draw his
+attention from other points. She massed two distinct flanking
+movements stealthily. Upon one side she brought to bear upon a keen
+brain a brain as keen; upon the other she calmly deployed the charm of
+her regal beauty. The man had seemed a machine, emotionless. But
+since he was human, since blood, Hume blood though it was, ran through
+his veins, he must have emotions like other men. They might be hidden,
+they might be of stunted, pale growth. In one case she would uncover
+them, in another she would develop. Already she admired him as a
+vital, compelling force. She would make him admire a similar force In
+her; she would make him admire the physical perfection of her. She was
+a woman, she was amply endowed with brain and instinct and beauty. And
+she was far too shrewd to overlook a single weapon which lay at her
+hand.
+
+The eternal looms were weaving, the warp of her being, the woof of his
+being were drawn into the intricate pattern of human destiny. Smiles
+and tears, hopes and fears, emotions of which a man is unconscious,
+ambitions and failures, achievements--all go into the invisible fabric.
+Already Sledge Hume and Helga Strawn had come to find something to
+admire in each other. The short sight of a clever man and a clever
+woman could not discern what lay at the end. And the end was rushing
+upon them with tremendous speed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+UNDER THE SURFACE
+
+Early in January there arrived in El Toyon a gentleman with a scrubbing
+brush moustache, a pleasant, portly personality, a pair of twinkling
+black eyes, a seemingly limitless amount of leisure, discriminating
+taste for liquors and cigars, a fountain pen and a check book. The
+name he wrote upon the hotel register was Edward Kinsell. He disabused
+the mind of the proprietor, Charlie Granger, by assuring him that he
+was not a drummer. In his genial way he was quite ready to tell all
+about himself. He was an old bachelor, counting upon becoming the
+husband of a great little woman just as soon as the courts had disposed
+of the present incumbent. He had been rolling down the rocky trail at
+a pretty swift gait in town, and his doctor had warned him that the
+lady In question would have been set free and would no doubt have
+chosen and elected another life partner before Mr. Kinsell found his
+way to the church unless he took up the simple life.
+
+So Mr. Kinsell, having availed himself for a week or two of Charlie
+Granger's hospitality, found at last a vine twined cottage not too far
+from the hotel kitchen and barroom, and leased it forthwith. He played
+many games of poker, apparently possessed of a rare ability to play
+good hands badly and poor hands well so that while he generally lost he
+lost but little; he took up sleighing with great delight, usually
+taking a small boy along with him to drive; he amused himself writing
+daily letters or picture postcards to the great little woman; he became
+a friend of all the dogs in town; he bought drinks for the village
+vagabonds; altogether he disported himself harmlessly and pleasantly
+quite as a portly old bachelor with a scrubbing brush moustache should
+do while seeking rejuvenation and awaiting a decree. He was always
+upon the verge of entering some local project which he never entered.
+He made more friends in the six months of his stay--he left in
+June,--than any other man in El Toyon had made in a year.
+
+He dined with the preacher and talked infant psychology with the
+teacher; he bet Charlie Granger ten dollars on a dog-fight over which
+he waxed red faced and enthusiastic; he got himself catalogued by the
+saloon loungers as a hot sport; he evinced a warm interest in the
+country races to be run in the Spring. In that connection he learned
+that Granger held stakes amounting to ten thousand dollars on a single
+race that would never be run; he was informed that the money was
+already as good as Sledge Hume's. He became interested in Hume and in
+Red Reckless; he even went to the length of travelling into the Dry
+Lands to get a squint at Endymion, and then sought out Big Bill and
+studied Little Saxon's good points. Everything in the world seemed to
+interest Edward Kinsell.
+
+The winter slipped by and the herds went back to the mountain ranges.
+The Lelands were again at the Echo Creek. Time and a natural strong
+affection had cooled the heat of passion in father and daughter. Love
+and consanguinity narrowed the breach which lay between them, although
+the rupture, if it ever healed completely, would leave its scar. Each
+nature came to make certain allowances for the other; their
+intercourse, though not intimate, was amicable. Neither made any
+reference before the other to Wayne Shandon. And, as naturally as this
+condition arose, Wanda and her mother drew closer together.
+
+Upon the Bar L-M Big Bill was competent, hard working foreman. He
+still hoped for the impossible, he still obeyed orders and sought
+tirelessly to make Little Saxon all that Shandon could have done.
+Willie Dart, growing as time wore on hollow eyed from his nocturnal
+vigils, slept in a hay loft with a shot gun perilously near his eager
+right hand.
+
+Shandon was yet in the mountains, his headquarters Wanda's cave. It
+seemed at times to his impatient desires that Brisbane was doing
+nothing; that just the evidence he himself had told the lawyer that
+night in White Rock should have led long before now to the arrest of
+Sledge Hume. But he refused to brood over it, telling himself doggedly
+that if Brisbane were doing nothing there was nothing to be done. He
+knew his man. And already Shandon had found an occupation which was to
+keep him busy and far from unhappy day and night.
+
+News of the outside world came to him in the few meetings with Wanda
+which were bright highlights in his life. She dared not come too often
+for MacKelvey himself or one of his deputies was a frequent and
+unheralded guest at Leland's. But she came when she could, meeting him
+below the cliffs, her camera serving as her reason for going into the
+forests, bringing him books, little delicacies surreptitiously prepared
+by her own hands, a newspaper now and then rescued from Julia's wood
+box, prints of the pictures she had taken. Wanda still saw Dart
+frequently, and from his gossiping lips brought word of what occurred
+upon the Bar L-M. Garth Conway, she had not seen. Her father heard
+from him by post, saw him now and then in the outside world; she did
+not know what Conway was doing but imagined that he was keeping in
+touch with Leland for the sake of the irrigation scheme which seemed a
+still born failure.
+
+Through Wanda and Dart a meeting between Shandon and Big Bill was
+arranged. The two men met after dark near the head of Laughter Lake;
+Shandon gave his detailed orders to his foreman, assuring him that
+Brisbane was at work upon the case and that before long word would come
+from him for the fugitive to give himself up; there would be a quick
+preliminary hearing and he would be released. Shandon's optimism
+glowed into warmer life with the warming of the spring sun. Little
+Saxon must be kept in condition; arrangements must be made for the open
+handed welcome and hospitality to be afforded the crowds that would
+come up for the races in June. There would be much for Big Bill to
+superintend: choice beeves must be brought up for the barbecue; a rude
+platform must be constructed for the dance which was to conclude the
+day of festivity. In every detail Big Bill took his orders gravely and
+obeyed them to the letter.
+
+In another matter Big Bill had long ago acted, having been informed in
+the early winter of Shandon's wishes. Ettinger was told that sooner or
+later the man whose property controlled the upper waters of the river
+flowing from Laughter Lake would come back. When he did return he was
+going to do just the thing Ettinger himself had suggested. Ettinger
+was to hold out, and induce the others to hold out with him if he
+could. And, since Leland was stubborn, since the whole matter was in
+the air just now, Ettinger saw nothing better to do than accept the tip
+which Big Bill gave him. A similar message went to Helga Strawn.
+
+May came in, radiant and glowing, and men from many miles away visited
+the Bar L-M to look over the course upon which the race meet was to be
+held. MacKelvey spent weary days and nights driving his relentless
+quest; Sledge Hume seemed sullenly idle; Helga Strawn coolly
+Indifferent to the world about her; and still Wayne Shandon received no
+encouraging word from Brisbane. May ran through half its allotted days
+of thaw and bursting seeds; the day for the race was less than a month
+away, and still Shandon clung to his solitudes, wondering, beginning to
+doubt.
+
+And then one day he had a visitor.
+
+It was after sunset. He had been out all day, upon the higher table
+land where he had set rudely constructed traps for rabbits. He had
+returned in the early dusk, finding his way down the fissure from the
+rocks above to his cave. And as he made his fire and began the
+preparations for his evening meal, he heard a very discreet cough at
+the entrance of the cave.
+
+The cough was repeated, and then there entered the cavern a portly,
+pleasant looking gentleman with a scrubbing brush moustache.
+
+"Howdy-do, Mr. Shandon?" he said genially, removing his hat to mop his
+moist forehead and then coming closer to extend his hand. "I was
+passing and thought I'd drop in."
+
+Shandon who had been squatting by the fire got to his feet and stared.
+
+"Well?" he demanded sharply. He fully expected to hear other voices in
+a moment, MacKelvey's voice, perhaps Sledge Hume's.
+
+"My card," smiled the genial gentleman pleasantly. "One of my various
+cards, rather." He extended it, adding, "I thought I'd run in and
+bring you a handful of cigars. You must be in sad need of them, eh?"
+
+The card explained that its owner was Mr. Edward Kinsell. The name
+meant nothing to Shandon and he said so bluntly.
+
+"To be sure," acknowledged Mr. Kinsell. He extended the other hand
+with the cigars, took a stool by the fire, crossed his knees and added
+drily, "I've been on the lay, though, for pretty close to six months.
+Great chap, Brisbane, isn't he? By the way here is a note from him."
+
+The note, dated several months earlier, simply stated that Edward
+Kinsell could be depended upon to do all that any man could in the
+matter of gathering up the evidence he was being paid by Shandon to
+get. Shandon's eyes, suddenly bright, an eager note in his voice, he
+shot out his hand warmly, and cried,
+
+"You have found something?"
+
+"My dear Mr. Shandon," smiled Kinsell, "I have found out so many things
+that it's a wonder I don't have a continual headache. You'll pardon my
+not having called upon you sooner? I have really been so busy--"
+
+"You knew where to find me all the time?" incredulously.
+
+Kinsell nodded and smiled approvingly as Wayne lighted a cigar.
+
+"Of course. I always make it a point to be in a position to get into
+close touch with my principal in case of urgent need."
+
+"Then there is urgent need now?" eagerly. "You have got the deadwood
+on Hume?"
+
+"Not exactly. But I've got the old kettle boiling and she's due to
+bubble over most any old time."
+
+"For God's sake," cried Shandon, "tell me something. I didn't know
+that you were at work even, I don't know a thing that has happened,
+that is happening."
+
+"And quite naturally you are interested? Just so." Kinsell very
+carefully placed the finger tips of one hand against those of the
+other, apparently giving his whole attention to the action. "Let me
+see. Presently, in a few weeks at most, I'll be putting in a little
+bill and you'll want to know what I've been doing to earn my money.
+That's businesslike and proper. In most matters to be thorough, Mr.
+Shandon, one must begin at the beginning. In my business it is
+different; I have to begin in the middle and go back to a point before
+the beginning. Having availed myself of Mr. Brisbane's knowledge of
+the subject it became up to me to do one thing: find the man who,
+before your brother's murder, was in a position to be benefitted by the
+commission of the crime, or the man with a strong emotional reason for
+committing it."
+
+He paused, looking thoughtfully at the steep pitched roof his fingers
+had constructed, shifted quick, measuring glance at Shandon and turned
+his attention again to his fingers.
+
+"There are three men," he resumed, "who occupy positions demanding
+investigation. First, you. Your brother's heir, a man with a hot
+temper, a man who had recently quarrelled with the murdered man; you
+would benefit financially, you had the reputation of generally needing
+money, you had the name of being a reckless, headlong sort of devil.
+Second, Sledge Hume. A man as smooth running as a machine ordinarily,
+cool headed, emotionless. But investigation shows that he had
+knowledge of the fact that your brother was carrying on his person the
+twenty-five thousand dollars; research also discloses there are times
+when the man's nature changes, when he flies into a towering rage that
+might well become violent; and finally, we have found that shortly
+after the crime he paid the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars to
+Helga Strawn for her interest in the Dry Lands. Third, there is Martin
+Leland."
+
+"Martin Leland!" cried Shandon.
+
+Kinsell nodded thoughtfully.
+
+"Martin Leland is the man who advanced the money," he said drily. "He
+has shown himself in the matter of the mortgage and foreclosure a man
+to be reckoned with. You see all three men mentioned were in positions
+to have previous knowledge that your brother was in possession of that
+sum of money; all three were in positions to menace his life for merely
+sordid reasons; and, strangely enough, all three were men whose tempers
+are such that in a moment of rage, in a hot quarrel, they might have
+committed such a crime. Six months ago, Mr. Shandon, I think that it
+would have gone very hard with you at a trial. The concensus of
+opinion was pretty strong against you. Making a fugitive of yourself
+made matters worse. But since then I think things have changed. There
+are many men who, having learned of the deal Leland and Hume tried to
+put over on you, have come to look upon them as crooks, and are willing
+to suspect either of them of having killed Arthur Shandon."
+
+"But Martin Leland suspected," muttered Shandon. "It seems--"
+
+"Exactly," smiled Kinsell. "It seems rather like the finger of God,
+doesn't it? Now we'll go on. I have learned that Sledge Hume bought
+Helga Strawn's interest in the Dry Lands about two weeks after the
+murder. At that time Hume had something like five thousand dollars in
+the bank. I have had the record of the deed looked up. The deed is
+noncommittal in the matter in which I was interested. Like so many
+documents of its nature it says merely that in consideration of the sum
+of ten dollars, the receipt of which is herein acknowledged, and so
+forth, Helga Strawn deeded the property to Hume. That's common enough.
+All right. Next, I find that Hume doesn't take the world into his
+confidence ordinarily but that he has been free enough to tell a good
+many people sneeringly that a woman is a fool and that he bought from a
+woman for five thousand dollars. I find that the five thousand dollars
+in his bank had been drawn out, a draft for that amount having been
+sent to Helga Strawn, New York. That looked all right, didn't it? But
+then you told Brisbane that Helga Strawn told you that Hume had paid
+her twenty-five thousand. Eh?"
+
+"Yes," Shandon returned. "Have you asked her?"
+
+Kinsell laughed softly.
+
+"I don't do business that way. Usually in this sort of a game if you
+want to catch nice fat lies fish with question marks for hooks. She is
+one of the cleverest women I ever knew, is Helga Strawn, almost as
+clever as Jeanette Compton. Quite as clever, perhaps, but Jeanette has
+the bulge on her in that she's got her eyes on Helga all the time that
+Helga has her eyes on Hume."
+
+"Who's Jeanette Compton?"
+
+"She's Helga Strawn's new maid. The old one quit; bribed her myself.
+You'll find the item in the bill later on. Also Jeanette Compton is
+the finest little girl on our staff."
+
+"And you're watching Helga Strawn too?"
+
+"With both of Jeanette's bright little eyes, all the time. To go on:
+we've found through our men in New York that fifteen days after the
+death of your brother, Helga Strawn placed on deposit in her bank in
+New York two drafts. One for five thousand dollars, one for twenty
+thousand. We have found that after Sledge Hume had drawn his five
+thousand here he was out of the country for two days. We have
+questioned every bank, Wells Fargo office and post office within a
+day's range of El Toyon. Last week I got what I wanted from a bank in
+Reno. A man, evidently a mining man, claiming to be in town from a
+strike in Tonopah, deposited twenty-five thousand dollars at the
+Merchants' and Citizens' Bank. It was in cash. The depositor gave his
+name as--what do you guess?"
+
+Shandon looked at him blankly. Kinsell smiled and said abruptly,
+
+"He gave his name as Wayne Shandon. How does that strike you? It all
+happened while you were going East with your brother's body; I believe
+that it occurred while your train was being held up a few minutes in
+Reno."
+
+Shandon's bewilderment seemed to please Kinsell. He chuckled softly,
+and then, his face growing thoughtful again, he went on.
+
+"You'll remember that the train is scheduled to stop for fifteen
+minutes in Reno? Well, the man made his deposit, and ten minutes later
+he came back, said that his plans had changed, that he was going to
+take the train with a friend he had seen on board, and asked to have
+his money back. It was given to him, at his request, in twenty-five
+bank notes of the thousand dollar denomination. He signed for them,
+writing your name, excusing an almost illegible signature by the need
+of haste and by a finger tied up as though it were badly hurt. So much
+for what the cashier of the Merchants' and Citizens' Bank of Reno knows
+about it."
+
+"It was Hume?"
+
+"From evidence so far given it might have been Hume or you! All right.
+The man with the big roll of bills went out with the train. He might
+have gone on to New York; he might have dropped off at Sparks and taken
+the next train back in half an hour. He might have got back to
+Sacramento the next morning. We find the rather interesting fact that
+in Sacramento a man, giving his name as Arnold Wentworth paid to Wells
+Fargo and Company the sum of twenty thousand dollars in bills of a
+thousand dollars each for an order payable to Helga Strawn in New York.
+Now do you see where Helga Strawn comes in?"
+
+Shandon, merely puzzled, shook his head at the bright eyes suddenly
+turned upon him.
+
+"Assuming," went on Kinsell, "that it was Hume and not yourself who
+made that deposit at the Reno bank, don't you see that as things stand
+he has piled up a pretty piece of evidence against you? You might have
+done just that thing, deposited the money while the train waited,
+became alarmed at something, and gone back for it. I wonder if a
+cashier, after two years' time, would remember the features of a
+stranger so that he could say whether it was you or Hume? All right.
+Next, there's Helga Strawn. If she'd talk, if she'd tell us that she
+had a draft of five thousand and a Wells Fargo order for twenty
+thousand, that Hume had sent one and had explained that a friend would
+send the other, we'd have Mr. Hume in a certain place that men don't
+like to think of."
+
+"Make her tell!" cried Shandon.
+
+Kinsell arched his brows.
+
+"She's out here for blackmail, isn't she? Let her understand what
+conditions are, and what's a clever woman's clever play? She'd go to
+Hume and say, 'Look here, Mr. Hume. I can crook my little finger and
+swing you off into space at the end of a rope. Or I can keep still and
+you can stand pat.' I fancy she'd do that. And she'd get her Dry
+Lands back."
+
+"She can't be as bad as that!"
+
+"Can't she? Wait until you have a talk with Jeanette Compton."
+
+"It all depends upon Helga Strawn, then? There is a deadlock until you
+can get her to talk?"
+
+"By no means. I'm just making a sort of unofficial report, you
+understand. I wanted you to know that while some people suspect you
+and some suspect Leland we are going ahead and getting the cards into
+our own hands. And I wanted to ask you what you thought of that mining
+proposition on the old McIntosh property? It's adjacent to yours,
+isn't it? Just the other side of Laughter Lake?"
+
+"The McIntosh property, yes. The ridge rising on the other side of the
+lake is my boundary line. I hadn't heard of any mining being done
+there."
+
+"No? Well, it seems a mining concern has found something. At any rate
+men are at work, a tunnel has been driven into the base of the ridge,
+and--I wonder what would happen if a charge of dynamite went off in due
+time and blew a hole right through, into the lake?"
+
+"Good heaven!" cried Shandon angrily. "You mean that Hume and Leland
+are actually trying to steal my water?"
+
+"I don't think Leland is in on this," replied Kinsell quietly. "He
+doesn't seem to me to be _quite_ the crook Hume is."
+
+"But," muttered Shandon, "if they once tear the side of that mountain
+out--"
+
+"The milk will be spilt so badly that it cannot be put back into the
+pan? And the mining company, a Chicago firm, I believe, at any rate a
+crowd of men hired by a Chicago man, will claim that they were on their
+territory all of the time; that not one of their men, but some man
+hired by you, put in the charges that did the damage. It's a bold
+play, but then when it's make or break with a man he hasn't much
+picking and choosing to do."
+
+"It won't take me long to get there," said Shandon grimly. "And I'm
+getting tired of this thing."
+
+"But, surely," smiled Kinsell, "you don't object to having Hume pay for
+a part of the work you'll have to do soon or late, do you? Let him go
+ahead. Just before they get ready to do the real damage, we'll slap a
+little injunction on them."
+
+"But how will we know?"
+
+"That's all right. One of their foremen is drawing wages from you
+right now. You'll find a lot of interesting things in the expense
+account I put in, Mr. Shandon."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+RED RECKLESS ON LITTLE SAXON
+
+"I tell you, Hume, I don't like it. It's a piece of damned highway
+robbery and I'm rotten sorry I ever got mixed up in it."
+
+Charlie Granger, stake holder of ten thousand dollars, cut viciously at
+the June grass with his riding quirt and snapped his words out bluntly
+as he came striding up to Hume. The latter stood, booted and spurred,
+among a group of men who had travelled across ten miles of broken
+country to this, the stipulated starting place of the race in which
+Hume and Shandon had months ago been the sole entries. Hume carelessly
+good natured, indifferent as usual, openly gratified over a bit of
+sharp work, merely laughed.
+
+"You might as well hand over the money now, Charlie," he retorted
+without turning, his steely eyes brightening as they rested upon his
+mount, Endymion, who was fretting at the restraint imposed upon him by
+the man at his head. "The agreement took care of just such a matter as
+this; if only one man rides he gets the money."
+
+Among the knot of men upon the little, pine fringed knoll, were Big
+Bill, Dart, MacKelvey and half a dozen of the curious from El Toyon and
+the mountain ranches. Hume's retort was taken in silence. But there
+was not a man who smiled or who did not think as Granger had spoken.
+Long ago, when it had first gone abroad that Wayne Shandon was
+promoting these races, the one essential thing he had planned had been
+thoroughly understood to be fair play, square dealing, straight racing.
+These were fair minded men, and although there was more than one among
+them who believed the fugitive guilty of the crime imputed to him,
+there was none who did not see the rank injustice of what was going to
+happen. The feature race of the day would be stolen. And they knew at
+whose instigation it was that Wayne Shandon was not here to-day.
+
+It was early afternoon and already a number of the events had been run
+off before a clamorous, enthusiastic crowd of five hundred men and
+women. The Bar L-M at the surly orders of Big Bill had been turned
+into a place breathing welcome and revelry. Tents had been pitched
+under the big pines, making a white city gay with bunting and flags
+that would accommodate many visitors during the night; tables that had
+been constructed out in the open staggered under the load of provisions
+the wagons had brought from the nearest town; a platform for dancing
+later was already the playground of laughing children and frisking dogs.
+
+The shorter races had taken place upon the flats below the range house,
+down toward the bridge. Under the glowing June sun, through the crisp
+air, with blue sky above and green grass underfoot, the contesting
+horses, each ridden by its owner, had shot by the brief lived village
+of tents, thundered past the platform where the judges sat, cheered and
+shrieked at by men and women. There had been races of half a mile, of
+a mile, of two miles. And now, as the hour appointed drew close,
+people began to forget that they had come to a race course, and to
+remember that their entertainment, open handedly given, came from a man
+who was a fugitive from justice and who was going to be robbed under
+their eyes of five thousand dollars. That strange thing, public
+sentiment, swerved abruptly. There were many men there that day who
+shook their heads and spoke in low voices, mentioning Sledge Hume's
+name.
+
+"If Shandon could be tried by a jury picked from this crowd," meditated
+Edward Kinsell, "he'd go scot free in ten minutes!"
+
+What this small group of men had to do upon the knoll ten miles from
+the Bar L-M was done perfunctorily and in gloom. Little by little, man
+by man, they drew away from Hume, leaving him standing alone. They
+looked at his horse, by long odds the finest animal they had seen this
+day, and from Endymion they looked to his master. Now and then a quick
+glance went to Big Bill. He said no word. His face was black with a
+wrath that seemed to choke him.
+
+The starter, Dick Venable of White Rock, looked at his watch and this
+time did not return it to his pocket.
+
+"It's two minutes of one," he said, his voice snapping out hard and
+curt. "This race is scheduled to start at one o'clock. All ready, Mr.
+Hume?"
+
+"All ready," laughed Hume. He stepped to Endymion's head, jerked off
+the halter and swung up into the saddle.
+
+"All ready, Shandon?"
+
+Again Hume laughed. Dick Venable waited a moment and snapped his watch
+shut.
+
+"My job's to start this race if there's one man here to run it," he
+said. "Shandon isn't here. It isn't my job to express any opinions.
+The first horse, ridden by either Sledge Hume or Wayne Shandon, to
+cross that line as a start and to break the tape by the platform at the
+Bar L-M wins the money. When I fire a gun you're off, Hume. Ready!"
+
+The men began to turn away. Hume sat erect on his horse, coldly
+indifferent to the opinion these men held of him. He moved so that he
+held Endymion's restless head over the line marked by Venable's boot.
+
+"All right, Charlie?" Venable asked of Granger.
+
+"All right," grunted Granger. "And wrong as hell. Get it over with."
+
+Venable raised his arm, his revolver high above his head. The
+bystanders swung up to their horses' backs. Two miles away another
+little group of men with field glasses were upon a ridge from which
+they could see the start, from which they in turn could signal the word
+to the crowd at the Bar L-M.
+
+"Go!" said Venable listlessly.
+
+There was a little puff of white smoke, the crack of a revolver, and
+Hume, laughing again, struck in his spurs and rode swiftly down the
+long slope. The men upon the ridge two miles off, as listless as
+Venable had been, ran up a big white sheet to flutter from a dead pine.
+This was the signal that the race was on, and that just one man was
+riding.
+
+Suddenly Willie Dart was galvanized into excited action. He ran to
+Dick Venable, grasped him by the arm with both shaking hands, thrusting
+up a red face, and whispered eagerly. Venable started, stared at him
+and demanded sharply:
+
+"_What's that_!"
+
+But Dart had fled wildly to Jimmie Denbigh, the second starter and had
+whispered the same words to him. Denbigh stared as Venable had done
+and then with swift, long strides returned from his horse to Venable's
+side, close to the starting line.
+
+Big Bill had mounted and was riding away, his eyes on the ground,
+refusing to follow the figure of a man he had come to hate most
+thoroughly. MacKelvey had gone to his horse and was jerking loose its
+tie rope. Dart was now close to MacKelvey's side.
+
+Venable and Denbigh, conversing swiftly in undertones, looked blankly
+at each other, then at Dart's noncommittal back.
+
+"The biggest little liar," began Venable disgustedly--
+
+Hume was already a quarter of a mile on his way, riding on at a rocking
+gallop, a little eager, as was his way, to have the money waiting for
+him in his possession. But suddenly he turned abruptly in his saddle.
+There had come to him a great shout, the clamour of men's voices.
+
+From the fringe of trees just back of the knoll, not a hundred yards
+from where MacKelvey and Dart stood, a great red bay horse shot from
+the thick shadows into the bright sunlight, floating mane and tall spun
+silk that flashed out like shimmering gold. And the same sunlight
+splashed like fire on the red, red hair of the man sitting straight in
+the saddle come at this late hour to ride his race at his own meet.
+
+"Good God, it's Red Reckless!" boomed a startled voice.
+
+Little Saxon cleared the fallen log in his way and as men swung hastily
+to their horses or drew back from before him he came on, running like a
+great, gaunt greyhound. Many voices were lifted, shouting. MacKelvey
+heard and understood. He shoved his foot into its stirrup and as he
+leaped into the saddle his revolver jumped out into his hand.
+
+"I call upon you to give yourself up!" he shouted. "Stop, Red, or I
+shoot this time!"
+
+[Illustration: "I call upon you to give yourself up!" he shouted.
+"Stop, Red, or I shoot this time!"]
+
+Dart held a trimmed branch in his hand and as MacKelvey called Dart
+struck. The blow fell heavily upon the sheriff's wrist. MacKelvey
+cursed, wheeled his horse and without heeding Dart shouted again to
+Shandon.
+
+Venable and Denbigh, forewarned by Dart's quick whispered words, had
+their eyes upon Shandon. They ran to the line that marked the start
+and stood, one at each end of it, their eyes bright, their hands
+pointing so that Shandon's start should be fair. And Shandon, tossing
+back his head as he rode, rushed down towards them, shot between them,
+turned down the knoll after Hume.
+
+The gun in MacKelvey's hand spat flame and lead. The bullet, aimed
+high, hissed above Shandon's head.
+
+"Stop!" cried the sheriff lustily, driving his spurs into his own
+horse's sides and dashing across the line between Venable and Denbigh.
+"By God, Red, I'll kill you!"
+
+"Give him a chance, man!" bellowed Big Bill, his voice shaking, his
+face red. "Look at that damned cur Hume."
+
+Hume had seen and again had turned, was bending over his horse's neck,
+using his spurs in the first start of his surprise. The men over
+yonder had an inkling of what was happening and their glasses were
+turned steadily upon the knoll.
+
+Shandon without turning, laughed aloud, all the relief after months of
+hiding breaking out into laughter that was utterly unlike the sound
+that had come so short a time ago from Hume's contemptuous lips. It
+was a great, boyish, carefree, reckless laugh that made men wonder.
+
+"Next time, Mac," he shouted back. "Ten to one you can't catch me
+before I beat Hume to it!"
+
+Almost in his own words of many months ago Big Bill was muttering
+softly,
+
+"God! What a pair of them!"
+
+More than a quarter of a mile away Sledge Hume, his jaws hard set, his
+eyes burning ominously, was racing on, saving his horse a little now.
+Down the knoll drove Red Shandon, rushing on his race with a handicap
+in front and a revolver spitting its menace behind. Fifty yards after
+him, his face as hard as Hume's, came MacKelvey, thundering along on
+his big rawboned sorrel, the sheriff whom men already criticised for
+not making an arrest.
+
+Upon the ridge where the signal men were, the levelled glasses were
+dropped as another square of white ran up the dead pine to carry its
+word that the race was now a two man race. The fifty yards between
+MacKelvey and Shandon lengthened as Shandon was forced to put Little
+Saxon to his best. For MacKelvey was shooting as he rode and he was
+not shooting for fun; there was no man in the county who wasted less
+lead than its sheriff.
+
+Suddenly the knoll was deserted. Even Willie Dart had scrambled to his
+horse, even he was chasing along wildly, oblivious of the steep pitch,
+of a more than likely fall. To Big Bill's voice had joined other
+voices, shouting to MacKelvey to give the man a chance. But MacKelvey
+did not listen.
+
+They tried to push their horses between him and the man it was his
+sworn duty to bring into court. But MacKelvey kept to the fore,
+realising that they would try to do just this thing. He raised himself
+in his stirrups and as his hand went up he fired for the third time.
+The cry that burst out after the shot was full of anger, for every one
+had seen Red Shandon suddenly crumple in his saddle. But Little Saxon,
+running as he had never run before, toward the trees that were
+thickening in front of him, swerved off to the left and was lost to the
+eyes of the men sixty and seventy-five yards behind. There the
+hammering of his hoofs came back to them from the hard ground of
+another ridge.
+
+"If you've killed him," grunted Big Bill into MacKelvey's ear as his
+horse came abreast of the sheriff's, "you might as well make a clean-up
+and get me, too."
+
+But in a moment they again caught sight of Little Saxon through the
+trees, and they saw that Wayne Shandon was still in the saddle, sitting
+bolt upright, that he had shifted his reins to his right hand, that his
+left arm was swinging grotesquely at his side.
+
+"I got him," grunted MacKelvey.
+
+Already, with close to ten miles ahead of him, with Hume still a
+quarter of a mile to the fore, Wayne Shandon's face had turned white,
+his shirt was slowly turning red. The bullet from the heavy calibre
+revolver MacKelvey used had struck in the shoulder.
+
+"He's swerved out of his course," was MacKelvey's next thought. "He is
+losing ground right now. I'll cut him off before he can get to the
+bridge."
+
+In the moment that the impact of the bullet made Shandon crumple and
+reel and clutch at his saddle horn, he went dizzy, almost blind with
+the shock. In that moment Little Saxon feeling the reins drop upon his
+neck, turned out to the left, striking for an open clearing. He should
+have turned to the right as a thicket of chaparral lay in front now,
+and there was no turning back. So, when Shandon's right hand shut down
+tight upon the reins, gathering them up, there was but one thing to do,
+turn still further to the left, skirt the thicket, try to turn to the
+right again upon the further side. He was losing ground and he knew
+it; but it was early in the race.
+
+"They've handicapped us, Little Saxon," he said through set teeth.
+"But we'll show them a race yet."
+
+Ten miles of broken country, of hard riding, and the blood was hot on
+the man's side and back while every leap of his horse shot him through
+with pain. Ten miles and Endymion, Little Saxon's full brother, would
+be half a mile ahead before the thicket was circled.
+
+"After all Hume wins!" cursed Big Bill.
+
+"It ain't fair! It ain't fair!" Dart's tremulous voice was shrieking
+from far in the rear. "That big boob--"
+
+"There's ten miles of it, Little Saxon," Shandon was muttering over and
+over. "And the race isn't run yet. You won't let Endymion beat you,
+Little Saxon! You won't let Sledge Hume--"
+
+He cut sharply through the outer edge of the thicket and Little Saxon's
+lean body, leaping like a greyhound's, lifted and glinted over the
+ragged bushes. He swung to the right again, and saw MacKelvey, Big
+Bill riding at his side, cutting across a little hollow to intercept
+him. And again, with no alternative, he turned his horse out of the
+course, and kept on up the higher land to his left.
+
+Now Hume was lost to him; MacKelvey and the others dropped out of
+sight; and he was riding his race alone. He knew that Little Saxon
+could stand up under all that a horse could endure; but he knew, too,
+that no horse that was ever foaled could keep up such a mad pace for
+ten miles, that the gallant brute's heart would burst with five miles
+of it. He tightened his reins a little, forcing the horse against its
+will to slacken speed.
+
+Now he bent in the saddle, easing his body as well as he could, trying
+not to feel the pain that grew steadily in his shoulder. The lower
+branches of the trees through which he sped whipped at him and he did
+not feel them. Far ahead he saw two squares of white fluttering high
+against the blue of the sky, and he knew the message that they carried
+across the miles. He thought of how he and Wanda had signalled, how
+she would be at the Bar L-M with the rest, how she would understand
+what those two signals meant. For he had not told her, he had told no
+one but Dart who had brought Little Saxon to him last night, and who,
+later, had told the starters at the last moment. Shandon had realised
+that there would be danger in this mad act of his and that had she
+known beforehand Wanda would have been frightened.
+
+Again, a mile further on, he tried to swing back into the cleared
+course that would bring him the shortest way to the bridge. Again he
+saw that MacKelvey had anticipated this, and was coming close to
+killing his own horse to cut him off. And, his eyes growing black, the
+fear of the end of the race came upon him. Had he done this wild thing
+for nothing then? Was it but to be proof to the men who called him
+fool that fool he was? He bent his head and loosened his reins.
+
+He knew that, far ahead of him, Sledge Hume was riding the easier way,
+that he was working down from the more broken rangeland, that he was
+steadily nearing the bridge in the straightest line. He knew that
+MacKelvey had a rifle strapped to his saddle and that long before now
+the rifle would be in MacKelvey's hands. He knew that at the end of
+the race Wanda Leland, her heart beating madly for him, was waiting.
+
+"Can't you do it, Little Saxon?" he whispered. "For her sake, can't
+you do it?"
+
+Mile after mile slipped away behind him, the course was half run, and
+he had not come down into the road which led to the Bar L-M. He knew
+that he was losing at every jump the great hearted horse made under
+him; he knew that it was not Little Saxon's fault as he had never known
+until now what speed and strength lay in that wonderful body. Who's
+fault, then? Hume was beating him, Hume would be at the finish
+laughing, waiting for him to come in--
+
+"You've got to do it, Little Saxon," he cried softly, his voice
+pleading. "Why, we can't let Hume--"
+
+He broke off suddenly, his eyes filling with light. He had seen the
+way--and it was Wanda who had shown it to him.
+
+"Steady, Saxon," he said, his own voice steady, confident, determined.
+"We'll do it, little horse. Let Hume beat us to the Bridge; _we'll
+take the short cut_!"
+
+
+From the Bar L-M grounds a faint cry went up as scores of lifted field
+glasses made out the figure of one man riding strongly toward the
+bridge. It was Hume, Hume alone, riding as Hume rode, well and erect.
+There was the hammer of Endymion's hoofs as they rattled against the
+heavy planking, and then--
+
+"Look! Look! Oh, my God! Look!"
+
+It was a woman's voice, a hysterical little woman from Reno, crying
+out, terror-stricken. Her arm had shot out; her finger was pointing
+toward the chasm of the river.
+
+Then the shout that swept up about the Bar L-M was no longer faint.
+The voices of women were drowned in the deep roar of men's shouts.
+Wanda, her hands convulsively going to her breast, her face as white as
+death, moved her lips, making no sound. But her soul spoke and prayed,
+prayed to God not to let her mad lover do this mad thing. What was a
+race, what was defeat!
+
+Wayne Shandon, riding as straight as Hume now, his hair flashing its
+red at them, his face strangely white,--some one cried that he was
+afraid,--had come to the short cut. His eyes leaving the way in front
+of him for a swift second saw the form of a girl standing out from the
+crowd and failed to see the crowd that was watching him, for the
+instant forgetful of Sledge Hume riding on his spurs, sweeping on
+across the bridge that rocked under him. Then Shandon's eyes came back
+to the black gulf where a white snowshoe rabbit had found death, which
+a white maiden had leaped for his sake.
+
+"We can do it, Little Saxon," he said gently. "We can do it for Wanda,
+can't we? She'd hate to see us beaten by Hume. For Wanda, Little
+Saxon. Now!"
+
+The roar of the water smote upon Little Saxon's ears, the deep chasm
+seemed a live and evil thing snapping at him. But he rushed on toward
+it, he felt his master's hand, he heard his master talking to him, and
+he had learned to love and trust his master. He swept on, down the
+slope, gathering speed at each great bounding leap, racing as few have
+seen a horse run, sensing the end of the race, sniffing victory with
+quivering flaring nostrils. He felt the sudden slackening of his reins
+as Shandon whispered, "Now!"; he knew that his master had put his life
+into his horse's keeping; knew that he was loved and trusted in this
+final moment even as he gave his own love and trust; and gathering the
+great, iron muscles of his great iron body, he leaped.
+
+He leaped, flinging his body recklessly. Upon his back Wayne Shandon,
+sitting very still and tense and erect, his eyes upon the form of a
+girl, his life in Little Saxon's keeping, had essayed the thing that no
+one had expected even Red Reckless to do. The white froth of the water
+flashed under them, the jagged rocks menaced, the boom of the river
+deafened them. As he had leaped before, that first day when Shandon
+and Big Bill had come upon him, Little Saxon leaped now. And as he
+landed his hind feet sent a rattle of stones down into the hungering
+gulf below.
+
+There had been a silence as of death. Now there was a shout that
+drowned the roar of the river robbed of its prey. Men yelled and threw
+their arms up and yelled again.
+
+On came Endymion carrying Sledge Hume who had at last understood and
+who now was riding with bloody spurs and a quirt that cut in swift
+vicious blows at his horse's sweating hide.
+
+On came Little Saxon, snorting his defiance to his brother, Red
+Reckless sitting straight in the saddle, his spurs clean.
+
+Quick hands had run the taut string across the end of the course. Two
+big horses carrying two big men shot across it. But the breast of one
+had struck a dozen lengths ahead of the other, and through the echoing
+babel the judge's voice was lost as he shouted:
+
+"Wayne Shandon on Little Saxon wins!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+THE LAUGHTER OF HELGA STRAWN
+
+"Will you tell your mistress," Sledge Hume commanded, "that I want to
+speak with her immediately? Immediately, do you hear?"
+
+The capable looking maid favoured him with swift, keen scrutiny,
+noticed that Endymion, tied to the gate post, was sweating and dust
+covered, saw that Hume was dusty from riding and that his eyes were
+full of purpose, and went upon her errand. Hume stalked into the
+living room where he had grown to be so much at home, and driving his
+hands into his pockets stood frowning out of the window through which
+the warm fragrant June air came in from the sunny fields.
+
+With the determination in his eyes there was the unhidden, black anger
+that had not been absent from them during the man's waking hours for a
+week. The spirit under the hard shell of a cool indifference had been
+touched, and was raw and quivering beneath the lashes his fate had
+brought upon him. On the day of the races he had lost five thousand
+dollars that he could ill afford to lose, and with it counted that he
+had lost another five thousand which he had told himself had always
+been as good as his. He had shown men that he was a bad loser, by
+flying into an ungovernable rage that vented its fury upon Endymion
+until savage voices cried to him to hold his quirt or he would be
+jerked from the saddle. He had seen that the slow turning tables were
+turning at last. He had seen Wayne Shandon, the man always in his way,
+white and fainting from sheer loss of blood, turn smiling and give
+himself up to the sheriff. He had seen Red Shandon the hero of a crowd
+that went wild over him; had heard even MacKelvey's rough voice crying
+bluntly, "There's a man for you!"
+
+But anger and hatred, swelling venemously in his heart, had only
+hardened him, making him the more determined. He did not doubt, he did
+not fear. Not enough had happened to undermine the man's cold,
+dominating strength, to alter the essential fact in his mind that he
+was Hume and that people who strove against him were fools doomed to
+defeat. But before he heard the silken rustle of Helga Strawn's
+approach there was to come to him a new sign of the future that was
+rushing down upon him.
+
+As usual Helga kept him waiting. He tapped at the window with a hand
+that he jerked impatiently from his pocket; he turned, thinking that he
+heard her steps; he walked back and forth in the room. And thus it
+happened that his eyes fell upon a large sheet of paper lying upon the
+table, his own name typed in capitals across the top. His frowning
+eyes read the few lines swiftly:
+
+"Your tunnel is already one hundred and fifty-three feet upon Shandon
+property. That is far enough."
+
+
+There was no signature.
+
+A child has an instinctive fear of the dark; the thing a man does not
+understand brings from the obscurity of the unknown a certain, vague
+dread. Who had written this thing? There was no answer. Why? No
+answer. How did it come here, who could have known that Hume would see
+it here? No answer. It was as though a warning, taking form from the
+invisible air had fallen from the air before his startled eyes.
+
+He swept up the paper, crumpling it in his fingers. He had not heard
+Helga Strawn, did not know that she was in the room until she spoke
+quietly.
+
+"Is fate relenting? Or are you still playing the losing game?"
+
+He swung upon her sharply. His eyes, glittering and hard, met hers
+softly luminous. He had never seen the woman so radiantly, regally
+beautiful, perhaps because he had never seen her so keenly alive as she
+was to-day. Although his brain was riotous with other things he could
+not fail to note the superb carriage, the rich gown daringly
+fashionable, the warm whiteness of arms and throat, the finely
+chiselled red lips that were unsmiling.
+
+"The losing game?" he cried, coming swiftly toward her, stopping only
+when his tall form towered over her. "By God, no! I have lost a trick
+here, a trick there. A man counts upon that sort of thing. That
+little shrimp Conway is scared of his life and is for pulling out. I'm
+glad of it. He'll sell to me before he'll go to Shandon. Let Leland
+pull out, too. We'll take him over. I'm going to win, I tell you,
+Claire Hazleton! We're going to win, you and I. Win big!"
+
+There was no change in her cool eyes. She swept by him, not turning
+out an inch to pass, her skirts brushing him, and dropped idly into her
+chair. He followed, and stood over her again.
+
+"Shandon is going to be acquitted," she said. "You know that. He'll
+be set free in ten days. Then what?"
+
+"Then we'll take him in with us. We'll get the water and that's all we
+want any way you put it. Inside six months we'll be subdividing and
+getting our money back."
+
+She laughed.
+
+"So you think that Shandon will jump at the chance to go into any sort
+of partnership with you?"
+
+"We'll make him," crisply. "He has retained Brisbane, the biggest,
+highest priced criminal lawyer this side the Rockies. He has cleared
+up his mortgage but he's had to mortgage again to do it. He's in debt
+up to his eyes. We'll make him a proposition that will show him the
+way to clear himself. I tell you, Claire, he'll have to do it."
+
+"You say _we_," she reminded him, lifting her white shoulders.
+
+"And I mean you and I," he returned bluntly. "I've come here to do
+some straight talking." There leaped up into his eyes a light she had
+never seen there until now, a quick colour ran into his cheeks. "I
+want you to marry me, Claire."
+
+Perhaps the woman's pulse quickened. Certainly no change in her
+expression, no quiver of a muscle, no deepened breathing told that a
+supreme moment had come into her life, a moment she had long and
+unceasingly striven for.
+
+"Do you?" she asked indifferently. "Why?"
+
+"Because," he cried, "you are like no other woman in all the world.
+Because the things that I want are the things that you want. Because
+we should be a man and a woman, mated, to take our places in the world
+and hold them. Where there is man's work I can do it; where there is
+woman's work you can do it. We are young; in ten years' time we can
+rise to whatever we care to set our eyes upon. Why do I want you?
+Just because in brain and in body you are the woman in the world fitted
+to occupy the place that shall be my wife's."
+
+"Other men have asked me to marry them," she said coolly. "I think
+that all of them have said something about love."
+
+"And I love you," he told her. "A man cannot come to care for a woman
+without her knowing it. I don't come to you bleating about a breaking
+heart, because you are no fool and I am no fool. If you were the kind
+to care about a lot of sentimental rot you wouldn't be the woman you
+are, you wouldn't be the woman I'd want. I'd be good to you. I'd give
+you the power that a beautiful woman with a strong, rich husband can
+come to have in San Francisco, in New York, in London if you like.
+When I rise you'll rise with me. I'll have men know that my wife shall
+have the place, above the heads of their wives, that she wants. And
+I'll be proud of you!"
+
+Then he got his answer as seldom a woman has answered a man. She
+lifted her eyes to his, she put back her head with the tossing regal
+gesture he knew so well, her lips parted slowly--and she laughed.
+Laughed at him in a sudden mirth of leaping scorn, that was hard and
+cruel, that mocked and sneered at him, that took supreme toll of the
+supreme moment. Laughed as she saw the light quiver and die in his
+eyes, as the colour faded from his cheeks and ran back red.
+
+"Love me!" she cried scornfully. "You'd be proud of me! Why? When
+you answered you forgot to tell the truth, Mr. Hume. Because you need
+me, because you are beaten now and must come hiding a whimper under big
+words, come to a woman who holds you so in the hollow of her hand that
+she can break you so utterly that your own overweening conceit cannot
+find the fragments with the microscope of a distorted vanity! Love me
+as you'd love any other fine thing just because it was yours. Because
+you'd use me, because you see that such a wife as I could be would be
+but a stone for you to stand on to climb up a little higher. And you
+think that of all men in the world I should choose a man like _you_ for
+husband?"
+
+She jeered openly at him, disdaining to see the red anger flaring in
+his eyes. She remembered the reason that had brought her to him in the
+beginning and a savage gladness in her rejoiced at finding the victory
+all that she had yearned for. Her dominant blood was seething to the
+surface. And it was Hume blood.
+
+"Listen to me a minute," she cried sharply as he was about to speak.
+"You've come for straight talk to-day, you say. Let us have it then.
+You have gone your way boastfully, arrogantly, unscrupulously and it
+has been the fool's way. You are playing the losing game and it isn't
+even in you to lose like a man. You have stared at the glitter of gold
+so long that you have gone blind looking at it. Your own infallibility
+has loomed so large before you that you have lost your sanity. I say
+listen to me!" her voice ringing with its command. "I am going to tell
+you something. I am going to tell you why I came to you, why I
+suffered you day after day to come to me. And what I came for I am
+going to get. You are going to give it to me!"
+
+She had sprung to her feet, twin spots of colour upon her white cheeks,
+her eyes blazing.
+
+"You told me that you had paid five thousand dollars to Helga Strawn
+for her interest in the Dry Lands! Liar! You paid her twenty-five
+thousand!"
+
+"Well?" he snarled harshly. "What of it?"
+
+"You laughed about it. You said that she was a fool like most women.
+Like all women, was what you thought! And women were made just for you
+to tread upon and sneer at. You did not know that I knew a great deal
+more about Helga Strawn than you ever guessed!"
+
+"You--know--Helga--Strawn!"
+
+The words beat at her like stinging, separate blows. And now it had
+come into his eyes, the thing that had never been there, the thing that
+would never die out of the man's soul while life clung to him,--fear.
+
+"I know you, to the last spot you think you've covered up," she ran on
+swiftly. "So well that I know I am about to stir you into one of your
+mad fits of rage. And I am not afraid to do it. You'd kill me if you
+dared, but you won't dare. For after all I think that in your
+braggadocio way you are a coward, Sledge Hume."
+
+"You cat!" he flung at her with an attempt at his old manner.
+
+"I have two men working out yonder," she said coolly. "If I called to
+them--" She shrugged her shoulders. "I want to tell you all that you
+are hungering to know even while you are afraid to hear it. Helga
+Strawn got your check for five thousand dollars. She got, also, a
+Wells Fargo order from Sacramento for twenty thousand. Sent by a
+fictitious Arnold Wentworth. Ah!"
+
+For he had cried out sharply, his face was dead white, his eyes were
+filled with horror. His premonition had come.
+
+"Who committed the crime you charged Wayne Shandon with?" she demanded
+fearlessly. "Who killed Arthur Shandon and robbed him of twenty-five
+thousand dollars? If Helga Strawn came into court and told all that
+she knows do you realise what a jury would say about it?"
+
+"The things you are saying are lies," he cried back at her, driving his
+hands into his pockets that she might not see that they were shaking.
+
+He stared after her in wonder as she went swiftly to the table and
+unlocked a drawer. He wondered more as she snatched out a folded paper
+and brought it to him.
+
+"Sign that," she said curtly. "Get it witnessed before a notary and
+send it to me and Helga Strawn will forget what she knows."
+
+A glance showed him the significance of the document. It was a deed,
+properly drawn, needing but his own signature to return to Helga Strawn
+the lands he had bought from her.
+
+"So," he sneered, "you are trying a little blackmail, are you? You are
+a spy and Helga Strawn's agent, I suppose?"
+
+Again she laughed at him.
+
+"I attend to my own business, my dear cousin," her voice very like his.
+"If you hadn't been a fool you'd have known that I was Helga Strawn six
+months ago. Blackmail? Call it what you like. It is your one chance
+to save your neck. I know that in one of your mad fits of anger you
+killed Arthur Shandon. I know that you took his money. And I am not
+the only one in the country who knows or suspects it. Your chance is
+slim enough as it is, Mr. Hume. Don't make it worse."
+
+Blow after blow until the man set his muscles like iron to keep his
+body from shaking as his soul shook. This was the greatest shock of
+all because it struck at the keynote of his nature, this knowledge that
+a woman had tricked him, that she had played with him, that now she
+held him as she said so bluntly, in the hollow of her hand.
+
+"You traitress!" he cried hoarsely. "You miserable traitress!"
+
+And Helga Strawn laughed.
+
+"It will take you a couple of hours to ride into El Toyon," she said.
+"That will give you time to think it over. If you decide to sign the
+deed and send it to me to-night I'll do my part. If I don't get the
+deed to-night I'll go into town in the morning for a talk with the
+district attorney. I think I've got you where I want you, Mr. Hume."
+
+The things which Hume said to her she accepted indifferently. She had
+never known that a man could find such words to utter to a woman. When
+she has listened long enough she turned and went out of the room, going
+upstairs and standing by her window where she could see him as he went
+out. As she saw him striding down the walk toward his horse, jamming
+the deed into his pocket as he went, her eyes suddenly grew wet, and
+she stamped her foot angrily.
+
+"Of all men living I hate you most!" she cried passionately. And then,
+softly, more softly than any one had ever heard her speak, "And you
+come closer to being a man than any man I ever knew. I wonder--"
+
+The fury within him demanding some sort of expression found it in the
+swift stride that carried him blindly down the walk. He came almost at
+a run to his horse. Endymion, mindful of the unprovoked blows and
+tearing spurs of a week ago, distrustful, afraid, whirled, rearing and
+plunging, and broke the reins that had been tossed over the post.
+Hume, venting upon a trifle the wrath that seethed within him, shouted
+angrily, cursing the horse that dashed by him.
+
+The horse, seeing his way through the gate shut off, turned and dashed
+around the house, seeking a break in the yard fence. Hume ran after
+him, still cursing. The two men who were working in the yard lay down
+their rakes and shovels and came up. The three of them cornered the
+frightened brute. But when Hume, his hand outstretched for the
+dangling, broken rein, came within half a dozen feet, Endymion,
+snorting his fear, plunged by him, racing into another corner.
+
+Again they closed about him, again he plunged through, mad with fear,
+making the madness in Sledge Hume a speechless, raging fury. A third
+time they tried, and as the big horse shot by Hume's temper mastered
+him as it had mastered him once before.
+
+"God damn you!" he shouted wildly. "Take that!"
+
+As he shouted he jerked his revolver from his pocket and fired. Fired,
+saw the big animal stagger and fired again.
+
+He went to the stable for one of Helga's horses. His hands were
+shaking as he saddled and got the bit into the animal's mouth. With no
+look behind him he mounted, spurred out into the road and galloped off
+toward El Toyon.
+
+Helga Strawn from her window coolly ordered the two men to put the
+wounded horse out of his misery and to drag him where she could not see
+him, But her eyes did not tarry with them, did not leave the big bulk
+of Sledge Hume until it had disappeared around a bend In the road.
+Then she went to her mirror and stood looking at herself with large,
+luminous eyes.
+
+"I wonder," she whispered, "if he did love me, after all?"
+
+She could never know. She knew that she could never know. And she
+went and threw herself, face down, on her bed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+HUME RIDES THE ONE OPEN TRAIL
+
+Hard driven, conscious of a compelling force more dominant than the
+strong will of a man, Sledge Hume rode the one trail open to him. It
+was as though the deeds of his life were now grown tangible separate
+squares of rock cemented into sheer walls rising about him, narrowing,
+forcing him into the one way open.
+
+He rode into El Toyon and signed the deed before a notary. He returned
+it by a boy to Helga Strawn, and by the same messenger he sent back her
+horse. From the stable he hired another animal, and with no friendly
+word to man, woman or child, struck out for the Echo Creek. As he rode
+by the court house he looked at it curiously. Wayne Shandon was there,
+was spending his brief time in jail very much as an honoured guest. He
+would come out in a few days and then--then MacKelvey would be looking
+for another man--
+
+Hume turned and rode back into town, going this time to the bank.
+Explaining briefly that he expected to turn a big deal and would need
+the ready cash, he drew out all but a few dollars of his emergency
+fund. His lips were tight pressed, his eyes hard, as he rode by the
+jail again and out into the county road. The sight of MacKelvey at an
+open window talking with Brisbane and Edward Kinsell, made him frown
+blackly. Little things had come to be full of significance.
+
+It was nearly fifty miles to Martin Leland's. But Hume had ridden
+early to Helga Strawn and now had a strong, fresh horse under him.
+Looking at his watch, he saw that it was not yet half past nine. He
+could make it by half past four or five, riding hard. And he was in
+the mood for hard riding.
+
+Very few times did he stop on the long way. Once he paused at a little
+road house for a pound of cheese and some bread; once at a certain
+crossing where a broad trail crossed Echo Creek. He sat here a moment,
+motionless, staring out across the little valley lying warm under the
+afternoon sun, his eyes running up and down along the course of the
+stream.
+
+Raking his spurs against his horse's sweat-dripping sides he rode on.
+In half an hour he threw himself from the saddle at Leland's house.
+
+He heard the sound of singing within, a girl's voice lilting
+wordlessly, happily, bespeaking a heart that was brimming with the pure
+joy of life and love. Striding to Leland's office he flung the door
+open. In a moment, answering his impatient rap, Martin entered.
+
+"I've come to talk business," Hume said, flinging himself into a chair.
+"What's doing?"
+
+"What do you mean, Mr. Hume?" Leland asked gravely.
+
+"I want to know where you stand. Conway's strong for pulling out, eh?"
+
+"I told you all that he wrote me."
+
+"What have you done about it?"
+
+"Nothing."
+
+"You're going to buy him out?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Damn it!" cried Hume irritably. "Don't make me pump at you like a dry
+well! You know what I'm driving at. If Shandon goes clear where are
+you and I coming out?"
+
+"Mr. Hume," returned the old man heavily, "I'm glad you came, for I was
+coming to you. Shandon is going clear. I've talked with his lawyer,
+I've talked with Kinsell--"
+
+"What's Kinsell got to do with it?"
+
+"Kinsell is a detective sent up here by Brisbane to work up the case.
+Also, I have talked with Wayne Shandon." This came slowly, with an
+evident effort, but it came calmly. "Shandon will go free because he
+is not the man who killed Arthur Shandon."
+
+"You're swapping horses, eh?" sneered Hume.
+
+"Perhaps not exactly. But I have gone to him and told him that I had
+allowed myself to think of him as a murderer for the illogical but none
+the less potent reason that I hated his father. And I apologised to
+him, having no other amends to make."
+
+"Cut the sentimental drivel short," cut in Hume unpleasantly. "Have
+you gone over to his side of the deal? Are you throwing me down and
+tying up with him?"
+
+"No." Leland threw out his hands in a wide gesture. "I am done with
+the whole thing."
+
+"And what happens to me! Here I am in up to my neck and you go and
+chuck the thing. Do you think I'll stand for the double cross like
+that?"
+
+"Hume," cried Leland sharply, "I don't want to quarrel with you. I am
+quitting because I am ashamed of the things I have already done. I
+tried to blind myself by thinking that I was usurping the prerogative
+of God, in telling myself that it was my duty to punish. Now I am
+ashamed, I tell you. And not a second too soon can you understand and
+the world know that you and I are in no way interested in each other.
+I have learned since I saw you that you were going on with a matter
+which I can have nothing to do with."
+
+"What's that?"
+
+"I refer to the way in which you are seeking to tunnel from the
+McIntosh property into Shandon's, to take the water whether or no.
+That may be in your mind a bold stroke of business. I can't
+countenance that sort of thing."
+
+"Ho! How you've taken the robe of righteousness upon your shoulders!
+And after trying to steal Shandon's ranch from him on a mortgage!"
+
+Martin made no reply. Not once during the conversation did his eyes
+light with anger; not for a moment was the underlying shadow of sadness
+gone from them. He was holding a strong rein upon himself. He was
+judging himself now; he was passing judgment upon no other man.
+
+Hume, glancing at him quickly, curiously, felt that he knew what Leland
+was thinking. Then his mind came back abruptly to his own interests.
+
+"So you don't know what Conway is going to do?"
+
+"I have advised him to sell to Shandon and to give Shandon the time he
+wants to make his payments."
+
+"And you will sell to Shandon too?"
+
+"I think not. My holdings are too heavy for him to swing. No, I am
+going to give them away."
+
+"Not to him!"
+
+"No, not to him. He wouldn't accept them. To my daughter--for her
+wedding present. And I pray God that they will bring her more
+happiness than they have brought me."
+
+Hume's big fist came smashing down upon the table.
+
+"By God, you've got to buy me out! I'm ruined, ruined, I tell you, if
+you and Conway drop me now."
+
+"I'll do it." The calm words surprised Hume who had expected a blunt
+refusal. "Upon one consideration. Namely that you sell to me at the
+figure which you paid. I am willing to play fair and I think that that
+is fair. It leaves you where you started. It leaves me where I
+started except that I shall have been spending a good many thousands
+for Wanda's wedding present."
+
+Hume, his brows knitted, rose to his feet and strode back and forth in
+the room, trying to look his problem squarely in the face. Failure
+confronted him, and failure was more hideous to him than the shame,
+dishonour, disgrace, which would accompany it. In a flash that left
+his face drawn he saw himself as he had never seen himself before.
+
+He went to the window looking out into the fields over which the
+afternoon sun was dropping low. He wanted to think; and he did not
+want Martin Leland to see his face. He heard Wanda singing happily.
+Her voice was not like Helga's, and yet, tinkling through it he seemed
+to hear Helga's cool laughter.
+
+"I'm tired out," he said abruptly, coming back to Leland. "Let me have
+a bed. We'll settle it in the morning."
+
+Leland looked at him curiously. This was unlike Sledge Hume's usual
+way. But, offering no remark he showed Hume his room.
+
+It was far into the night before Hume's tired body found the rest of
+deep sleep. It was long after sunrise when he awoke. It had been a
+man's voice that jarred upon his ears even in sleep, that finally
+brought him to his elbow with a start.
+
+Slipping out of bed he stepped quickly to his window. There were three
+horses in the yard, saddled, sweaty and dusty. MacKelvey's heavy voice
+came to him again from Leland's study.
+
+He dressed swiftly, his eyes glittering. Spinning the cylinder of his
+revolver, he shoved it into his pocket and into another pocket thrust
+the thick pad of bank notes which had been under his pillow during the
+night. Then he went back to the window.
+
+He could hear Julia in the kitchen. He could hear Leland's voice now,
+now MacKelvey's, then another man's. Was it Johnson's?
+
+"That cursed woman," he muttered bitterly. "She double crossed me
+after all. God! I was a fool!"
+
+He did not hesitate. Kinsell was a detective, who had been in
+Shandon's hire for six months. A hundred little things that had been
+trifles at the time came back to him now to whisper that Kinsell had
+known a long time. And Helga had given them the rest of the evidence
+they lacked. Helga, a woman, had tricked him, had deceived him, had
+made him love her in the only way love was possible to this man, and
+then had laughed at him and doublecrossed him.
+
+Making no sound he slipped out of the window, and stooping low so that
+from no other window could he be seen, he ran around to the back of the
+house. A glance at the saddled horses in the yard showed him that
+their legs were shaking, that they were done up from a hard ride. He
+moved on, further from the house, dodging behind a tree, stopping to
+listen, to peer out, hearing the maddening beat, beat, beat of his own
+heart. He must have a horse and then as Wayne Shandon had done, he
+could disappear into this wilderness of rocks and trees, hide for weeks
+or months, and at last get out of the country. Flight lay before him;
+his quickened senses told him what lay behind unless he fled now and
+swiftly.
+
+"MacKelvey's a fool at best," he grunted, snatching at a ray of hope.
+"Once I get on a horse--"
+
+He was taking a chance but he had to take chances. Making a short
+circuit he ran at last, still stooping as he ran. He came safely to
+the stable, selected a powerful looking horse, threw on the saddle with
+hasty hands. The bit was troublesome, the horse, with head lifted
+high, fought against it with big square teeth clenched. But at last
+the job was done and Hume rode out at the side door, his spurs in his
+hand, not taking time to buckle them on.
+
+He began to think that his luck was with him now. He rode slowly at
+first, afraid of the noise of his horse's hoofs. A quick glance behind
+showed him the three horses in the yard, no man or woman in sight.
+
+Which way? There was scant time for reflection. It was time for
+inspiration, for the flash of instinct. He felt the pad of bank notes
+safe in his pocket. He would ride straight to the Bar L-M, cross the
+bridge, turn out from the range buildings, reach the upper end of the
+valley. He would cross over the ridge to where his hirelings were
+tunnelling. There was a man among them who was not afraid of the law,
+a man who would help him, who would go to hell for the half of that
+sheaf of paper.
+
+He buckled on his spurs and drove them into his horse's sides.
+
+
+In the study MacKelvey was saying:
+
+"I dunno. We may have some trouble. Brisbane has gotten an injunction
+all right, but that crowd of Hume's looks like a bad one. I have sent
+two men on ahead to the Bar L-M. Been deputies of mine on more than
+one hard job. By the way, talking of Hume, seen him lately?"
+
+"Yes," Martin answered. "He's here now. In bed. He stayed last night
+with me. Do you want to see him?"
+
+"Nothing urgent. I wanted to ask him if he wants to sell Endymion.
+Shandon wants to buy him back."
+
+
+Hume, riding furiously, pushed on through the forest, keeping a course
+parallel to the road, near enough to see any one who might be riding
+there, far enough to conceal his horse and himself behind a grove or
+ridge. So at last he came to a knoll from which he could look down
+upon the bridge, not over a quarter of a mile away. There were two men
+there, sitting their horses idly and yet seeming to the man's distorted
+imagination to be watching every shadow flickering through the woods.
+He jerked his horse to a quivering standstill.
+
+He had recognised one of the horses, a great wire limbed pinto. It was
+a horse familiar in El Toyon, one of MacKelvey's string.
+
+"Damn him," snarled Hume, his eyes flashing like bright steel.
+
+From behind a fringe of trees he watched the two deputies. They made
+no move to go on. Ten minutes he waited, ten minutes of precious time.
+Twice he felt that their eyes had found him out, twice he called
+himself a fool. Five minutes more and then, from behind him, he heard
+the pounding of hoofs.
+
+"It's MacKelvey and the rest," he told himself angrily. "They've got
+me like a trapped rat. Damn them. Damn that traitress!"
+
+He dipped his spurs and shot down a knoll, hoping to be out of sight,
+to wait until they had passed, then to double on his trail. But his
+luck had deserted him. He did not know the woods here, he lost ground
+in going about a rocky pile of earth, and MacKelvey caught sight of him.
+
+"Hume!" came the big voice. "Hold on!"
+
+"_Hold on_!"
+
+It was as though the world, filled with shouting voices, was calling
+behind him. Like an undertone through it the cool laughter of a woman.
+
+He drove his spurs deeper, he swung his snorting beast about, he raised
+his quirt striking mightily with it, and rushed on. Where? It did not
+matter. Anywhere except toward the men in front, anywhere as long as
+it was away from the men behind. He heard MacKelvey call again, more
+loudly, he saw the sheriff wave his arm at him, and he rode on, his
+head down now, careless of where he went so that the way led him
+farther, farther from what lay behind.
+
+Suddenly, booming in his ears, came the roar of the river. On, his
+leaping horse carried him, stumbling, threatening to unseat its rider,
+plunging on. The roar of the river grew louder; again there were ten
+thousand voices shouting, clamouring, yelling at him. He topped a last
+ridge here and looking down saw the black chasm of the river, the steep
+banks.
+
+"If I only had Endymion! God! If I only had Endymion."
+
+He jerked savagely at his reins, stopping his horse. As he looked back
+and saw that MacKelvey and Johnson and another man were riding toward
+him. He glanced again at the deep chasm of the river. A quick shudder
+swept through him and left him steady, whitefaced, cold.
+
+"Hume!" shouted MacKelvey.
+
+Then Hume's spurs drank blood again, once more his frightened horse was
+leaping under him, plunging down toward the river. Louder and louder
+yelled the many voices, mocking, jeering, calling, echoing away into
+titanic laughter. And through it all, like the fine note of a violin
+through the pulsing of an orchestra, sounded the cool music of a
+woman's laughter.
+
+"Curse her!" shrieked Hume. "Curse them all. A fool girl did this, a
+fool Shandon did it--"
+
+Like a missile from a giant's catapult he rushed down the steep slope;
+MacKelvey, from the ridge watched him and wondered. He saw that the
+man had shaken his reins loose, that his horse had almost reached the
+verge of the chasm, that as the animal was ready to gather his great
+muscles for the leap the reins had tightened a little, spasmodically,
+as though the rider's nerve had failed him. And then that they
+loosened again as though he had seen it was too late or had regained
+his nerve.
+
+The horse leaped far out, struck the opposite bank, seemed to hang
+there a brief second, straining, balancing, and then with its rider
+dropped backward.
+
+The roar of the water boomed on like the clamouring of a world of
+voices; through it ran a finer note like the cool laughter of a woman;
+and upon Sledge Hume's white face, as he lay still upon a jagged stone
+before the current swept him away, the little drops of spray were like
+a woman's tears.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+"IT IS HOME!"
+
+To those who loved the sensational in and about El Toyon the trial of
+Wayne Shandon was a disappointment. Never had the courthouse been more
+crowded, never had the setting been more stimulating to their highly
+coloured imaginations. Red Reckless, looking to their eyes
+picturesquely pale from his confinement and the sheriff's bullet;
+Brisbane with his poker table face and his reputation; Edward Kinsell,
+whose smiling manner no longer concealed the glamour which clung about
+so distinguished a detective; Martin Leland apparently older, less
+stern, his eyes gentler; Mrs. Leland, confident and happy from her talk
+with Shandon's attorney; Wanda, her eyes very bright, her cheeks
+flushed, her heart yearning, hoping, praying and a little afraid; Helga
+Strawn, now known by her own name, and linked by rumour with the man
+who had paid the penalty for the crime of which he had accused Wayne
+Shandon, her manner cool, aloof; even Willie Dart, whom everybody knew
+and who in some strange way had come to be looked upon as a special
+detective, imported a year ago by the counsel for the defence.
+
+The district attorney's argument was cool, dispassionate, perfunctory.
+He showed no interest in securing a conviction for the very simple
+reason that he felt none. Brisbane was a further, deeper
+disappointment. He failed to live up to the reputation that had
+preceded him. He constantly studied his watch and a time-table during
+the argument of the prosecution and when it was done audibly asked the
+district attorney concerning the best train out of El Toyon. He said
+what he had to say to the jury in less than half an hour. When charged
+by the judge the jury filed out with grave faces only to file back in
+five minutes smilingly.
+
+"Not guilty, your honour!"
+
+Since the principals had seemed to put little fervour into the occasion
+the good people of El Toyon supplied the deficit. Amid great shouting
+and cheering Wayne Shandon made his smiling, hand-shaking way down
+through his friends, coming straight to the girl whose eyes were the
+happiest eyes that he had ever seen, shining through a mist of tears.
+
+There was no hesitation now as Martin Leland put out his hand.
+
+"I wronged you, Shandon," he said simply. "And I think that I knew it
+all the time. It hasn't made me happy. I hope that you will accept my
+congratulations."
+
+"Thank you," answered Shandon. And he locked Leland's hand heartily in
+his own.
+
+Mrs. Leland had her motherly greeting to make and said it happily. Nor
+did she use unnecessary words. In a moment she had slipped her arm
+through her husband's and was moving with him through the surging
+crowd, leaving Wayne with Wanda.
+
+"Say, Red!" Mr. Dart, struggling valiantly with the crush, red faced
+and triumphant, was screaming up into Shandon's face. "Some business,
+ain't it, pal? Shake! Shake, Wanda! Where's old Mart? Good old
+scout after all, ain't he? I want to go squeeze his flipper; I want to
+go squeeze everybody's flipper. I want to go get drunk. Honest I do,
+Red!"
+
+Big Bill shoved a great, hard hand by Dart's shoulder, gripping
+Shandon's. He didn't say anything, but his tightening hand, his
+flashing eyes were eloquent.
+
+Only when they had passed out into the courthouse yard, Wanda and Wayne
+side by side, and had been left behind by the hat-tossing, clamorous
+crowd, hastening out into the street, did Wanda speak.
+
+"I am so happy, Wayne," she whispered. "Doesn't it seem as though life
+were just beginning all over this morning?"
+
+"Like just beginning!" he answered softly, drawing her arm tight, tight
+to his side. "With you, Wanda."
+
+There came a bright morning with the sun just blinking genially above
+the tree tops, with the warm glory of the full summer in the air, and
+under Wanda's window a voice calling softly. She had been asleep; she
+was not certain that she had not been dreaming--
+
+But the call came again, still softly, still ringing with a note which
+sent a flutter into her breast.
+
+"Awake at last?" and Wayne was laughing happily. "Ten minutes to
+dress, my sleepy miss, and meet me at the stable. I'm going to saddle
+Gypsy."
+
+She heard him hurry away, and for a little she lay still, smiling.
+
+He caught her up into his arms, as she came down the path, kissed her,
+told her not to ask questions and helped her into the saddle. He swung
+up to Little Saxon's back and together they rode out into the forest
+through the brightening morning.
+
+"Wayne," she said when he had done nothing but look at her and drive
+the colour higher and higher into her cheeks. "Where are we going?"
+
+"Can't you guess?" he teased her.
+
+They were riding toward the north, toward the cliffs standing up about
+Echo Creek Valley, toward the cave.
+
+"Wayne," she said again, a little sadly, "I was going to tell you the
+other day, but you were in such a hurry-- You are not going to the
+cave?"
+
+"Why not?" he asked lightly.
+
+"I can't go there any more," she answered quickly. "I had come to love
+it so, it was so entirely ours, dear. And now, I saw it the last time
+I rode that way, there's a sign on the cliffs, 'No Hunting Allowed.' I
+asked papa. He has sold all that side of the valley, the cliffs and
+the flats beyond to some man in the city."
+
+Shandon laughed.
+
+"What's the odds?" as lightly as before. "Come right down to it,
+Wanda, the cave has served its purpose, hasn't it? And, if you'd been
+shut up in it like a prison, I wonder if you'd have any sentiment for
+it left? Let's make the horses run a bit. I feel like a gallop, don't
+you?"
+
+She bent forward in the saddle hurriedly, hiding her face from him.
+How should a man care for the little things which mean so much to a
+girl?
+
+But still they rode toward the cliffs. The sign was there, a black and
+white monstrosity which hurt her but which seemed merely to interest
+Shandon. He insisted on riding closer. And when, too proud to show
+him all that she felt, she came with him to the big cedar, he
+dismounted and put out his hands to her.
+
+"Let's go up," he said lightly. "Just for fun."
+
+She refused, and he insisted. And at last they climbed up.
+
+Wayne was upon the ledge of rock before her, his eyes filled with a
+love that shone sparklingly, laughingly into her troubled ones. She
+began to wonder--
+
+She turned swiftly toward the entrance of the cave. There was a door
+now made of great rough hewn slabs of wood. Wayne slipped his arm
+about her and drew her close to it.
+
+"Will you open it?" he whispered.
+
+"Wayne!" wonderingly, seeking to understand.
+
+He took her hand in his, laid it for a moment upon his lips, then put
+her fingers against the great door.
+
+"Open it, dear," he told her.
+
+Slowly the heavy, wide portal swung back to her touch. Her heart
+beating madly, she scarce knew why, her step at once eager and
+hesitant, she stepped by him. And he, close behind her, laughed softly
+at her little cry, the one moment amply repaying the man for six months
+of labour.
+
+Now she understood everything; now her heart stood still and then
+throbbed with a wonderful joy. And she turned and threw her arms about
+his neck, crying softly: "Wayne! It is home!"
+
+For the darkness which she had expected in the cavern's deep interior
+had fled before the softly brilliant light that bathed it rosily, that
+came from she did not yet know where. She saw a deep throated
+fireplace, built of big granite blocks, a monster log blazing and
+roaring mightily in it, the flames leaping up the rock chimney, drawn
+upward and back into the sloping passage where the draft of air had in
+the old days carried away the smoke from her rude stove. And she
+guessed who had made the fireplace, piling stone on stone.
+
+She saw a table, rustic, heavy, with legs of twisted cedar branches,
+with books upon it, with a vase made of a hollowed out, gnarled limb
+and choked with its great armful of valley flowers. She saw a chair
+that patient, loving hands had made from what the winter-locked forest
+had provided, seat and back covered with deerskin cushions, a chair
+that opened its arms to her as though, still keeping its identity as a
+part of her woodland, it were welcoming her to a world where love's
+heart beat close to nature's. She saw that the hard floor had
+disappeared under freshly strewn pine needles and under the two big
+bear skin rugs which sprawled mightily before the table and before the
+fireplace. She saw another chair, Wayne's chair it was going to be,
+because it was such a monster.
+
+She could only gasp as her dancing eyes tried to see everything at
+once--flowers everywhere, hiding the walls, breathing perfume from the
+corners, drooping from the ceiling.
+
+"But the light!" she cried, wonderingly. "It is like day."
+
+Then at last she saw how everywhere in the high ceiling he had
+chiselled out deep inverted bowls, and in each cup-like cavity nothing
+in the world other than a glowing electric bulb was shining, flooding
+the room with a soft glow.
+
+"And you did all of this yourself? While you were alone here in the
+winter?"
+
+His eyes were like hers, his own face flushed with the happiness of the
+hour.
+
+"I didn't make the bulbs," he laughed. "It's taken me a week playing
+electrician to get the wires up, the dynamo running back there under
+the water fall. Do you like it?"
+
+She did not answer. She had no time to answer, she was so busy trying
+the two chairs, inhaling the fragrance of the flowers, admiring the
+fireplace, examining the reading lamp which hung over the table and
+which he had constructed of wood, chosen for beauty of natural colour
+and grain, the opaque sides shutting out the light which fell straight
+down upon an open book.
+
+Only now did she realise that the cave seemed smaller. There was a
+partition running across it, a wide door standing ajar. He followed
+her as she ran to it.
+
+"My bedroom," he warned her. "I won't swear to its tidiness."
+
+Here again was the soft glow of electric lights cunningly concealed
+with nowhere a hint of the wires that ran in deeply chiseled grooves;
+here was a wide couch, a bit of the woodland, as were the chairs and
+table, the rough bark still upon the woodwork, cushions and coverlet of
+bearskin; here a smaller table, a smaller chair.
+
+"It's wonderful, you wonderful Wayne!" she cried delightedly.
+
+But he had his arm about her again and was leading her toward the
+fireplace, to it, through another door which opened to the passage
+leading to the chasm where the water leaped down toward the bowels of
+the earth. The door flung open, the passage filled with light and a
+fresh surprise.
+
+Across the chasm were logs as large as one man could handle, hewn so
+that they lay close together, so that their upper surface made a level
+floor. Wanda and Shandon crossed, hearing the water shouting under
+them. And here, where Wanda had never been before, they came upon--
+
+"The kitchen!" she cried. "A real kitchen!"
+
+With a real stove, only that it was made of slabs and squares of
+granite, a real kitchen table only that it was made from rough pine and
+cedar, with the bark still on it; and very real dishes. Most of all
+the real fragrance of coffee just boiling over. Wanda ran to retrieve
+it and Wayne went on ahead of her. In a moment he called.
+
+All new to her, the short climb upward along a flight of steps cut in
+the rock, the little winding way up which she ran eagerly, the narrow
+rock platform, the door against which he stood.
+
+"First," he commanded gaily, "turn and look back."
+
+She turned. Looking down she saw the kitchen; looking outward she saw
+a great cut through the cliffs where they seemed to fall apart in a
+steep sided ravine, and through this she looked out and down over her
+forests.
+
+"The view from My Lady's bedroom," he laughed. "And now My Lady's
+bedroom, itself."
+
+He threw open the door, standing aside to watch her pass.
+
+A tiny rudely squared chamber, all in white. Countless warm, furry
+pelts of the snowshoe rabbits he had trapped during the winter, made a
+white carpet underfoot; a couch unlike the other in that this was
+fashioned entirely of white pine, the smooth surfaces polished and
+glistening under their many coats of shellac, a coverlet of countless
+other white rabbit skins stitched together; a little dressing table of
+glistening white pine, with a real mirror reflecting two flushed happy
+faces, and on the floor a big white bearskin.
+
+"And you did it all, every bit, yourself!"
+
+That was the thought that flooded the caves for her with a light more
+softly radiant than the glow of innumerable electric bulbs; the thought
+which hid the little flaws in stone and woodwork and gave a gleam to
+them that no mere shellac and white wood could have done.
+
+They went back to the living room to stand, silent for a little, before
+the fireplace. They watched the flames shoot upward through little
+sprays and clusters of fiery sparks. Their hands crept together,
+clinging close. Slowly their eyes came away from the fire and sought
+each the other's. And she saw what he saw, a love that is eternal and
+that understands.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SHORT CUT***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 18950-8.txt or 18950-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/9/5/18950
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+